US20130245063A1 - Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium - Google Patents
Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20130245063A1 US20130245063A1 US13/871,844 US201313871844A US2013245063A1 US 20130245063 A1 US20130245063 A1 US 20130245063A1 US 201313871844 A US201313871844 A US 201313871844A US 2013245063 A1 US2013245063 A1 US 2013245063A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- alkyl
- another embodiment
- heteroaryl
- formula
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 470
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 title abstract description 173
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 title abstract description 170
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 title abstract description 170
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 title description 58
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 57
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 45
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 38
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 30
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 16
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 413
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 371
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 229
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 228
- 125000000171 (C1-C6) haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 224
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 213
- 125000006552 (C3-C8) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 199
- -1 —OR5 Chemical group 0.000 claims description 190
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 168
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 134
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 134
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 123
- 125000006716 (C1-C6) heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 117
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 115
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 105
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 100
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 claims description 97
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 93
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 77
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 76
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 63
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 claims description 63
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 claims description 63
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 63
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims description 61
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 60
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 60
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 46
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 45
- 125000005243 carbonyl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 39
- 229910020008 S(O) Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 38
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 35
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000001042 pteridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=NC=CN=C12)* 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 101710137312 Protein orai Proteins 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000002471 4H-quinolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CCN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000005874 benzothiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004623 carbolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004230 chromenyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000003838 furazanyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000001977 isobenzofuranyl group Chemical group C=1(OC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000005956 isoquinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004593 naphthyridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CN=C12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000005327 perimidinyl group Chemical group N1C(=NC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C23)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004934 phenanthridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC=C3C=CC=CC3=C12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004625 phenanthrolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=C3C=CC=NC3=C12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004624 phenarsazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3[As]=C12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000001791 phenazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000001484 phenothiazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000005954 phenoxathiinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000001644 phenoxazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004627 thianthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3SC12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000001834 xanthenyl group Chemical group C1=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C12)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 208000017169 kidney disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 206010052779 Transplant rejections Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 claims description 7
- 201000004624 Dermatitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000009329 Graft vs Host Disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000024908 graft versus host disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000006545 Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010018364 Glomerulonephritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000000735 allogeneic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000008439 Biliary Liver Cirrhosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000033222 Biliary cirrhosis primary Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010010744 Conjunctivitis allergic Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010012438 Dermatitis atopic Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000035186 Hemolytic Autoimmune Anemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000005615 Interstitial Cystitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000002481 Myositis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000001132 Osteoporosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000012654 Primary biliary cholangitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010039085 Rhinitis allergic Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010039710 Scleroderma Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000021386 Sjogren Syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010067584 Type 1 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010046914 Vaginal infection Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000008100 Vaginitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010047115 Vasculitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000002205 allergic conjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000010105 allergic rhinitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000024998 atopic conjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000008937 atopic dermatitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000000448 autoimmune hemolytic anemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000001981 dermatomyositis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010025135 lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010028417 myasthenia gravis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000008482 osteoarthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000005069 pulmonary fibrosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010043778 thyroiditis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010046851 Uveitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010071198 Allergic hepatitis Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims 1
- 108091006146 Channels Proteins 0.000 abstract description 48
- 229960005069 calcium Drugs 0.000 description 168
- PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorodifluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)Cl PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 143
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 124
- BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium cation Chemical group [Ca+2] BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 86
- 229910001424 calcium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 86
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 70
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 59
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 58
- 230000003185 calcium uptake Effects 0.000 description 51
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 47
- 108091022898 Calcium release-activated calcium channel Proteins 0.000 description 45
- 102000020167 Calcium release-activated calcium channel Human genes 0.000 description 45
- 210000002472 endoplasmic reticulum Anatomy 0.000 description 45
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 38
- 108090000532 Stromal Interaction Molecule 1 Proteins 0.000 description 36
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 36
- 102000004094 Stromal Interaction Molecule 1 Human genes 0.000 description 35
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 34
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 32
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 31
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 31
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 31
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 30
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 29
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 28
- 101150060735 orai1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 27
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 22
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 15
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 12
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 102000009292 Stromal interaction molecule Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 108050000143 Stromal interaction molecule Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 230000009460 calcium influx Effects 0.000 description 11
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 11
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 11
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 11
- WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxadiazole Chemical compound C1=CON=N1 WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=C1 BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 102000004631 Calcineurin Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108010042955 Calcineurin Proteins 0.000 description 10
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- MMWCIQZXVOZEGG-HOZKJCLWSA-N [(1S,2R,3S,4S,5R,6S)-2,3,5-trihydroxy-4,6-diphosphonooxycyclohexyl] dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1OP(O)(O)=O MMWCIQZXVOZEGG-HOZKJCLWSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 10
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 10
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinoxaline Chemical compound N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazole Chemical compound C1=CSN=N1.C1=CSN=N1 VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 102000014384 Type C Phospholipases Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108010079194 Type C Phospholipases Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 9
- 210000003463 organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 8
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 101100114828 Drosophila melanogaster Orai gene Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 7
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000004941 influx Effects 0.000 description 7
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 210000003584 mesangial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 7
- FNQJDLTXOVEEFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-benzothiadiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SN=NC2=C1 FNQJDLTXOVEEFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000005964 Acibenzolar-S-methyl Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 6
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000003630 histaminocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 6
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 6
- SLLFVLKNXABYGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-benzoxadiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2ON=NC2=C1 SLLFVLKNXABYGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- KTZQTRPPVKQPFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NOC2=C1 KTZQTRPPVKQPFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ODIRBFFBCSTPTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-selenazole Chemical compound C1=C[se]C=N1 ODIRBFFBCSTPTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- AGTXZUSQQMGXGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dihydropyrrolo[3,2-b]pyrrole Chemical compound N1C=CC2=C1C=CN2 AGTXZUSQQMGXGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- AMFYRKOUWBAGHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C=NNC2=C1 AMFYRKOUWBAGHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- XWIYUCRMWCHYJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=N1 XWIYUCRMWCHYJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- LJMZRBZETLXDSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-thieno[3,2-c]pyrazole Chemical compound N1N=CC2=C1C=CS2 LJMZRBZETLXDSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-azabenzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=N1 GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- KDOPAZIWBAHVJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5h-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=NC=C2NC=CC2=N1 KDOPAZIWBAHVJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 102000004310 Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000862 Ion Channels Proteins 0.000 description 5
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 5
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 5
- RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzarone Chemical compound CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N[N][N]C2=C1 QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000012964 benzotriazole Substances 0.000 description 5
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 5
- ZTYYDUBWJTUMHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N furo[3,2-b]furan Chemical compound O1C=CC2=C1C=CO2 ZTYYDUBWJTUMHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- YRTCKZIKGWZNCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N furo[3,2-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=CC2=N1 YRTCKZIKGWZNCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000026278 immune system disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2C=CC=C21 HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 210000005061 intracellular organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000001908 sarcoplasmic reticulum Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- MABNMNVCOAICNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N selenophene Chemical compound C=1C=C[se]C=1 MABNMNVCOAICNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 5
- ONCNIMLKGZSAJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N thieno[3,2-b]furan Chemical compound S1C=CC2=C1C=CO2 ONCNIMLKGZSAJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- DBDCNCCRPKTRSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N thieno[3,2-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=N1 DBDCNCCRPKTRSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- VJYJJHQEVLEOFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N thieno[3,2-b]thiophene Chemical compound S1C=CC2=C1C=CS2 VJYJJHQEVLEOFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229940125670 thienopyridine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000002175 thienopyridine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- HBEDSQVIWPRPAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OCCC2=C1 HBEDSQVIWPRPAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000000882 C2-C6 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 102000003922 Calcium Channels Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000312 Calcium Channels Proteins 0.000 description 4
- NTYJJOPFIAHURM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Histamine Chemical compound NCCC1=CN=CN1 NTYJJOPFIAHURM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 102000001424 Ryanodine receptors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- HATRDXDCPOXQJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thapsigargin Natural products CCCCCCCC(=O)OC1C(OC(O)C(=C/C)C)C(=C2C3OC(=O)C(C)(O)C3(O)C(CC(C)(OC(=O)C)C12)OC(=O)CCC)C HATRDXDCPOXQJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 208000037765 diseases and disorders Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 4
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 4
- PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCC2=C1 PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-ADZNBVRBSA-N ionomycin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C[C@H](O)[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)/C=C/C[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(/O)=C/C(=O)[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)CC[C@@]1(C)[C@@H]1O[C@](C)([C@@H](C)O)CC1 PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-ADZNBVRBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N ionomycin Natural products O1C(CC(O)C(C)C(O)C(C)C=CCC(C)CC(C)C(O)=CC(=O)C(C)CC(C)CC(CCC(O)=O)C)CCC1(C)C1OC(C)(C(C)O)CC1 PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108091052345 ryanodine receptor (TC 1.A.3.1) family Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 235000015424 sodium Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 108091006112 ATPases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000057290 Adenosine Triphosphatases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- FTEDXVNDVHYDQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N BAPTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1N(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O FTEDXVNDVHYDQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101100043687 Caenorhabditis elegans stim-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- BQOHYSXSASDCEA-KEOHHSTQSA-N Cyclic ADP-Ribose Chemical compound C([C@@H]1[C@H]([C@H]([C@@H](O1)N1C=2N=CN3C(C=2N=C1)=N)O)O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]3O1 BQOHYSXSASDCEA-KEOHHSTQSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MMWCIQZXVOZEGG-XJTPDSDZSA-N D-myo-Inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1OP(O)(O)=O MMWCIQZXVOZEGG-XJTPDSDZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- CVRXLMUYFMERMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N,N',N'-tetrakis(2-pyridylmethyl)ethylenediamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=NC=1CN(CC=1N=CC=CC=1)CCN(CC=1N=CC=CC=1)CC1=CC=CC=N1 CVRXLMUYFMERMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101150066814 Orai3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000006044 T cell activation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000000852 Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000033289 adaptive immune response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000000172 cytosol Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000001163 endosome Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000001723 extracellular space Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 102000006240 membrane receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 210000003470 mitochondria Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000006916 protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000002491 severe combined immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- IXFPJGBNCFXKPI-FSIHEZPISA-N thapsigargin Chemical compound CCCC(=O)O[C@H]1C[C@](C)(OC(C)=O)[C@H]2[C@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCC)[C@@H](OC(=O)C(\C)=C/C)C(C)=C2[C@@H]2OC(=O)[C@@](C)(O)[C@]21O IXFPJGBNCFXKPI-FSIHEZPISA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000004867 thiadiazoles Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- BLZVCIGGICSWIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminoethoxydiphenylborane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1B(OCCN)C1=CC=CC=C1 BLZVCIGGICSWIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100039319 Calcium release-activated calcium channel protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100029801 Calcium-transporting ATPase type 2C member 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010010099 Combined immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000255581 Drosophila <fruit fly, genus> Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000022461 Glomerular disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000030836 Hashimoto thyroiditis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101000745520 Homo sapiens Calcium release-activated calcium channel protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000728145 Homo sapiens Calcium-transporting ATPase type 2C member 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101100456626 Homo sapiens MEF2A gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101100079042 Mus musculus Myef2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100021148 Myocyte-specific enhancer factor 2A Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000036110 Neuroinflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000017954 Nuclear factor of activated T cells (NFAT) Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108050007058 Nuclear factor of activated T cells (NFAT) Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091030071 RNAI Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229940124639 Selective inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 102000005935 Stromal Interaction Molecule 2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010030731 Stromal Interaction Molecule 2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000006052 T cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005867 T cell response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010018242 Transcription Factor AP-1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100023132 Transcription factor Jun Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Chemical compound CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001669 calcium Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000004094 calcium homeostasis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010221 calcium permeability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006727 cell loss Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000033077 cellular process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003016 chromanyl group Chemical group O1C(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000030609 dephosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006209 dephosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol bis(2-aminoethyl)tetraacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCOCCOCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000028023 exocytosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009368 gene silencing by RNA Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001340 histamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 206010020718 hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000005946 imidazo[1,2-a]pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000003384 isochromanyl group Chemical group C1(OCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004594 isoindolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 201000006370 kidney failure Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003712 lysosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001868 lysosomic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 101150014102 mef-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000002438 mitochondrial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004001 molecular interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035479 physiological effects, processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004952 protein activity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000012846 protein folding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004850 protein–protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001422 pyrrolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004621 quinuclidinyl group Chemical group N12C(CC(CC1)CC2)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004927 skin cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 2
- MMWCIQZXVOZEGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4,5-IP3 Natural products OC1C(O)C(OP(O)(O)=O)C(OP(O)(O)=O)C(O)C1OP(O)(O)=O MMWCIQZXVOZEGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZODKRWQWUWGCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-di-tert-butylbenzene-1,4-diol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(O)=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1O JZODKRWQWUWGCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004200 2-methoxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006163 5-membered heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000016557 Acute basophilic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010083359 Antigen Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010005003 Bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000005701 Calcium-Binding Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010045403 Calcium-Binding Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010017954 Calcium-Transporting ATPases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004612 Calcium-Transporting ATPases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000000584 Calmodulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010041952 Calmodulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091005462 Cation channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000019034 Chemokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010012236 Chemokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010045171 Cyclic AMP Response Element-Binding Protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005636 Cyclic AMP Response Element-Binding Protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- CNZIQHGDUXRUJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopiazonic acid Natural products CC(=C/1C(=O)C2C3C(Cc4cccc5[nH]cc3c45)C(C)(C)N2C1=O)O CNZIQHGDUXRUJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010011968 Decreased immune responsiveness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000016675 EF-hand domains Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050006297 EF-hand domains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010014733 Endometrial cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010014759 Endometrial neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010087819 Fc receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009109 Fc receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091006027 G proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010008959 G-Protein-Coupled Receptor Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003688 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000030782 GTP binding Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000058 GTP-Binding Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010018370 Glomerulonephritis membranoproliferative Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010017080 Granulocyte Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004269 Granulocyte Colony-Stimulating Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010002059 Histamine Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000543 Histamine Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101000861452 Homo sapiens Forkhead box protein P3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000950695 Homo sapiens Mitogen-activated protein kinase 8 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000979342 Homo sapiens Nuclear factor NF-kappa-B p105 subunit Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001064774 Homo sapiens Peroxidasin-like protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000029462 Immunodeficiency disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010062016 Immunosuppression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010074328 Interferon-gamma Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008070 Interferon-gamma Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000176 Interleukin-13 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002386 Interleukin-3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000978 Interleukin-4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002616 Interleukin-5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090001007 Interleukin-8 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isocaffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N(C)C=N2 LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000232 Lipid Bilayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010067125 Liver injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005777 Lupus Nephritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004451 Membranoproliferative Glomerulonephritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010066453 Mesangioproliferative glomerulonephritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100037808 Mitogen-activated protein kinase 8 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010006519 Molecular Chaperones Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005431 Molecular Chaperones Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108010057466 NF-kappa B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003945 NF-kappa B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010018525 NFATC Transcription Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002673 NFATC Transcription Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100023050 Nuclear factor NF-kappa-B p105 subunit Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000042032 Petrocephalus catostoma Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004160 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000608 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010040945 Plasma Membrane Calcium-Transporting ATPases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002141 Plasma Membrane Calcium-Transporting ATPases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004022 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000412 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000015634 Rectal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930001406 Ryanodine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- FWLPKVQUECFKSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N SKF-96365 hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1CCCOC(C=1C=CC(OC)=CC=1)CN1C=NC=C1 FWLPKVQUECFKSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010040047 Sepsis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000001322 T cell deficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091008874 T cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016266 T-Cell Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000027912 T-cell immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000037089 Uniporters Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006293 Uniporters Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000007097 Urinary Bladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MMWCIQZXVOZEGG-LKPKBOIGSA-N [(1r,2s,3s,4s,5s,6r)-2,3,5-trihydroxy-4,6-diphosphonooxycyclohexyl] dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OP(O)(O)=O MMWCIQZXVOZEGG-LKPKBOIGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CNZIQHGDUXRUJS-DQYPLSBCSA-N alpha-cyclopiazonic acid Natural products CC(O)=C1C(=O)[C@@H]2[C@@H]3[C@@H](Cc4cccc5[nH]cc3c45)C(C)(C)N2C1=O CNZIQHGDUXRUJS-DQYPLSBCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-L aspartate group Chemical class N[C@@H](CC(=O)[O-])C(=O)[O-] CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006472 autoimmune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005784 autoimmunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000007478 beta-N-Acetylhexosaminidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010085377 beta-N-Acetylhexosaminidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000601 blood cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010322 bone marrow transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZKSIPEYIAHUPNM-ZEQRLZLVSA-N butobendine Chemical compound C([C@H](CC)N(C)CCN(C)[C@@H](CC)COC(=O)C=1C=C(OC)C(OC)=C(OC)C=1)OC(=O)C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 ZKSIPEYIAHUPNM-ZEQRLZLVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960001948 caffeine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1C=CN2C VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000028956 calcium-mediated signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000006889 calcium:sodium antiporter activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108040000797 calcium:sodium antiporter activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000009084 cardiovascular function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000020411 cell activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000019522 cellular metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036755 cellular response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002820 chemotaxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002983 circular dichroism Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007882 cirrhosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019425 cirrhosis of liver Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004186 co-expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010009887 colitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000004624 confocal microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000039 congener Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000779 depleting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003162 effector t lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002121 endocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001339 epidermal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000763 evoking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002907 exocrine cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004720 fertilization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002866 fluorescence resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001506 fluorescence spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940044627 gamma-interferon Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001434 glomerular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000852 glomerular disease Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000010536 head and neck cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014829 head and neck neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003958 hematopoietic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000753 hepatic injury Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004020 intracellular membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002555 ionophore Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000236 ionophoric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002510 keratinocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000028161 membrane depolarization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020004084 membrane receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- AQIAIZBHFAKICS-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylaminomethyl Chemical compound [CH2]NC AQIAIZBHFAKICS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004372 methylthioethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])SC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004092 methylthiomethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])SC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001700 mitochondrial membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002297 mitogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- XPRZIORDEVHURQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)pyrazol-1-yl]phenyl]-4-methylthiadiazole-5-carboxamide Chemical compound N1=NSC(C(=O)NC=2C=CC(=CC=2)N2C(=CC(=N2)C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)F)=C1C XPRZIORDEVHURQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002858 neurotransmitter agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000030648 nucleus localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006384 oligomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037050 permeability transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003906 phosphoinositides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000020978 protein processing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003217 pyrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 206010038038 rectal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000001275 rectum cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000021014 regulation of cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000025053 regulation of cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005073 regulation of store-operated calcium entry Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003289 regulatory T cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000016914 response to endoplasmic reticulum stress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003660 reticulum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- JJSYXNQGLHBRRK-SFEDZAPPSA-N ryanodine Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@]([C@@]2([C@]3(O)[C@]45O[C@@]2(O)C[C@]([C@]4(CC[C@H](C)[C@H]5O)O)(C)[C@@]31O)C)(O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CN1 JJSYXNQGLHBRRK-SFEDZAPPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002821 scintillation proximity assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001235 sensitizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004905 short-term response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011476 stem cell transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003699 striated muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002198 surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007306 turnover Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000005112 urinary bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000028973 vesicle-mediated transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002424 x-ray crystallography Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D405/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
- A61K31/4418—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof having a carbocyclic group directly attached to the heterocyclic ring, e.g. cyproheptadine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
- A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
- A61K31/443—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with oxygen as a ring hetero atom
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
- A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
- A61K31/4439—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. omeprazole
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/4965—Non-condensed pyrazines
- A61K31/497—Non-condensed pyrazines containing further heterocyclic rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
- A61K31/506—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
- A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
- A61P15/02—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for disorders of the vagina
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/04—Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
- A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
- A61P21/04—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
- A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
- A61P5/14—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
- A61P5/16—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4 for decreasing, blocking or antagonising the activity of the thyroid hormones
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/06—Antianaemics
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
- C07D213/74—Amino or imino radicals substituted by hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
- C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D239/46—Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
- C07D239/47—One nitrogen atom and one oxygen or sulfur atom, e.g. cytosine
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D403/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D405/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
- C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D417/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
- C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D491/04—Ortho-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
- C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D491/04—Ortho-condensed systems
- C07D491/056—Ortho-condensed systems with two or more oxygen atoms as ring hetero atoms in the oxygen-containing ring
Definitions
- Described herein are compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and medicaments that include such compounds, and methods of using such compounds to modulate store operated calcium (SOC) channel activity.
- SOC store operated calcium
- calcium is a key element in the transduction of signals into and within cells.
- Cellular responses to growth factors, neurotransmitters, hormones and a variety of other signal molecules are initiated through calcium-dependent processes.
- Cytosolic Ca 2+ signals control a wide array of cellular functions ranging from short-term responses such as contraction and secretion to longer-term regulation of cell growth and proliferation. Usually, these signals involve some combination of release of Ca 2+ from intracellular stores, such as the endoplasmic reticulum (ER), and influx of Ca 2+ across the plasma membrane.
- ER endoplasmic reticulum
- cell activation begins with an agonist binding to a surface membrane receptor, which is coupled to phospholipase C(PLC) through a G-protein mechanism.
- IP 3 inositol 1,4,5-triphosphate
- SOC plasma membrane store-operated calcium
- Store-operated calcium (SOC) influx is a process in cellular physiology that controls such diverse functions such as, but not limited to, refilling of intracellular Ca 2+ stores (Putney et al. Cell, 75, 199-201, 1993), activation of enzymatic activity (Fagan et al., J. Biol. Chem. 275:26530-26537, 2000), gene transcription (Lewis, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 19:497-521, 2001), cell proliferation (Nunez et al., J. Physiol. 571.1, 57-73, 2006), and release of cytokines (Winslow et al., Curr. Opin. Immunol. 15:299-307, 2003).
- SOC Store-operated calcium
- SOC influx occurs through calcium release-activated calcium (CRAC) channels, a type of SOC channel.
- CRAC calcium release-activated calcium
- STIM store-operated calcium entry
- compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) modulate intracellular calcium by inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity.
- compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) modulate intracellular calcium by preventing the activity of activated store operated calcium channel complexes.
- compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) modulate an activity of, modulate an interaction of, or modulate the level of, or distribution of, or bind to, or interact with at least one protein of the SOC channel complex.
- compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) modulate an activity of, modulate an interaction of, or modulate the level of, or distribution of, or bind to, or interact with at least one protein of the CRAC channel complex.
- X is CR 3 or N
- L 1 is O, S, S(O), or NR 11 wherein R 11 is H, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , —NR 5 R 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 25 —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 25 —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2 , —N
- each R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ;
- n is an integer selected from 0 to 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- X is S, O, or NR 5 ;
- Y is independently selected from CR 9 and N;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ;
- n is an integer selected from 0-3;
- R 9 and R 10 are each independently selected from H, D, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, halogen, C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and CF 3 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )C( ⁇ O)R 5 , —N(R 5 )C( ⁇ O)N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )C( ⁇ O)OR 4 , —CO 2 R 5 , —C( ⁇ O)R 5 , —
- n is an integer selected from 0-3;
- each R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 5 and R 7 are each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 6 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 4 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 25 —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )C( ⁇ O
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl, or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , —NR 5 R 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2
- n is an integer selected from 0-3;
- each R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 5 and R 7 are each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 6 is selected from CN, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- X is CR 3 or N
- Y is independently selected from CR 9 and N;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R 9 and R 10 are each independently selected from H, D, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, halogen, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- X is CR 3 or N
- Y is independently selected from CR 9 and N;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R 9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ; or two R 9 attached to the same carbon atom form an oxetane ring;
- R 10 is selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- X is CR 3 or N
- Y is CR 3 , O, NR 5 , or S;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R 10 is selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- X is CR 3 or N
- Y is CR 3 , O, NR 5 , or S;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R 10 is selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder, and a compound having the structure of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof.
- a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound having the structure of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising same with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder.
- a method of modulating store-operated calcium (SOC) channel activity comprising contacting the SOC channel complex, or portion thereof, with a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising same with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder.
- a method of modulating calcium release activated calcium channel (CRAC) activity in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V) or (VI) wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) modulates CRAC activity in the mammal.
- CRAC calcium release activated calcium channel
- a method of inhibiting store-operated calcium entry (SOCE) activation of nuclear factor of activated T cells (NFAT) in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) inhibits SOCE activation of
- a method of decreasing cytokine release by inhibiting the SOCE activation of NFAT in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) decreases cytokine release in the mammal.
- a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA).
- a method for treating an autoimmune disease, heteroimmune disease or condition, or inflammatory disease in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
- the autoimmune disease is inflammatory bowel disease, rheumatoid arthritis, myasthenia gravis, multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, type I diabetes, lupus erythematosus, psoriasis, osteoarthritis, scleroderma, and autoimmune hemolytic anemia.
- the heteroimmune disease or condition is graft-versus-host disease, graft rejection, atopic dermatitis, allergic conjunctivitis, organ transplant rejection, allogeneic or xenogenic transplantation, and allergic rhinitis.
- the inflammatory disease is uveitis, vasculitis, vaginitis, asthma, inflammatory muscle disease, dermatitis, interstitial cystitis, colitis, Crohn's disease, dermatomyositis, hepatitis, and chronic relapsing hepatitis.
- a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide or prodrug thereof.
- the disease, disorder or condition in the mammal is selected from glomerulonephritis, hepatic diseases or disorders, renal diseases or disorders, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, osteoporosis, eczema, pulmonary fibrosis, thyroiditis, cystic fibrosis, and primary biliary cirrhosis.
- Compounds provided herein are used for modulating intracellular calcium. In one aspect, compounds provided herein modulate SOC channel activity. In one aspect, compounds provided herein modulate CRAC channel activity. In another aspect, compounds provided herein modulate STIM protein activity. In another aspect, compounds provided herein modulate Orai protein activity. In another aspect, compounds provided herein modulate the functional interactions of STIM proteins with Orai proteins. In another aspect, compounds provided herein reduce the number of functional SOC channels. In another aspect, compounds provided herein reduce the number of functional CRAC channels. In one aspect, compounds described herein are SOC channel blockers. In one aspect, compounds described herein are CRAC channel blockers or CRAC channel modulators.
- compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) are selective inhibitors of CRAC channel activity.
- FIG. 1 outlines the I CRAC channel pathway.
- FIG. 2 shows the typical I CRAC traces in cells stably overexpressing human Orai1 and STIM 1 in response to the voltage stimulus immediately after break-in, before I CRAC is activated, and at 5 min after I CRAC is fully activated by depletion of intracellular calcium stores.
- Cellular calcium homeostasis is a result of the summation of regulatory systems involved in the control of intracellular calcium levels and movements.
- Cellular calcium homeostasis is achieved, at least in part, by calcium binding and by movement of calcium into and out of the cell across the plasma membrane and within the cell by movement of calcium across membranes of intracellular organelles including, for example, the endoplasmic reticulum, sarcoplasmic reticulum, mitochondria and endocytic organelles including endosomes and lysosomes.
- Calcium from the extracellular space can enter the cell through various calcium channels and a sodium/calcium exchanger and is actively extruded from the cell by calcium pumps and sodium/calcium exchangers.
- Calcium can also be released from internal stores through inositol trisphosphate or ryanodine receptors and can be taken up by these organelles by means of calcium pumps.
- VOC voltage-operated calcium
- SOC store-operated calcium
- sodium/calcium exchangers operating in reverse mode.
- VOC channels are activated by membrane depolarization and are found in excitable cells like nerve and muscle and are for the most part not found in nonexcitable cells.
- Ca 2+ can enter cells via Na + —Ca 2+ exchangers operating in reverse mode.
- Endocytosis provides another process by which cells can take up calcium from the extracellular medium through endosomes.
- some cells e.g., exocrine cells, can release calcium via exocytosis.
- Cytosolic calcium concentration is tightly regulated with resting levels usually estimated at approximately 0.1 ⁇ M in mammalian cells, whereas the extracellular calcium concentration is typically about 2 mM. This tight regulation facilitates transduction of signals into and within cells through transient calcium flux across the plasma membrane and membranes of intracellular organelles.
- the principal components involved in maintaining basal calcium levels are calcium pumps and leak pathways in both the endoplasmic reticulum and plasma membrane. Disturbance of resting cytosolic calcium levels can affect transmission of calcium-dependent signals and give rise to defects in a number of cellular processes. For example, cell proliferation involves a prolonged calcium signaling sequence. Other cellular processes that involve calcium signalinginclude, but are not limited to, secretion, transcription factor signaling, and fertilization.
- Cell-surface receptors that activate phospholipase C create cytosolic Ca 2+ signals from intra- and extra-cellular sources.
- An initial transient rise of [Ca 2+ , (intracellular calcium concentration) results from the release of Ca 2+ from the endoplasmic reticulum (ER), which is triggered by the PLC product, inositol-1,4,5-trisphosphate (IP 3 ), opening IP 3 receptors in the ER (Streb et al. Nature, 306, 67-69, 1983).
- a subsequent phase of sustained Ca 2+ entry across the plasma membrane then ensues, through specialized store operated calcium (SOC) channels (in the case of immune cells the SOC channels are calcium release-activated calcium (CRAC) channels) in the plasma membrane.
- SOC store operated calcium
- CRAC calcium release-activated calcium
- SOCE Store-operated Ca 2+ entry
- NFAT a phosphatase that regulates the transcription factor NFAT.
- NFAT is phosphorylated and resides in the cytoplasm, but when dephosphorylated by calcineurin, NFAT translocates to the nucleus and activates different genetic programmes depending on stimulation conditions and cell type.
- NFAT In response to infections and during transplant rejection, NFAT partners with the transcription factor AP-1 (Fos-Jun) in the nucleus of “effector” T cells, thereby transactivating cytokine genes, genes that regulate T cell proliferation and other genes that orchestrate an active immune response (Rao et al., Annu Rev Immunol., 1997; 15:707-47). In contrast, in T cells recognizing self antigens, NFAT is activated in the absence of AP-1, and activates a transcriptional programme known as “anergy” that suppresses autoimmune responses (Macian et al., Transcriptional mechanisms underlying lymphocyte tolerance. Cell. 2002 Jun. 14; 109(6):719-31).
- NFAT In a subclass of T cells known as regulatory T cells which suppress autoimmunity mediated by self-reactive effector T cells, NFAT partners with the transcription factor FOXP3 to activate genes responsible for suppressor function (Wu et al., Cell, 2006 Jul. 28; 126(2):375-87; Rudensky A Y, Gavin M, Zheng Y. Cell. 2006 Jul. 28; 126(2):253-256).
- the endoplasmic reticulum carries out a variety processes.
- the ER has a role as both a Ca 2+ sink and an agonist-sensitive Ca 2+ store and, protein folding/processing takes place within its lumen.
- numerous Ca 2+ -dependent chaperone proteins ensure that newly synthesized proteins are folded correctly and sent off to their appropriate destination.
- the ER is also involved in vesicle trafficking, release of stress signals, regulation of cholesterol metabolism, and apoptosis. Many of these processes require intraluminal Ca 2+ , and protein misfolding, ER stress responses, and apoptosis can all be induced by depleting the ER of Ca 2+ for prolonged periods of time.
- I CRAC Ca 2+ release-activated Ca 2+ current
- I CRAC is non-voltage activated, inwardly rectifying, and remarkably selective for Ca 2+ . It is found in several cell types mainly of hemapoietic origin. I CRAC is not the only store-operated current, and it is now apparent that store-operated influx encompasses a family of Ca 2+ -permeable channels, with different properties in different cell types. I CRAC was the first store-operated Ca 2+ current to be described and remains a popular model for studying store-operated influx.
- Store-operated calcium channels can be activated by any procedure that empties ER Ca 2+ stores; it does not seem to matter how the stores are emptied, the net effect is activation of store-operated Ca 2+ entry.
- store emptying is evoked by an increase in the levels of IP 3 or other Ca 2+ -releasing signals followed by Ca 2+ release from the stores.
- methods for emptying stores include the following:
- TPEN lowers free intraluminal Ca2+ concentration without changing total store Ca 2+ such that the store depletion-dependent signal is generated.
- CCE capacitative calcium entry
- I 50c store-operated current
- I CRAC calcium release-activated current
- Electrophysiological analysis of store-operated or calcium release-activated currents reveal distinct biophysical properties (see, e.g., Parekh and Penner (1997) Physiol. Rev. 77:901-930) of these currents.
- the current can be activated by depletion of intracellular calcium stores (e.g., by non-physiological activators such as thapsigargin, CPA, ionomycin and BAPTA, and physiological activators such as IP 3 ) and can be selective for divalent cations, such as calcium, over monovalent ions in physiological solutions or conditions, can be influenced by changes in cytosolic calcium levels, and can show altered selectivity and conductivity in the presence of low extracellular concentrations of divalent cations.
- the current may also be blocked or enhanced by 2-APB (depending on concentration) and blocked by SKF96365 and Gd 3+ and generally can be described as a calcium current that is not strictly voltage-gated.
- Intracellular calcium stores can be characterized by sensitivity to agents, which can be physiological or pharmacological, which activate release of calcium from the stores or inhibit uptake of calcium into the stores.
- agents which can be physiological or pharmacological, which activate release of calcium from the stores or inhibit uptake of calcium into the stores.
- Different cells have been studied in characterization of intracellular calcium stores, and stores have been characterized as sensitive to various agents, including, but not limited to, IP 3 and compounds that effect the IP 3 receptor, thapsigargin, ionomycin and/or cyclic ADP-ribose (cADPR) (see, e.g., Berridge (1993) Nature 361:315-325; Churchill and Louis (1999) Am. J. Physiol.
- SR endoplasmic reticulum and sarcoplasmic reticulum (SR; a specialized version of the endoplasmic reticulum in striated muscle) storage organelles is achieved through sarcoplasmic-endoplasmic reticulum calcium ATPases (SERCAs), commonly referred to as calcium pumps.
- SERCAs sarcoplasmic-endoplasmic reticulum calcium ATPases
- endoplasmic reticulum calcium is replenished by the SERCA pump with cytoplasmic calcium that has entered the cell from the extracellular medium (Yu and Hinkle (2000) J. Biol. Chem. 275:23648-23653; Hofer et al. (1998) EMBO J. 17:1986-1995).
- IP 3 receptor-mediated calcium release is triggered by IP 3 formed by the break down of plasma membrane phosphoinositides through the action of phospholipase C, which is activated by binding of an agonist to a plasma membrane G protein-coupled receptor or tyrosine kinase.
- Ryanodine receptor-mediated calcium release is triggered by an increase in cytoplasmic calcium and is referred to as calcium-induced calcium release (CICR).
- CICR calcium-induced calcium release
- the activity of ryanodine receptors (which have affinity for ryanodine and caffeine) may also be regulated by cyclic ADP-ribose.
- the calcium levels in the stores, and in the cytoplasm fluctuate.
- ER free calcium concentration can decrease from a range of about 60-400 ⁇ M to about 1-50 ⁇ M when HeLa cells are treated with histamine, an agonist of PLC-linked histamine receptors (Miyawaki et al. (1997) Nature 388:882-887).
- Store-operated calcium entry is activated as the free calcium concentration of the intracellular stores is reduced. Depletion of store calcium, as well as a concomitant increase in cytosolic calcium concentration, can thus regulate store-operated calcium entry into cells.
- Agonist activation of signaling processes in cells can involve dramatic increases in the calcium permeability of the endoplasmic reticulum, for example, through opening of IP 3 receptor channels, and the plasma membrane through store-operated calcium entry. These increases in calcium permeability are associated with an increase in cytosolic calcium concentration that can be separated into two components: a “spike” of calcium release from the endoplasmic reticulum during activation of the IP 3 receptor and a plateau phase which is a sustained elevation of calcium levels resulting from entry of calcium into the cytoplasm from the extracellular medium.
- the resting intracellular free calcium concentration of about 100 nM can rise globally to greater than 1 ⁇ M and higher in microdomains of the cell.
- the cell modulates these calcium signals with endogenous calcium buffers, including physiological buffering by organelles such as mitochondria, endoplasmic reticulum and Golgi.
- organelles such as mitochondria, endoplasmic reticulum and Golgi.
- Mitochondrial uptake of calcium through a uniporter in the inner membrane is driven by the large negative mitochondrial membrane potential, and the accumulated calcium is released slowly through sodium-dependent and -independent exchangers, and, under some circumstances, the permeability transition pore (PTP).
- PTP permeability transition pore
- mitochondria can act as calcium buffers by taking up calcium during periods of cellular activation and can slowly release it later. Uptake of calcium into the endoplasmic reticulum is regulated by the sarcoplasmic and endoplasmic reticulum calcium ATPase (SERCA).
- SERCA sarcoplasmic and endoplasmic reticulum calcium ATPase
- Uptake of calcium into the Golgi is mediated by a P-type calcium transport ATPase (PMR1/ATP2C1). Additionally, there is evidence that a significant amount of the calcium released upon IP 3 receptor activation is extruded from the cell through the action of the plasma membrane calcium ATPase.
- plasma membrane calcium ATPases provide the dominant mechanism for calcium clearance in human T cells and Jurkat cells, although sodium/calcium exchange also contributes to calcium clearance in human T cells.
- calcium ions can be bound to specialized calcium-buffering proteins, such as, for example, calsequestrins, calreticulins and calnexins.
- cytoplasmic calcium buffering helps regulate cytoplasmic Ca 2+ levels during periods of sustained calcium influx through SOC channels or bursts of Ca 2+ release. Large increases in cytoplasmic Ca2+ levels or store refilling deactivate SOCE.
- store-operated calcium entry affects a multitude of events that are consequent to or in addition to the store-operated changes.
- Ca 2+ influx results in the activation of a large number of calmodulin-dependent enzymes including the serine phosphatase calcineurin.
- Activation of calcineurin by an increase in intracellular calcium results in acute secretory processes such as mast cell degranulation.
- Activated mast cells release preformed granules containing histamine, heparin, TNF ⁇ and enzymes such as ⁇ -hexosaminidase.
- Some cellular events, such as B and T cell proliferation require sustained calcineurin signaling, which requires a sustained increase in intracellular calcium.
- NFAT neurotrophic factor of activated T cells
- MEF2 calcineurin
- NFAT transcription factors play important roles in many cell types, including immune cells.
- immune cells NFAT mediates transcription of a large number of molecules, including cytokines, chemokines and cell surface receptors.
- Transcriptional elements for NFAT have been found within the promoters of cytokines such as IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-8, IL-13, as well as tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF ⁇ ), granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (G-C SF), and gamma-interferon ( ⁇ -IFN).
- TNF ⁇ tumor necrosis factor alpha
- G-C SF granulocyte colony-stimulating factor
- ⁇ -IFN gamma-interferon
- NFAT proteins The activity of NFAT proteins is regulated by their phosphorylation level, which in turn is regulated by both calcineurin and NFAT kinases.
- Activation of calcineurin by an increase in intracellular calcium levels results in dephosphorylation of NFAT and entry into the nucleus.
- Rephosphorylation of NFAT masks the nuclear localization sequence of NFAT and prevents its entry into the nucleus. Because of its strong dependence on calcineurin-mediated dephosphorylation for localization and activity, NFAT is a sensitive indicator of intracellular free calcium levels.
- Inhibition of CRAC channel activity with the compounds described herein such as compounds of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) provide a means for providing immunosuppresive therapy as demonstrated by the elimination of store-operated calcium entry noted in patients with severe-combined immunodeficiency (SCID).
- SCID severe-combined immunodeficiency
- T cells, fibroblasts, and in some cases B cells, from patients with T cell immunodeficiency or SCID having a principal defect in T cell activation show a strong defect in store-operated calcium entry (Feske et al. (2001) Nature Immunol. 2:316-324; Paratiseti et al. (1994) J. Biol. Chem. 269:32327-32335; and Le Deist et al. (1995) Blood 85:1053-1062).
- SCID patients lack adaptive immune response, but without any impairment or toxicity in major organs. The SCID patient phenotype indicates that inhibition of CRAC channels is an effective strategy for immunosuppression.
- Diseases or disorders that can be treated or prevented using the compounds, compositions, and methods provided herein include diseases and disorders involving inflammation and/or that are related to the immune system. These diseases include but are not limited to asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, glomerulonephritis, neuroinflammatory diseases such as multiple sclerosis, and disorders of the immune system.
- NFAT nuclear factor of activated T cells
- JNK1 nuclear factor of activated T cells
- CREB CREB
- NFAT nuclear factor of activated T cells
- NFAT nuclear factor of activated T cells
- JNK1 nuclear factor of activated T cells
- CREB CREB
- a sustained elevation of intracellular calcium level is required to keep NFAT in a transcriptionally active state, and is dependent on store-operated calcium entry. Reduction or blocking of store-operated calcium entry in lymphocytes blocks calcium-dependent lymphocyte activation.
- modulation of intracellular calcium, and particularly store-operated calcium entry in lymphocytes can be a method for treating immune and immune-related disorders, including, for example, chronic immune diseases/disorders, acute immune diseases/disorders, autoimmune and immunodeficiency diseases/disorders, diseases/disorders involving inflammation, organ transplant graft rejections and graft-versus-host disease and altered (e.g., hyperactive) immune responses.
- treatment of an autoimmune disease/disorder might involve reducing, blocking or eliminating store-operated calcium entry in lymphocytes.
- immune disorders include psoriasis, rheumatoid arthritis, vasculitis, inflammatory bowel disease, dermatitis, osteoarthritis, asthma, inflammatory muscle disease, allergic rhinitis, vaginitis, interstitial cystitis, scleroderma, osteoporosis, eczema, allogeneic or xenogeneic transplantation (organ, bone marrow, stem cells and other cells and tissues) graft rejection, graft-versus-host disease, lupus erythematosus, inflammatory disease, type I diabetes, pulmonary fibrosis, dermatomyositis, Sjogren's syndrome, thyroiditis (e.g., Hashimoto's and autoimmune thyroiditis), myasthenia gravis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, multiple sclerosis, cystic fibrosis, chronic relapsing hepatitis, primary biliary cirrhosis, allergic conjunctivitis
- compositions thereof, and methods provided herein may be used in connection with treatment of malignancies, including, but not limited to, malignancies of lymphoreticular origin, bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, endometrial cancer, head and neck cancer, lung cancer, melanoma, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer and rectal cancer.
- malignancies including, but not limited to, malignancies of lymphoreticular origin, bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, endometrial cancer, head and neck cancer, lung cancer, melanoma, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer and rectal cancer.
- malignancies including, but not limited to, malignancies of lymphoreticular origin, bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, endometrial cancer, head and neck cancer, lung cancer, melanoma, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer and rectal cancer.
- Store-operated calcium entry may play an important role in cell proliferation in cancer cells (Weiss et al. (2001) International Journal of Cancer 92 (6):877-882).
- the pyrazole derivative BTP-2 a direct I CRAC blocker inhibits SOCE and proliferation in Jurkat cells (Zitt et al., J. Biol. Chem., 279, 12427-12437, 2004) and in colon cancer cells. It has been suggested that sustained SOCE requires mitochonrial Ca 2+ uptake (Nunez et al., J. Physiol. 571.1, 57-73, 2006) and that prevention of mitochondrial Ca 2+ uptake leads to SOCE inhibition (Hoth et al., P.N.A.S., 97, 10607-10612, 2000; Hoth et al., J. Cell. Biol.
- Stimulation of Jurkat cells induces sustained SOCE and activation of the Ca 2+ -dependent phosphatase calcineurin that dephosphorylates NFAT, promoting expression of interleukin-2 and proliferation.
- Diseases or disorders that can be treated or prevented using the compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), compositions thereof, and methods provided herein include hepatic or liver diseases and disorders. These diseases and disorders include but are not limited to liver injury, for example, due to transplantation, hepatitis and cirrhosis.
- kidney or renal diseases and disorders include kidney or renal diseases and disorders.
- Mesangial cell hyperplasia is often a key feature of such diseases and disorders.
- diseases and disorders may be caused by immunological or other mechanisms of injury, including IgAN, membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis or lupus nephritis. Imbalances in the control of mesangial cell replication also appear to play a key role in the pathogenesis of progressive renal failure.
- mesangial hyperplasia due to elevated proliferation rate or reduced cell loss of mesangial cells.
- mesangial cell proliferation is induced without cell loss, for example due to mitogenic stimulation, mesangioproliferative glomerulonephritis can result.
- regulators of mesangial cell growth particularly growth factors, may act by regulating store-operated calcium channels (Ma et al. (2001) J Am. Soc. Of Nephrology, 12:(1) 47-53). Modulators of store-operated calcium influx may aid in the treatment of glomerular diseases by inhibiting mesangial cell proliferation.
- CRAC channel a type of SOC channel
- SOCE can contribute directly to the elevation of cytosolic Ca 2+ levels ([Ca 2+ ] i ), as in T lymphocytes where CRAC channels generate the sustained Ca 2+ signals needed to drive gene expression underlying T cell activation by antigen.
- Sustained calcium entry is needed for lymphocyte activation and adaptive immune response. Calcium entry into lymphocytes occurs primarily through the CRAC channels. Increased calcium levels lead to NFAT activation and expression of cytokines required for immune response.
- the CRAC channel has a distinctive biophysical fingerprint, quantifiable store-dependence, and essential function in T cells. Studies have shown that CRAC channels are formed from two component proteins, which interact to form CRAC channels.
- the CRAC channel is assembled by two functional components, STIM1 and Orai1.
- STIM1 stromal interaction molecule 1
- Orai1/CRACM1 was identified as a component of the mammalian CRAC channel (Feske, S.
- STIM1 is the sensor of Ca 2+ within ER Ca 2+ stores, moving in response to store depletion into ER puncta close to the plasma membrane.
- Orai1 is a pore forming CRAC channel subunit in the plasma membrane. The two membrane proteins STIM1 and Orai1 have each been shown to be essential for the activation of CRAC channels.
- STIM proteins are mediate Ca 2+ store-sensing and endoplasmic reticulum-plasma membrane coupling with no intrinsic channel properties.
- Orai1 contributes the plasma membrane channel component responsible for Ca 2+ entry.
- the suppression of CRAC channel function by Orai1 overexpression reflects a required stoichiometry between STIM1 and Orai1 (Soboloff et al., J. Biol. Chem. Vol. 281, no. 30, 20661-20665, 2006).
- RNAi screen in Drosophila S2 cells using thapsigargin-activated Ca 2+ entry as a marker for store-operated channels one gene gave a substantially reduced Ca 2+ entry, and that gene coded for the protein stromal interaction molecule (Stim) (Roos, J. et al. J. Cell Biol. 169, 435-445, 2005).
- STIM1 and STIM2 are two homologues of Stim in mammalian cells, STIM1 and STIM2, both of which appear to be distributed ubiquitously (Williams et al., Biochem J. 2001 Aug. 1; 357(Pt 3):673-85).
- STIM1 is the ER Ca 2+ sensor for store-operated Ca 2+ entry.
- STIM1 is a 77 kDa type I membrane protein with multiple predicted protein interaction or signaling domains and is located predominantly in the ER, but also to a limited extent in the plasma membrane.
- STIM1 Knockdown of STIM1 by RNAi substantially reduced I CRAC in Jurkat T cells, and store-operated Ca 2+ entry in HEK293 epithelial cells and SH-SY5Y neuroblastoma cells. However, knockdown of the closely related STIM2 had no effect. These results indicate an essential role of STIM (Drosophila) and STIM1 (mammals) in the mechanism of activation of store-operated channels. It is unlikely that STIM1 is the store-operated channel itself. It has no channel-like sequence, and overexpression of the protein only modestly enhances Ca 2+ entry. STIM1 is located both on the plasma membrane and intracellular membranes like the ER (Manji et al., Biochim Biophys Acta. 2000 Aug.
- the protein sequence suggests that it spans the membrane once, with its NH 2 terminus oriented toward the lumen of the ER or the extracellular space.
- the NH 2 terminus contains an EF-hand domain, and functions as the Ca 2+ sensor in the ER.
- the protein also contains protein-protein interaction domains, notably coiled-coiled domains in the cytoplasm and a sterile motif (SAM) in the ER (or extracellular space), both near the predicted transmembrane domain.
- SAM sterile motif
- STIM1 can oligomerize and thus the protein in the ER and plasma membrane could interact bridging the two (Roos, J. et al. J. Cell Biol. 169, 435-445 (2005)).
- Total internal reflection fluorescence (TIRF) and confocal microscopy reveal that STIM1 is distributed throughout the ER when Ca 2+ stores are full, but redistributes into discrete puncta near the plasma membrane on store depletion. Although the redistribution of STIM1 into junctional ER regions is slow (Liou, J. et al. Curr. Biol. 15, 1235-1241 (2005); Zhang, S. L. et al. Nature 437, 902-905 (2005), it does precede the opening of CRAC channels by several seconds (Wu et al., J. Cell Biol. 174, 803-813 (2006)) and is therefore rapid enough to be an essential step in the activation of CRAC channels.
- Orai1 (also known as CRACM1) is a widely expressed, 33 kDa plasma membrane protein with 4 transmembrane domains and a lack of significant sequence homology to other ion channels (Vig, M. et al. Science 312, 1220-1223 (2006); Zhang, S. L. et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 103, 9357-9362 (2006)).
- T cells from human patients with a severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) syndrome in which T cell receptor engagement or store depletion failed to activate Ca 2+ entry, was shown to be due to a single point mutation in Orai1 (Feske, S. et al. Nature 441, 179-185 (2006)).
- Orai2 and Orai3 can exhibit SOC channel activity when overexpressed with STIM1 in HEK cells (Mercer, J. C. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 281, 24979-24990 (2006)).
- Orai1 contributes to the CRAC channel pore was obtained by Orai1 mutagenesis studies. Selectivity of the CRAC channel for Ca 2+ ions was shown by mutations at either Glu 106 or Glu 190, which weaken the ability of Ca 2+ binding in order block permeation of monovalent cations (similar to mechanisms described for voltage-gated Ca 2+ channels) (Yeromin, A. V. et al. Nature 443, 226-229 (2006); Vig, M. et al. Curr. Biol. 16, 2073-2079 (2006); Prakriya, M. et al. Nature 443, 230-233 (2006)).
- Neutralizing the charge on a pair of aspartates in the I-II loop reduces block by Gd 3+ and block of outward current by extracellular Ca 2+ , indicating that these negatively charged sites may promote accumulation of polyvalent cations near the mouth of the pore.
- Orai1 Currents observed through overexpression of Orai1 closely resemble I CRAC , and the fact that Orai1 can form multimers (Yeromin, A. V. et al. Nature 443, 226-229 (2006); Vig, M. et al. Curr. Biol. 16, 2073-2079 (2006); Prakriya, M. et al. Nature 443, 230-233 (2006)), makes it likely that the native CRAC channel is either a multimer of Orai1 alone or in combination with the closely related subunits Orai2 and/or Orai3.
- CRAC channel activity is triggered by the loss of Ca 2+ from the ER lumen, which is coupled to the opening of CRAC channels in the plasma membrane through the actions of STIM1 and Orai1. Depletion of Ca 2+ is sensed by STIM1, causing it to accumulate in junctional ER adjacent to the plasma membrane.
- STIM1 and Orai1 Depletion of Ca 2+ is sensed by STIM1, causing it to accumulate in junctional ER adjacent to the plasma membrane.
- [Ca 2+ ] i elevations were seen to co-localize with STIM1 puncta, showing directly that CRAC channels open only in extreme proximity to these sites (Luik, et al., J. Cell Biol. 174, 815-825 (2006)).
- CRAC channels are formed by apposed clusters of STIM1 in the ER and Orai1 in the plasma membrane.
- junctional gap between the ER and plasma membrane where Orai1/STIM 1 clusters from (about 10-25 nm) may be small enough to permit protein-protein interactions between STIM 1 and Orai1. This is supported by the fact that overexpressed STIM1 and Orai1 can be co-immunoprecipitated (Yeromin, A. V. et al. Nature 443, 226-229 (2006); Vig, M. et al. Curr. Biol. 16, 2073-2079 (2006)).
- STIM1 and Orai1 interact either directly or as members of a multiprotein complex. Support for this was observed when the expression of the cytosolic portion of STIM1 by itself was sufficient to activate CRAC channels in one study (Huang, G. N. et al. Nature Cell Biol. 8, 1003-1010 (2006)), and the effects of deleting the ERM/coiled-coil and other C-terminal domains suggest roles in STIM1 clustering and SOC channel activation (Baba, Y. et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 103, 16704-16709 (2006)).
- STIM1 On the luminal side of STIM1, the isolated EF-SAM region forms dimers and higher-order multimers on removal of Ca 2+ in vitro, indicating that STIM1 oligomerization may be an early step in store operated calcium activation (Stathopulos, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 281, 35855-35862 (2006)).
- compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) described herein modulate intracellular calcium, such as, inhibition or reduction of SOCE and/or I CRAC .
- the modulation by compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) result from a variety of effects, such as, but not limited to, binding to a protein, interaction with a protein, or modulation of interactions, activities, levels or any physical, structural or other property of a protein involved in modulating intracellular calcium (e.g. a STIM protein and/or Orai protein).
- effects such as, but not limited to, binding to a protein, interaction with a protein, or modulation of interactions, activities, levels or any physical, structural or other property of a protein involved in modulating intracellular calcium (e.g. a STIM protein and/or Orai protein).
- methods for assessing binding or interaction of a test agent with a protein involved in modulating intracellular calcium include NMR, mass spectroscopy, fluorescence spectroscopy, scintillation proximity assays, surface plasmon resonance assays and others.
- methods for assessing modulation of interactions, activities, levels or any physical, structural or other property of a protein involved in modulating intracellular calcium include, but are not limited to, FRET assays to assess effects on protein interactions, NMR, X-ray crystallography and circular dichroism to assess effects on protein interactions and on physical and structural properties of a protein, and activity assays suitable for assessing a particular activity of a protein.
- cellular including cytosolic and intracellular organelle or compartment
- a variety of methods are described herein for evaluating calcium levels and ion movements or flux.
- the particular method used and the conditions employed depend on whether a particular aspect of intracellular calcium is being monitored or assessed.
- reagents and conditions are known, and are used, for specifically evaluating store-operated calcium entry, resting cytosolic calcium levels, calcium buffering and calcium levels and uptake by or release from intracellular organelles and calcium stores.
- the effect of a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) on intracellular calcium is monitored or assessed using, for example, a cell, an intracellular organelle or calcium storage compartment, a membrane (including, e.g., a detached membrane patch or a lipid bilayer) or a cell-free assay system (e.g., outside-out membrane vesicle). Generally, some aspect of intracellular calcium is monitored or assessed in the presence of test agent and compared to a control, e.g., intracellular calcium in the absence of test agent.
- modulation of intracellular calcium is any alteration or adjustment in intracellular calcium including but not limited to alteration of calcium concentration or level in the cytoplasm and/or intracellular calcium storage organelles, e.g., endoplasmic reticulum, alteration in the movement of calcium into, out of and within a cell or intracellular calcium store or organelle, alteration in the location of calcium within a cell, and alteration of the kinetics, or other properties, of calcium fluxes into, out of and within cells.
- intracellular calcium modulation involves alteration or adjustment, e.g.
- modulation of intracellular calcium involves an alteration or adjustment in receptor-mediated ion (e.g., calcium) movement, second messenger-operated ion (e.g., calcium) movement, calcium influx into or efflux out of a cell, and/or ion (e.g., calcium) uptake into or release from intracellular compartments, including, for example, endosomes and lysosomes.
- receptor-mediated ion e.g., calcium
- second messenger-operated ion e.g., calcium
- ion e.g., calcium
- compounds described herein modulate intracellular calcium, such as but not limited to, modulation (e.g. reduction or inhibition) of SOC channel activity, such as inhibition of CRAC channel activity (e g inhibition of I CRAC , inhibition of SOCE), in an immune system cell (e.g., a lymphocyte, white blood cell, T cell, B cell), a fibroblast (or a cell derived from a fibroblast), or an epidermal, dermal or skin cell (e.g., a keratinocyte).
- an immune system cell e.g., a lymphocyte, white blood cell, T cell, B cell
- a fibroblast or a cell derived from a fibroblast
- an epidermal, dermal or skin cell e.g., a keratinocyte.
- the step of modulating one or more proteins involved in modulating intracellular calcium e.g.
- a STIM protein and/or Orai protein involves, for example, reducing the level, expression of, an activity of, function of and/or molecular interactions of a protein. For instance, if a cell exhibits an increase in calcium levels or lack of regulation of an aspect of intracellular calcium modulation, e.g., store-operated calcium entry, then in other embodiments, modulating involves reducing the level of, expression of, an activity or function of, or a molecular interaction of a protein, e.g. a STIM protein and/or Orai protein.
- compounds described herein modulate intracellular calcium and may be used in the treatment of diseases or conditions where modulation of intracellular calcium has a beneficial effect.
- compounds described herein inhibit store operated calcium entry.
- compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) interrupt the assembly of SOCE units.
- compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) alter the functional interactions of proteins that form store operated calcium channel complexes.
- compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) alter the functional interactions of STIM1 with Orai1.
- compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) are SOC channel pore blockers.
- compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) are CRAC channel pore blockers.
- compounds described herein inhibit the electrophysiological current (I SOC ) directly associated with activated SOC channels. In another aspect, compounds described herein inhibit the electrophysiological current (I CRAC ) directly associated with activated CRAC channels.
- the diseases or disorders that may benefit from modulation of intracellular calcium include, but are not limited to, an immune system-related disease (e.g., an autoimmune disease), a disease or disorder involving inflammation (e.g., asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, glomerulonephritis, neuroinflammatory diseases, multiple sclerosis, and disorders of the immune system), cancer or other proliferative disease, kidney disease and liver disease.
- an immune system-related disease e.g., an autoimmune disease
- a disease or disorder involving inflammation e.g., asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, glomerulonephritis, neuroinflammatory diseases, multiple sclerosis, and disorders of the immune system
- cancer or other proliferative disease e.g., kidney disease and liver disease.
- compounds described herein may be used as immunosuppresants to prevent transplant graft rejections, all
- compounds described herein modulate an activity of, modulate an interaction of, or binds to, or interacts with at least one portion of a protein in the store operated calcium channel complex. In one embodiment, compounds described herein modulate an activity of, modulate an interaction of, or binds to, or interacts with at least one portion of a protein in the calcium release activated calcium channel complex. In one aspect, compounds described herein reduce the level of functional store operated calcium channel complexes. In one aspect, compounds described herein reduce the level of activated store operated calcium channel complexes. In one aspect, store operated calcium channel complexes are calcium release activated calcium channel complexes.
- Compounds described herein for treatment of a disease or disorder when administered to a subject having a disease or disorder effectively reduces, ameliorates or eliminates a symptom or manifestation of the disease or disorder.
- Compounds described herein can also be administered to a subject predisposed to a disease or disorder who does not yet manifest a symptom of the disease or disorder, prevents or delays development of the symptoms.
- the agent can have such effects alone or in combination with other agents, or may function to enhance a therapeutic effect of another agent.
- Compounds described herein, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, modulate intracellular calcium, and may be used to treat patients where modulation of intracellular calcium provides benefit.
- the compounds described herein are selective inhibitors of CRAC channel activity.
- X is CR 3 or N
- L 1 is O, S, S(O), or NR 11 wherein R 11 is H, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , —NR 5 R 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2
- each R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ;
- n is an integer selected from 0 to 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- R 1 is heteroaryl.
- heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridiny
- heteroaryl or bicyclic system is selected from
- Y is CR 9 or N;
- R 9 and R 10 are independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, halogen, C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, or CF 3 .
- the heteroaryl or bicyclic system is selected from an optionally substituted benzoimidazolyl, an optionally substituted 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroindolizinyl, an optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-a]pyridyl, an optionally substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyridyl, an optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-b]pyridyl, and an optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridyl.
- R 1 is a heteroaryl selected from
- R 10 is selected from H, D, C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In one embodiment, R 10 is CF 3 . In a further embodiment, R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In one embodiment R 10 is C 2 H 5 . In yet a further embodiment, R 10 is CH 3 .
- R 2 is aryl. In other embodiments, R 2 is phenyl. In certain embodiments, the phenyl group is substituted with at least one R 3 selected from F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, phenyl is substituted with at least 2 substituents or at least 3 substituents. In certain embodiments, R 3 is fluorine.
- L 1 is O or S.
- L 1 is O.
- L 1 is NR 11 .
- R 11 is H.
- R 11 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 11 is methyl.
- R 11 is ethyl.
- R 11 is iso-propyl.
- L 2 is —NH—CH 2 —.
- L 2 is —CH 2 NH—.
- L 1 is O or NH
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R 2 is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , —NR 5 R 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 25 —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 25 —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2 , —N
- each R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 1 is O, S, or NR 11 wherein R 11 is H, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 and R 7 are each independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , —NR 6 R 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5
- each R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 6 is selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C(O)H, and C(O)C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 1 is O, S, or NR 11 wherein R 11 is H, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , —NR 6 R 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2
- R 7 is —NR 6 R 5 ;
- each R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 6 is selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C(O)H, and C(O)C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- R 7 is NH 2 . In another embodiment, R 7 is F. In a further embodiment, R 7 is OMe.
- a compound of Formula (I) wherein X is CR 3 , or N. In some embodiments is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X is N. In some embodiments is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X is CR 3 .
- R 3 is H, or halogen. In further embodiments, R 3 is H. In further embodiments, R 3 is halogen. In yet further embodiments, R 3 is F.
- L 1 is O.
- L 1 is NR 11 .
- R 11 is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 11 is hydrogen.
- R 11 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 11 is methyl.
- L 1 is S.
- a compound of Formula (I) wherein L 2 is Z—CH 2 and Z is NR 5 .
- R 5 is independently hydrogen, or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 5 is independently hydrogen.
- R 5 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 2 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- R 2 is naphthyl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with one R 5 .
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with two R 3 .
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with three R 3 .
- R 3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl.
- R 3 is independently selected from F, Cl, and C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In further embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein each R 3 is independently selected from F and CH 3 . In another embodiment, R 3 is F and Cl. In a further embodiment, R 3 is F. In another embodiment, R 3 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment, R 3 is methyl. In another embodiment, R 3 is C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R 3 is CF 3 .
- a compound of Formula (I) wherein R 2 is phenyl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- a compound of Formula (I) wherein R 2 is phenyl substituted with two R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- a compound of Formula (I) wherein R 2 is phenyl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- R 2 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 .
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R 3 .
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 .
- heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyridine, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, indole, benzothiophene, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzimidazole, benzoxadiazole, benzothiadiazole, benzotriazole, pyrazolopyridine, imidazopyridine, pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, indolizine, purine, furopyridine, thienopyridine, furopyrrole, furofuran, thienofuran, 1,4-dihydropyrrolopyrrole, thienopyrrole, thienothiophene, quinoline, iso
- heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, benzofuran, and indole.
- R 2 is pyrididine.
- R 2 is thiadiazole.
- R 2 is pyrididine.
- R 2 is pyrazole.
- R 2 is pyrididine.
- R 2 is thiazole.
- R 2 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 and R 3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl.
- R 3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, and C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- each R 3 is independently selected from F and CH 3 .
- R 3 is F, or Cl.
- R 3 is F.
- R 3 is Cl.
- R 3 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 5 is methyl.
- R 3 is C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl.
- R 3 is CF 3 .
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- R 1 is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R 1 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 . In another embodiment, R 1 is naphthyl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 . In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 . In another embodiment, R 1 is phenyl substituted with one R 3 . In another embodiment, R 2 is phenyl substituted with two R 3 . In yet another embodiment, R 1 is phenyl substituted with three R 3 . In another embodiment, R 3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl.
- R 3 is Cl. In a further embodiment, R 3 is F. In another embodiment, R 3 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment, R 3 is methyl. In another embodiment, R 3 is C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R 3 is CF 3 .
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 1.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is CF 3 , and n is 1.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 1.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- R 1 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 .
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R 3 .
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 .
- heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyridine, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, indole, benzothiophene, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzimidazole, benzoxadiazole, benzothiadiazole, benzotriazole, pyrazolopyridine, imidazopyridine, pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, indolizine, purine, furopyridine, thienopyridine, furopyrrole, furofuran, thienofuran, 1,4-dihydropyrrolopyrrole, thienopyrrole, thienothiophene, quinoline, iso
- heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, benzofuran, and indole.
- R 1 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 and R 3 is independently selected from halogen and C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 3 is halogen.
- R 3 is F.
- R 3 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 3 is methyl.
- R 3 is C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl.
- R 3 is CF 3 .
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 1.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is CF 3 , and n is 1.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 1.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- the compound is selected from:
- the compound is selected from:
- R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R 2 is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , —NR 6 R 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2
- each R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 6 is selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C(O)H, and C(O)C 1 -C 6 alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- X is S, O, or NR 5 ;
- Y is independently selected from CR 9 and N;
- Y 1 is independently selected from CH or N;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 9 and R 10 are each independently selected from H, D, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, halogen, C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and CF 3 ;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 . In yet a further embodiment, L 2 is —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—.
- R′ 1 is selected from,
- Y is CR 9 ;
- R 9 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, halogen, C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, or CF 3 .
- R 9 is H.
- X is O.
- X is S.
- X is NR 5 wherein R 5 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 9 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 9 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert-butyl.
- R 10 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl. In a further embodiment R 10 is halogen selected from F, Cl, Br, and I. In another embodiment, R 10 is F. In one embodiment R 10 is Cl. In another embodiment, R 10 is Br. In another embodiment, R 10 is CF 3 .
- R 2 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- aryl is phenyl.
- phenyl is substituted with at least one R 3 selected from F, Cl, Br, and I.
- phenyl is substituted with —OH, —CN, CF 3 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- C 1 -C 6 alkyl is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- C 1 -C 6 alkyl is methyl.
- C 1 -C 6 alkyl is ethyl.
- R 3 is C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 3 is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with at least 2 substituents. In a further embodiment, at least 3 substituents.
- R 2 is heteroaryl selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinn
- heteroaryl is furan. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is pyrazole. In another embodiment, heteroaryl is thiophene. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R 3 selected from F, Cl, Br, I, —OH, —CN, NO 2 , and C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In one embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one F. In another embodiment, with at least one Cl. In a further embodiment, at least one Br.
- At least one C 1 -C 6 alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- heteroaryl is substituted with at least one methyl.
- heteroaryl is substituted with at least two R 3 groups. In another embodiment, at least three R 3 groups.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- X is S, O, or NR 5 ;
- Y is independently selected from CR 9 and N;
- R 2 is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- each R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 9 and R 10 are each independently selected from H, D, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, halogen, C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, or CF 3 ;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- R′′ 1 is a 5-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 25 —N(R 5 )C( ⁇ O)R 5 , —N(R 5 )C( ⁇ O)N(R 5 ) 25 —N(R 5 )C( ⁇ O)OR 4 , —CO 2 R 5 , —C( ⁇ O)R 5 , —
- n is an integer selected from 1-3;
- each R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 6 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 4 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )C(
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )C( ⁇ O)R 5 , —N(R 5 )C( ⁇ O)N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )C( ⁇ O)OR 4 , —CO 2 R 5 , —C( ⁇ O)R 5
- n is an integer selected from 0-3;
- each R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 5 and R 7 are each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 6 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 4 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )C(
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof
- R′′ 1 is wherein R 6 is selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, NO 2 , OH, CF 3 , OCF 3 , OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 6 is —CN.
- R 6 is OH.
- R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert-butyl.
- R 6 is methyl.
- R 6 is ethyl.
- R 6 is selected from CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 6 is CF 3 .
- R 6 is cyclopropyl.
- R 7 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 7 is CH 3 .
- R 7 is C 2 H 5 .
- R 7 is isopropyl.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein L 2 is —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 . In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein Z is NH and each R 12 is H. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein R 7 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein R 6 is CF 3 . In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein R 2 is aryl. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein R 2 is phenyl.
- R 3 is F.
- a compound of Formula (III) wherein phenyl is substituted with at least 2 substituents.
- a compound of Formula (III) wherein phenyl is substituted with at least 3 substituents.
- phenyl is substituted with at least one R 3 independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I.
- phenyl is substituted with Cl.
- phenyl is substituted with Br.
- phenyl is substituted with at least one R 3 independently selected from OH, —CN, OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl or N(R 5 ) 2 .
- phenyl is substituted with at least one R 3 independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 , Z is NH, each R 12 is H, R 7 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, R 6 is CF 3 and R 2 is heteroaryl.
- heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnoliny
- heteroaryl is pyridyl.
- a compound of Formula (III) wherein pyridyl is substituted with at least one R 3 independently selected from F and Cl.
- heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R 3 selected from halogen, OH, —CN, —NO 2 , CF 3 , OCF 3 , OR 5 , —N(R 5 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 3 is F, Cl, Br, or I.
- R 3 is substituted with C 1 -C 6 alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In another embodiment R 3 is methyl. In yet another embodiment, R 3 is ethyl. In a further embodiment, R 3 is isopropyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein n is 1. In a further embodiment, n is 2. In yet a further embodiment, n is 3.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl, or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , —NR 5 R 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2
- n is an integer selected from 0-3;
- each R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 5 and R 7 are each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 6 is selected from CN, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof
- R 6 is independently an optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
- each R 6 is independently an optionally substituted aryl.
- aryl is a phenyl group.
- the phenyl group is substituted with at least one halogen.
- the at least one halogen is selected from F, Cl, Br, and I.
- halogen is F.
- halogen is Cl.
- halogen is Br.
- R 6 is a compound of Formula (IV) wherein R 6 is CN.
- R 6 is an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
- heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4a
- heteroaryl is furan. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is pyrazole. In another embodiment, heteroaryl is thiophene. In a further embodiment, heteroaryl is oxadiazole. In other embodiments, R 7 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 7 is CH 3 . In certain embodiments, R 7 is C 2 H 5 . In certain embodiments, R 7 is isopropyl.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 .
- L 2 is —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—.
- R 2 is aryl.
- R 2 is phenyl.
- phenyl is substituted with at least one R 3 selected selected from F, Cl, Br, or I.
- phenyl is substituted with Cl.
- phenyl is substituted with F.
- phenyl is substituted with Br.
- phenyl is substituted with OH, —CN, OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl or N(R 5 ) 2 .
- phenyl is substituted with C 1 -C 6 alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- R 2 is heteroaryl.
- heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolinyl
- heteroaryl is pyridine.
- heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R 3 selected from halogen, OH, —CN, —NO 2 , CF 3 , OCF 3 , OR 5 , —N(R 5 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 3 is F, Cl, Br, or I.
- R 3 is substituted with C 1 -C 6 alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- R 3 is methyl.
- R 3 is ethyl. In a further embodiment, R 3 is isopropyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IV) wherein n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IV) wherein n is 1. In other embodiments, n is 2. In other embodiments, n is 3.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- X is CR 3 or N
- Y is independently selected from C or N;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R 9 and R 10 are each independently selected from H, D, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, halogen, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 . In yet a further embodiment, L 2 is —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—. In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (V) wherein R′ 1 is selected from
- R 9 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, halogen, C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, or CF 3 .
- R 9 is H.
- R 9 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 9 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert-butyl.
- R 10 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl.
- R 10 is halogen selected from F, Cl, Br, and I.
- R 10 is Cl.
- R 10 is Br.
- R 10 is CF 3 .
- R 2 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- aryl is phenyl.
- phenyl is substituted with at least one R 3 selected from F, Cl, Br, and I.
- phenyl is substituted with —OH, —CN, CF 3 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- C 1 -C 6 alkyl is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- C 1 -C 6 alkyl is methyl.
- C 1 -C 6 alkyl is ethyl.
- R 3 is C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 3 is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with at least 2 substituents. In a further embodiment, at least 3 substituents.
- R 2 is heteroaryl selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolin
- heteroaryl is furan. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is pyrazole. In another embodiment, heteroaryl is thiophene. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R 3 selected from F, Cl, Br, I, —OH, —CN, NO 2 , and C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In one embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one F. In another embodiment, with at least one Cl. In a further embodiment, at least one Br.
- At least one C 1 -C 6 alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- heteroaryl is substituted with at least one methyl.
- heteroaryl is substituted with at least two R 3 groups. In another embodiment, at least three R 3 groups.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- Y is independently selected from C or N;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 9 and R 10 are each independently selected from H, D, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, halogen, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- X is CR 3 or N
- Y is independently selected from CR 9 and N;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R 9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ; or two R 9 attached to the same carbon atom form an oxetane ring;
- R 10 is selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 . In yet a further embodiment, L 2 is —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—. In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R′ 1 is selected from
- R 9 is H, D, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, halogen, C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, or CF 3 .
- R 9 is H.
- R 9 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 9 is F.
- R 9 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert-butyl.
- R 10 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl.
- R 10 is halogen selected from F, Cl, Br, and I.
- R 10 is Cl.
- R 10 is Br.
- R 10 is CF 3 .
- each R 9 is D.
- each R 9 is a halogen.
- each R 9 is F.
- each R 9 is Br.
- each R 9 is Cl.
- R 2 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- aryl is phenyl.
- phenyl is substituted with at least one R 3 selected from F, Cl, Br, and I.
- phenyl is substituted with —OH, —CN, CF 3 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- C 1 -C 6 alkyl is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- C 1 -C 6 alkyl is methyl.
- C 1 -C 6 alkyl is ethyl.
- R 3 is C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 3 is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with at least 2 substituents. In a further embodiment, at least 3 substituents.
- R 2 is heteroaryl selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolin
- heteroaryl is furan. In one embodiment, heteroaryl is benzothiadiazole. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is pyrazole. In another embodiment, heteroaryl is thiophene. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R 3 selected from F, Cl, Br, I, —OH, —CN, NO 2 , and C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In one embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one F. In another embodiment, with at least one Cl. In a further embodiment, at least one Br.
- At least one C 1 -C 6 alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- heteroaryl is substituted with at least one methyl.
- heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R 3 selected from optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
- R 3 is phenyl.
- phenyl is substituted with at least one halogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- phenyl is substituted with methyl.
- R 3 is heteroaryl is thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl,
- R 3 is thiophene. In yet another embodiment, R 3 is furan. In yet a further embodiment, R 3 is thiazole. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least two R 3 groups. In another embodiment, at least three R 3 groups.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- X is CR 3 or N
- Y is independently selected from CR 9 and N;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R 9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ; or two R 9 attached to the same carbon atom form an oxetane ring;
- R 10 is selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- X is CR 3 or N
- Y is independently selected from CR 9 and N;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R 9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ;
- R 10 is selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- R 2 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert butyl.
- R 2 is C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- R 2 is selected from cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- R 2 is cyclopentyl. In a further embodiment, R 2 is cyclohexyl. In yet a further embodiment, R 2 is cyclopentyl substituted with at least one halogen. In another embodiment, R 2 is cyclopentyl substituted with at least two halogen. In a further embodiment, R 2 is cyclopentyl substituted with a F. In yet another embodiment, cyclopentyl is substituted with two F.
- R 2 is cyclopentyl substituted with at least one C 1 -C 6 alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- R 2 is cyclopentyl substituted with at least one R 3 selected from halogen, CN, NO 2 , or OH.
- R 2 is cyclohexyl substituted with at least one halogen.
- R 2 is cyclohexyl substituted with at least two halogen.
- R 2 is cyclohexyl substituted with a F.
- cyclohexyl is substituted with two F.
- R 2 is cyclohexyl substituted with at least one C 1 -C 6 alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- R 2 is cyclohexyl substituted with at least one R 3 selected from halogen, CN, NO 2 , or OH.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- X is CR 3 or N
- Y is independently selected from CR 9 and N;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- R 2 is O—(CH 2 ) n CH 3 wherein n is 0-5.
- R 2 is OCH 3 , OCH 2 CH 3 , OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , CH 2 OCH 3 , CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 .
- R 2 is NH—(CH 2 ) n CH 3 wherein n is 0-5.
- R 2 is NHCH 3 , NHCH 2 CH 3 , NHCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , CH 2 NHCH 3 , CH 2 CH 2 NHCH 3 .
- R 2 is S—(CH 2 ) n CH 3 wherein n is 0-5.
- R 2 is SCH 3 , SCH 2 CH 3 , SCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , CH 2 SCH 3 , CH 2 CH 2 SCH 3 .
- X is CR 3 ;
- Y is CR 9 ;
- R 2 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- aryl is phenyl.
- R 3 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkyl is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with at least one R 3 selected from Cl, Br, F, or I.
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with at least one F.
- R 10 is a halogen.
- R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 10 is CH 3 .
- each R 9 is F.
- X is CR 3 ;
- Y is CR 9 ;
- R 2 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- heteroaryl is selected from pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, thienyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, pteridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, imidazolothiazolyl, quinoxazinyl, and indolizinyl.
- a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R 2 is pyridyl.
- R 3 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkyl is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with at least one R 3 selected from Cl, Br, F, or I.
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with at least one F.
- R 10 is a halogen.
- R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 10 is CH 3 .
- each R 9 is F.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- X is CR 3 or N
- Y is independently selected from CR 9 and N;
- R 2 is C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- R 2 is selected from piperidinyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, quinuclidinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, chromanyl, isochromanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, and pyranyl.
- piperidinyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, quinuclidinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, chromanyl, isochromanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, and pyranyl is substituted with at least one R 3 selected from F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- X is CR 3 or N
- Y is independently selected from CR 9 and N;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl; optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R 9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 selected from F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 2 is C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl selected from:
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 MR 5 )—;
- Y is independently selected from CR 9 and N;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ; or two R 9 attached to the same carbon atom form an oxetane ring;
- R 10 is selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- R 2 is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ; or two R 9 attached to the same carbon atom form an oxetane ring;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- R 3 is halogen. In another embodiment the compound having the structure
- R 2 is an aryl is substituted with two R 3 .
- the aryl group is a phenyl group.
- R 10 is a halogen.
- each R 9 is a halogen.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- X is CR 3 or N
- Y is CR 3 , O, NR 5 , or S;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R 10 is selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- each R 3 is H.
- a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein halogen is Br.
- a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein halogen is Cl.
- a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- C 1 -C 6 alkyl is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl or tert-butyl.
- C 1 -C 6 alkyl is methyl.
- X is CR 3
- R 3 is H.
- L 2 is —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—.
- R 2 is aryl.
- heteroaryl is selected from pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, thienyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, pteridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, imidazolothiazolyl, quinoxazinyl, and indolizinyl.
- heteroaryl is pyridine.
- heteroaryl is oxazole.
- each R 3 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
- each R 3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br or I.
- each R 3 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl or tert-butyl.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- Y is CR 3 , O, NR 5 , or S;
- R 2 is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 10 is selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- X is CR 3 or N
- Y is independently selected from C or N;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R 9 and R 10 are each independently selected from H, D, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, halogen, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- R 2 is aryl. In another embodiment, R 2 is phenyl. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least one halogen. In yet another embodiment, R 3 is selected from OCF 3 , CF 3 , and OH.
- the compound has the structure:
- R′ 1 is an indane, an dihydrobenzofuran, a benzodioxalane or a derivative thereof wherein the indane, dihydrobenzofuran, benzodioxalane or derivative thereof is optionally substituted with at least one group selected from F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- X is CR 3 or N
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- Y is independently selected from CR 9 and N;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 5 and R 7 are each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 6 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 4 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 25 —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )C( ⁇ O
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R 9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ; or two R 9 attached to the same carbon atom form an oxetane ring;
- R 10 is selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ;
- R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- R 10 is selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl and R 9 is F.
- R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 10 is CH 3 .
- R 10 is C 2 H 5 .
- R 6 is selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, NO 2 , OH, CF 3 , OCF 3 , OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 6 is —CN.
- R 6 is OH.
- R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert-butyl.
- R 6 is methyl.
- R 6 is ethyl.
- R 6 is selected from CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 6 is CF 3 .
- R 6 is cyclopropyl.
- R 7 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 7 is CH 3 .
- R 7 is C 2 H 5 .
- R 7 is isopropyl.
- R 6 is CF 3 and R 7 is CH 3 . In other embodiments, R 6 is CF 3 and R 7 is CF 3 .
- a compound of Formula (VIII) wherein L 2 is —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—.
- a compound of Formula (VIII) wherein L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 .
- a compound of Formula (VIII) wherein L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 , Z is 0, and each R 12 is H.
- R 2 is aryl.
- aryl is phenyl.
- the phenyl group is substituted with at least one substituent selected from D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl.
- the substituent is fluorine.
- phenyl is substituted with at least 2 substituents.
- phenyl is substituted with at least 3 substituents. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least one halogen selected from F, Cl, Br, or I. In another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with Cl. In yet another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with F. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with Br. In yet a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with OH, —CN, OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl or N(R 5 ) 2 .
- phenyl is substituted with C 1 -C 6 alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- R 2 is heteroaryl.
- heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnoliny
- heteroaryl is pyridine.
- heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R 3 selected from halogen, OH, —CN, —NO 2 , CF 3 , OCF 3 , OR 5 , —N(R 5 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 3 is F, Cl, Br, or I.
- R 3 is substituted with C 1 -C 6 alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- R 3 is methyl.
- R 3 is ethyl. In a further embodiment, R 3 is isopropyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VIII) wherein n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VIII) wherein n is 1. In a further embodiment, n is 2.
- Y is independently selected from CR 9 and N;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R 9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ; or two R 9 attached to the same carbon atom form an oxetane ring;
- R 10 is selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —OR 5 , —OCF 3 , C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF 3 ;
- R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 5 and R 7 are each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 6 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 4 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )C(
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- R 6 is selected from F, Cl, Br, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and OCH 3 .
- R 6 is CF 3 .
- R 6 is F.
- R 6 is Cl.
- R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 6 is CH 3 .
- R 6 is OCH 3 .
- R 7 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 7 is CH 3 .
- R 7 is C 2 H 5 .
- R 7 is isopropyl.
- R 6 is C 1 and R 7 is CH 3 .
- R 6 is OCH 3 and R 7 is CH 3 .
- a compound of Formula (IX) wherein L 2 is —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—.
- a compound of Formula (IX) wherein L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 .
- a compound of Formula (IX) wherein L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 , Z is O, and each R 12 is H.
- R 2 is aryl.
- aryl is phenyl.
- the phenyl group is substituted with at least one substituent selected from D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl.
- the substituent is fluorine.
- phenyl is substituted with at least 2 substituents.
- phenyl is substituted with at least 3 substituents. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least one halogen selected from F, Cl, Br, or I. In another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with Cl. In yet another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with F. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with Br. In yet a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with OH, —CN, OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl or N(R 5 ) 2 .
- phenyl is substituted with C 1 -C 6 alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- R 2 is heteroaryl.
- heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnoliny
- heteroaryl is pyridine.
- heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R 3 selected from halogen, OH, —CN, —NO 2 , CF 3 , OCF 3 , OR 5 , —N(R 5 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 3 is F, Cl, Br, or I.
- R 3 is substituted with C 1 -C 6 alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- R 3 is methyl.
- R 3 is ethyl. In a further embodiment, R 3 is isopropyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IX) wherein n is 0. In a further embodiment, n is 1. In a further embodiment, n is 2.
- L 1 is —C(R 6 ) 2 —, —O—, —N(R 7 )—, or —S—;
- L 2 is —N(R 7 )—
- R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one
- R 2 is aryl or heteroaryl wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one
- each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl;
- R 4 is halogen
- each R 5 is independently selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl;
- each R 6 is independently H, halogen, or C 1 -C 6 alkyl
- each R 7 is independently H, or C 1 -C 6 alkyl
- R 9 is H, or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; or R 9 together with R 2 form a ring;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein L 1 is —C(R 6 ) 2 —. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 6 is independently hydrogen, halogen, or C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 6 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 6 is methyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein L 1 is —CH 2 —. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 6 is a halogen.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein L 1 is —O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein L 1 is —N(R 7 )—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 7 is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 7 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 7 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 7 is methyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein L 1 is sulfur.
- R 2 is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 2 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R 5 .
- R 2 is naphthyl optionally substituted with at least one R 5 .
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with one R 5 .
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with two R 5 .
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with three R 5 .
- R 5 is independently selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl.
- R 5 is independently selected from halogen and C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In further embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein each R 5 is independently selected from F and CH 3 . In another embodiment, R 5 is halogen. In a further embodiment, R 5 is F. In another embodiment, R 5 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment, R 3 is methyl. In another embodiment, R 5 is C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R 3 is CF 3 . In another embodiment, R 4 is F, Cl or Br. In some embodiments, R 4 is F. In some embodiments, R 4 is Cl. In some embodiments, R 4 is Br.
- a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 2 is phenyl substituted with one R 5 , R 5 is F, and n is 0.
- a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 2 is phenyl substituted with two R 5 , R 5 is F, and n is 0.
- a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 2 is phenyl substituted with three R 5 , R 5 is F, and n is 0.
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with one R 5 , R 5 is F, n is 1, and R 4 is F.
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with two R 5 , R 5 is F, n is 1, and R 4 is F.
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with three R 5 , R 5 is F, n is 1, and R 4 is F.
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with one R 5 , R 5 is F, n is 2, and R 4 is F.
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with two R 5 , R 5 is F, n is 2, and R 4 is F.
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with three R 5 , R 5 is F, n is 2, and R 4 is F.
- R 2 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 5 .
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 5 .
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R 5 .
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 5 .
- heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyridine, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, indole, benzothiophene, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzimidazole, benzoxadiazole, benzothiadiazole, benzotriazole, pyrazolopyridine, imidazopyridine, pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, indolizine, purine, furopyridine, thienopyridine, furopyrrole, furofuran, thienofuran, 1,4-dihydropyrrolopyrrole, thienopyrrole, thienothiophene, quinoline, iso
- heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, benzofuran, and indole.
- R 2 is pyrididine.
- R 2 is thiadiazole.
- R 2 is pyrididine.
- R 2 is pyrazole.
- R 2 is pyrididine.
- R 2 is thiazole.
- R 2 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 5 and R 5 is independently selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl.
- R 5 is independently selected from halogen and C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- each R 5 is independently selected from F and CH 3 .
- R 5 is halogen.
- R 5 is F.
- R 5 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 5 is methyl.
- R 5 is C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl.
- R 5 is CF 3 .
- R 4 is F, Cl or Br.
- R 4 is F.
- R 4 is Cl.
- R 4 is Br.
- a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 5 , R 5 is F, and n is 1.
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 5 , R 5 is F, and n is 2.
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R 5 , R 5 is F, and n is 2.
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 5 , R 5 is F, and n is 2.
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 5 , R 5 is F, n is 1, and R 4 is F.
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R 5 , R 5 is F, n is 1, and R 4 is F.
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 5 , R 5 is F, n is 1, and R 4 is F.
- R 5 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 5 , R 5 is F, n is 2, and R 4 is F.
- R 1 is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 1 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 . In another embodiment, R 1 is naphthyl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 . In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 . In another embodiment, R 1 is phenyl substituted with one R 3 . In another embodiment, R 2 is phenyl substituted with two R 3 . In yet another embodiment, R 1 is phenyl substituted with three R 3 . In another embodiment, R 3 is independently selected from halogen and C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment, R 3 is halogen.
- R 3 is F. In another embodiment, R 3 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment, R 3 is methyl. In another embodiment, R 4 is F, Cl or Br. In some embodiments, R 4 is F. In some embodiments, R 4 is Cl. In some embodiments, R 4 is Br.
- a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 1 is phenyl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 1 is phenyl substituted with two R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 1 is phenyl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 1.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with two R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, n is 1, and R 4 is F.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with two R 3 , R 3 is F, n is 1, and R 4 is F.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, n is 1, and R 4 is F.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, n is 2, and R 4 is F.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with two R 3 , R 3 is F, n is 2, and R 4 is F.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, n is 2, and R 4 is F.
- R 1 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 .
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R 3 .
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 .
- heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyridine, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, indole, benzothiophene, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzimidazole, benzoxadiazole, benzothiadiazole, benzotriazole, pyrazolopyridine, imidazopyridine, pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, indolizine, purine, furopyridine, thienopyridine, furopyrrole, furofuran, thienofuran, 1,4-dihydropyrrolopyrrole, thienopyrrole, thienothiophene, quinoline, iso
- heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, benzofuran, and indole.
- R 1 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 and R 3 is independently selected from halogen and C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 3 is halogen.
- R 3 is F.
- R 3 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 3 is methyl.
- R 3 is C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl.
- R 3 is CF 3 .
- R 4 is F, Cl or Br.
- R 4 is F.
- R 4 is Cl.
- R 4 is Br.
- a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 1.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, n is 1, and R 4 is F.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R 3 , R 3 is F, n is 1, and R 4 is F.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, n is 1, and R 4 is F.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, n is 2, and R 4 is F.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R 3 , R 3 is F, n is 2, and R 4 is F.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, n is 2, and R 4 is F.
- a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 9 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 9 is H. In another embodiment of a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 9 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R 9 together with R 2 form a 5- or 6-membered saturated carbocyclic ring.
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )C( ⁇ O)R 5 , —N(R 5 )C( ⁇ O)N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )C( ⁇ O)OR 4 , —CO 2 R 5 , —C( ⁇ O)R 5
- n is an integer selected from 1-3;
- each R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 5 and R 7 are each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R 6 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 4 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )C(
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof
- R′′ 1 is wherein R 6 is selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, NO 2 , OH, CF 3 , OCF 3 , OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 6 is —CN.
- R 6 is OH.
- R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert-butyl.
- R 6 is methyl.
- R 6 is ethyl.
- R 6 is selected from CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 6 is CF 3 .
- R 6 is cyclopropyl.
- R 7 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 7 is CH 3 .
- R 7 is C 2 H 5 .
- R 7 is isopropyl.
- R 6 is CF 3 and R 7 is CH 3 . In other embodiments, R 6 is CF 3 and R 7 is CF 3 .
- R 6 is selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, NO 2 , OH, CF 3 , OCF 3 , OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 6 is —CN.
- R 6 is OH.
- R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert-butyl.
- R 6 is methyl.
- R 6 is ethyl.
- R 6 is selected from CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 6 is CF 3 .
- R 6 is cyclopropyl.
- R 7 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 7 is CH 3 .
- R 7 is C 2 H 5 .
- R 7 is isopropyl.
- R 6 is CF 3 and R 7 is CH 3 . In other embodiments, R 6 is CF 3 and R 7 is CF 3 .
- R 6 is selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, NO 2 , OH, CF 3 , OCF 3 , OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 6 is —CN.
- R 6 is OH.
- R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert-butyl.
- R 6 is methyl.
- R 6 is ethyl.
- R 6 is selected from CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 6 is CF 3 .
- R 6 is cyclopropyl.
- R 7 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 7 is CH 3 .
- R 7 is C 2 H 5 .
- R 7 is isopropyl.
- R 6 is CF 3 and R 7 is CH 3 . In other embodiments, R 6 is CF 3 and R 7 is CF 3 .
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 .
- L 2 is —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—.
- R 2 is aryl.
- R 2 is phenyl.
- phenyl is substituted with at least one halogen selected from F, Cl, Br, or I.
- phenyl is substituted with Cl. In yet another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with F. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with Br. In yet a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with OH, —CN, OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl or N(R 5 ) 2 . In yet another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with C 1 -C 6 alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In yet another embodiment R 2 is heteroaryl.
- heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnoliny
- heteroaryl is pyridine.
- heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R 3 selected from halogen, OH, —CN, —NO 2 , CF 3 , OCF 3 , OR 5 , —N(R 5 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 3 is F, Cl, Br, or I.
- R 3 is substituted with C 1 -C 6 alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- R 3 is methyl.
- R 3 is ethyl. In a further embodiment, R 3 is isopropyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XI) wherein n is 1. In a further embodiment, n is 2. In yet a further embodiment, n is 3.
- X is CR 3 or N
- L 1 is —C(R 6 ) 2 —
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , —NR 5 R 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2
- each R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R 6 is independently selected from H, halogen, and C 1 -C 6 alkyl
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ;
- n is an integer selected from 0 to 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- R 1 is heteroaryl.
- heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridiny
- heteroaryl or bicyclic system is selected from
- Y is CR 9 or N;
- R 9 and R 10 are independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, halogen, C 1 -C 6 carbonylalkyl, or CF 3 .
- the heteroaryl or bicyclic system is selected from an optionally substituted benzoimidazolyl, an optionally substituted 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroindolizinyl, an optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-a]pyridyl, an optionally substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyridyl, an optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-b]pyridyl, and an optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridyl.
- R 1 is a heteroaryl selected from
- R 10 is selected from H, D, C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In one embodiment, R 10 is CF 3 . In a further embodiment, R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In one embodiment R 10 is C 2 H 5 . In yet a further embodiment, R 10 is CH 3 .
- R 2 is aryl. In other embodiments, R 2 is phenyl. In certain embodiments, the phenyl group is substituted with at least one R 3 selected from F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, phenyl is substituted with at least 2 substituents or at least 3 substituents. In certain embodiments, R 3 is fluorine.
- L 2 is —NH—CH 2 —.
- L 2 is —CH 2 NH—.
- L 1 is —C(R 6 ) 2 —
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R 2 is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , —NR 5 R 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2
- each R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R 6 is independently selected from H, halogen, and C 1 -C 6 alkyl
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 1 is —C(R 6 ) 2 —;
- R 1 and R 2 are each independently phenyl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, OH, OR 5 , wherein R 5 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 5 is H;
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—; and Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 .
- L 1 is —C(R 6 ) 2 —
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 and R 7 are each independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , —NR 16 R 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5
- each R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R 6 is independently selected from H, halogen, and C 1 -C 6 alkyl
- R 16 is selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C(O)H, and C(O)C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- L 1 is —C(R 6 ) 2 —
- L 2 is Z—C(R 12 ) 2 or —C(R 12 ) 2 N(R 5 )—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR 5 ;
- R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyleneC 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R 3 ;
- R 3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO 2 , —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OR 5 , —NR 16 R 5 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —N(R 5 )S( ⁇ O) 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , —C( ⁇ O)CF 3 , —C( ⁇ O)NHS( ⁇ O) 2 R 4 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 4 , —N(R 5 ) 2
- R 7 is —NR 16 R 5 ;
- each R 4 is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R 5 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R 6 is independently selected from H, halogen, and C 1 -C 6 alkyl
- R 16 is selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C(O)H, and C(O)C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
- R 12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF 2 H, CF 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR 5 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- R 7 is NH 2 . In another embodiment, R 7 is F. In a further embodiment, R 7 is OMe.
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein X is CR 3 , or N.
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein X is N.
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein X is CR 3 .
- R 3 is H, or halogen.
- R 3 is H.
- R 3 is halogen.
- R 3 is F.
- R 2 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- R 2 is naphthyl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 2 is phenyl optionally substituted with at least one R 5 .
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with one R 5 .
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with two R 3 .
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with three R 3 .
- R 3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl.
- R 3 is independently selected from F, Cl, and C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In further embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein each R 3 is independently selected from F and CH 3 . In another embodiment, R 3 is F and Cl. In a further embodiment, R 3 is F. In another embodiment, R 3 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment, R 3 is methyl. In another embodiment, R 3 is C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R 3 is CF 3 .
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 2 is phenyl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 2 is phenyl substituted with two R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 2 is phenyl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 2 is phenyl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 1.
- R 2 is phenyl substituted with two R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- R 2 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 .
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R 3 .
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 .
- heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyridine, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, indole, benzothiophene, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzimidazole, benzoxadiazole, benzothiadiazole, benzotriazole, pyrazolopyridine, imidazopyridine, pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, indolizine, purine, furopyridine, thienopyridine, furopyrrole, furofuran, thienofuran, 1,4-dihydropyrrolopyrrole, thienopyrrole, thienothiophene, quinoline, iso
- heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, benzofuran, and indole.
- R 2 is pyrididine.
- R 2 is thiadiazole.
- R 2 is pyrididine.
- R 2 is pyrazole.
- R 2 is pyrididine.
- R 2 is thiazole.
- R 2 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 and R 3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl.
- R 3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, and C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein each R 3 is independently selected from F and CH 3 .
- R 3 is F, or Cl.
- R 3 is F.
- R 3 is Cl.
- R 3 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 5 is methyl.
- R 3 is C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl.
- R 3 is CF 3 .
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 1.
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 1.
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- n is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- R 1 is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 1 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 . In another embodiment, R 1 is naphthyl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 . In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 . In another embodiment, R 1 is phenyl substituted with one R 3 . In another embodiment, R 2 is phenyl substituted with two R 3 . In yet another embodiment, R 1 is phenyl substituted with three R 3 .
- R 3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R 3 is Cl. In a further embodiment, R 3 is F. In another embodiment, R 3 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment, R 3 is methyl. In another embodiment, R 3 is C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R 3 is CF 3 .
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 1 is phenyl substituted with two R 3 , wherein one R 3 is F, one R 3 is CF 3 , and n is 0.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 1.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is CF 3 , and n is 1.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 1.
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 1 is phenyl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 1 is phenyl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is CF 3 , and n is 2.
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 1 is phenyl substituted with two R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 1 is phenyl substituted with two R 3 , wherein one R 3 is F, one R 3 is CF 3 , and n is 2.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- R 1 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 .
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 .
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R 3 .
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 .
- heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyridine, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, indole, benzothiophene, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzimidazole, benzoxadiazole, benzothiadiazole, benzotriazole, pyrazolopyridine, imidazopyridine, pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, indolizine, purine, furopyridine, thienopyridine, furopyrrole, furofuran, thienofuran, 1,4-dihydropyrrolopyrrole, thienopyrrole, thienothiophene, quinoline, iso
- heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, benzofuran, and indole.
- R 1 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R 3 and R 3 is independently selected from halogen and C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 3 is halogen.
- R 3 is F.
- R 3 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R 3 is methyl.
- R 3 is C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl.
- R 3 is CF 3 .
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R 3 , wherein one R 3 is F, one R 3 is CF 3 , and n is 0.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 0.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 1.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is CF 3 , and n is 1.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 1.
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is CF 3 , and n is 2.
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R 3 , R 3 is CF 3 , and n is 2.
- a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R 3 , R 3 is F, and n is 2.
- composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder, and a compound having the structure of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof.
- a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound having the structure of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising same with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder.
- the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is selected from diseases/disorders involving inflammation, glomerulonephritis, uveitis, hepatic diseases or disorders, renal diseases or disorders, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, vasculitis, dermatitis, osteoarthritis, inflammatory muscle disease, allergic rhinitis, vaginitis, interstitial cystitis, scleroderma, osteoporosis, eczema, organ transplant rejection, allogeneic or xenogeneic transplantation, graft rejection, graft-versus-host disease, lupus erythematosus, type I diabetes, pulmonary fibrosis, dermatomyositis, thyroiditis, myasthenia gravis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, cystic fibrosis, chronic relapsing hepatitis, primary biliary cirrhos
- a method of modulating store-operated calcium (SOC) channel activity comprising contacting the SOC channel complex, or portion thereof, with a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising same with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder.
- Also presented herein is a method of modulating calcium release activated calcium channel (CRAC) activity in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- CRAC calcium release activated calcium channel
- a method of modulating calcium release activated calcium channel (CRAC) activity in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) modulates an activity
- CRAC calcium release activate
- in another embodiment is a method of modulating calcium release activated calcium channel (CRAC) activity in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) modulates an activity
- in yet another embodiment is a method of modulating calcium release activated calcium channel (CRAC) activity in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein modulating calcium release activated calcium (CRAC) channel activity with a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XIA),
- a method of modulating calcium release activated calcium channel (CRAC) activity in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein modulating calcium release activated calcium (CRAC) channel activity with a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XIA
- a further embodiment is a method of modulating calcium release activated calcium channel (CRAC) activity in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) inhibit
- a method of modulating calcium release activated calcium channel (CRAC) activity in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) inhibits electrophysio
- CRAC calcium release activate
- a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the compound of v modulates the activity of, modulates an interaction of, or binds to, or interacts with a mammalian STIM1 protein, or a mammalian STIM2 protein.
- in yet another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the disease, disorder or condition is rheumatoid arthritis.
- a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the disease, disorder or condition is psoriasis.
- In one embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the disease, disorder or condition is inflammatory bowel disease.
- the inflammatory bowel disease is ulcerative colitis.
- a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the disease, disorder or condition is organ transplant rejection.
- a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the disease, disorder or condition is multiple sclerosis.
- a further embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof further comprising administering to the mammal a second therapeutic agent.
- in another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof, wherein the second therapeutic agent is selected from immunosuppressant's, glucocorticoids, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, Cox-2-specific inhibitors, leflunomide, gold thioglucose, gold thiomalate, aurofin, sulfasalazine, hydroxychloroquinine, minocycline
- in yet another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof, wherein the second therapeutic agent is selected from tacrolimus, cyclosporin, rapamicin, methotrexate, cyclophosphamide, azathioprine, mercaptopurine, mycophenolate, or FTY720, prednisone, cortisone acetate, prednisolone, methylpred
- Also described herein is a method of inhibiting store-operated calcium entry (SOCE) activation of nuclear factor of activated T cells (NFAT) in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- SOCE store-operated calcium entry
- NFAT nuclear factor of activated T cells
- in one embodiment is a method of inhibiting store-operated calcium entry (SOCE) activation of nuclear factor of activated T cells (NFAT) in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof, wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XIA), (XIA),
- a method of decreasing cytokine expression by inhibiting the store-operated calcium entry activation of NFAT in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- in another embodiment is a method of decreasing cytokine expression by inhibiting the store-operated calcium entry activation of NFAT in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XIA), (XII), or (XII
- in yet another embodiment is a method of decreasing cytokine expression by inhibiting the store-operated calcium entry activation of NFAT in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the cytokine is selected from IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, IL-18, IL-1 ⁇ , IL-1 ⁇ , IL-1 RA, granul
- the compounds described herein may in some cases exist as diastereomers, enantiomers, or other stereoisomeric forms.
- the compounds presented herein include all diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof. Separation of stereoisomers may be performed by chromatography or by the forming diastereomeric and separation by recrystallization, or chromatography, or any combination thereof (Jean Jacques, Andre Collet, Samuel H. Wilen, “Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions”, John Wiley And Sons, Inc., 1981, herein incorporated by reference for this disclosure). Stereoisomers may also be obtained by stereoselective synthesis.
- compounds may exist as tautomers. All tautomers are included within the formulas described herein.
- compositions described herein include the use of amorphous forms as well as crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs).
- the compounds described herein may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
- active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity are included in the scope of the present disclosure.
- the compounds described herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like.
- the solvated forms of the compounds presented herein are also considered to be disclosed herein.
- compounds described herein may be prepared as prodrugs.
- a “prodrug” refers to an agent that is converted into the parent drug in vivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent drug. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent is not. The prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug.
- An example, without limitation, of a prodrug would be a compound described herein, which is administered as an ester (the “prodrug”) to facilitate transmittal across a cell membrane where water solubility is detrimental to mobility but which then is metabolically hydrolyzed to the carboxylic acid, the active entity, once inside the cell where water-solubility is beneficial.
- a further example of a prodrug might be a short peptide (polyaminoacid) bonded to an acid group where the peptide is metabolized to reveal the active moiety.
- a prodrug upon in vivo administration, is chemically converted to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound.
- a prodrug is enzymatically metabolized by one or more steps or processes to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Transplantation (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Reproductive Health (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
Abstract
Described herein are compounds and pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds, which modulate the activity of store-operated calcium (SOC) channels. Also described herein are methods of using such SOC channel modulators, alone and in combination with other compounds, for treating diseases or conditions that would benefit from inhibition of SOC channel activity.
Description
- This application claims the benefit of U.S. non-provisional application Ser. No. 13/492,574, filed Jun. 8, 2012, provisional application Ser. No. 61/495,910, filed Jun. 10, 2011 and U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 61/606,261, filed Mar. 2, 2012; which are both incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- Described herein are compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and medicaments that include such compounds, and methods of using such compounds to modulate store operated calcium (SOC) channel activity.
- Calcium plays a vital role in cell function and survival. For example, calcium is a key element in the transduction of signals into and within cells. Cellular responses to growth factors, neurotransmitters, hormones and a variety of other signal molecules are initiated through calcium-dependent processes.
- Virtually all cell types depend in some manner upon the generation of cytoplasmic Ca2+ signals to regulate cell function, or to trigger specific responses. Cytosolic Ca2+ signals control a wide array of cellular functions ranging from short-term responses such as contraction and secretion to longer-term regulation of cell growth and proliferation. Usually, these signals involve some combination of release of Ca2+ from intracellular stores, such as the endoplasmic reticulum (ER), and influx of Ca2+ across the plasma membrane. In one example, cell activation begins with an agonist binding to a surface membrane receptor, which is coupled to phospholipase C(PLC) through a G-protein mechanism. PLC activation leads to the production of inositol 1,4,5-triphosphate (IP3), which in turn activates the IP3 receptor causing release of Ca2+ from the ER. The fall in ER Ca2+ then signals to activate plasma membrane store-operated calcium (SOC) channels.
- Store-operated calcium (SOC) influx is a process in cellular physiology that controls such diverse functions such as, but not limited to, refilling of intracellular Ca2+ stores (Putney et al. Cell, 75, 199-201, 1993), activation of enzymatic activity (Fagan et al., J. Biol. Chem. 275:26530-26537, 2000), gene transcription (Lewis, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 19:497-521, 2001), cell proliferation (Nunez et al., J. Physiol. 571.1, 57-73, 2006), and release of cytokines (Winslow et al., Curr. Opin. Immunol. 15:299-307, 2003). In some nonexcitable cells, e.g., blood cells, immune cells, hematopoietic cells, T lymphocytes and mast cells, SOC influx occurs through calcium release-activated calcium (CRAC) channels, a type of SOC channel.
- The calcium influx mechanism has been referred to as store-operated calcium entry (SOCE). Stromal interaction molecule (STIM) proteins are an essential component of SOC channel function, serving as the sensors for detecting the depletion of calcium from intracellular stores and for activating SOC channels.
- Described herein are compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) compositions that include such compounds, and methods of use thereof, for modulating intracellular calcium. In one aspect, compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) modulate intracellular calcium by inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity. In one aspect, compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) modulate intracellular calcium by preventing the activity of activated store operated calcium channel complexes. In one aspect, compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) inhibit activation of store operated channels. In one aspect, compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) inhibit activation of calcium-release activated calcium channels. In one aspect, compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) modulate an activity of, modulate an interaction of, or modulate the level of, or distribution of, or bind to, or interact with at least one protein of the SOC channel complex. In one aspect, compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) modulate an activity of, modulate an interaction of, or modulate the level of, or distribution of, or bind to, or interact with at least one protein of the CRAC channel complex.
- In one aspect, described herein is a compound having the structure of Formula (I):
- wherein:
- X is CR3 or N;
- L1 is O, S, S(O), or NR11 wherein R11 is H, C2-C6alkenyl, or C1-C6alkyl;
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, —NR5R5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)25—N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)25—C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R5, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5;
- n is an integer selected from 0 to 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another aspect is a compound having the structure of Formula (II):
- wherein:
- R′1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- X is S, O, or NR5;
- Y is independently selected from CR9 and N;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5;
- n is an integer selected from 0-3;
- R9 and R10 are each independently selected from H, D, C1-C6alkyl, halogen, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and CF3; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another aspect is a compound of Formula (III) having the structure:
- wherein:
- R″1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —OCF3, —OR5, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R5, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- n is an integer selected from 0-3;
- each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R5 and R7 are each independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R6 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C4heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)25—N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R4, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another aspect is a compound of Formula (IV) having the structure:
- wherein:
- R″1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl, or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, —NR5R5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R5, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- n is an integer selected from 0-3;
- each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R5 and R7 are each independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R6 is selected from CN, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another aspect is a compound of Formula (V) having the structure:
- wherein:
- R′1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- X is CR3 or N;
- Y is independently selected from CR9 and N;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R9 and R10 are each independently selected from H, D, C1-C6alkyl, halogen, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another aspect is a compound of Formula (VI) having the structure:
- wherein:
- R′1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- X is CR3 or N;
- Y is independently selected from CR9 and N;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3; or two R9 attached to the same carbon atom form an oxetane ring;
- R10 is selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In a further aspect is a compound of Formula (VII) having the structure:
- wherein:
- R′1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- X is CR3 or N;
- Y is CR3, O, NR5, or S;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R10 is selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In a further aspect is a compound of Formula (VII) having the structure of Formula (VIIA):
- wherein:
- R′1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- X is CR3 or N;
- Y is CR3, O, NR5, or S;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R10 is selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another aspect is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder, and a compound having the structure of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof.
- In another aspect is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound having the structure of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising same with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder.
- In another aspect is a method of modulating store-operated calcium (SOC) channel activity comprising contacting the SOC channel complex, or portion thereof, with a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising same with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder.
- In another aspect is a method of modulating calcium release activated calcium channel (CRAC) activity in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V) or (VI) wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) modulates CRAC activity in the mammal.
- In another aspect is a method of inhibiting store-operated calcium entry (SOCE) activation of nuclear factor of activated T cells (NFAT) in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) inhibits SOCE activation of NFAT in the mammal.
- In yet another aspect is a method of decreasing cytokine release by inhibiting the SOCE activation of NFAT in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) decreases cytokine release in the mammal.
- In a further aspect is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA).
- In one aspect is a method for treating an autoimmune disease, heteroimmune disease or condition, or inflammatory disease in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment, the autoimmune disease is inflammatory bowel disease, rheumatoid arthritis, myasthenia gravis, multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, type I diabetes, lupus erythematosus, psoriasis, osteoarthritis, scleroderma, and autoimmune hemolytic anemia.
- In another embodiment, the heteroimmune disease or condition is graft-versus-host disease, graft rejection, atopic dermatitis, allergic conjunctivitis, organ transplant rejection, allogeneic or xenogenic transplantation, and allergic rhinitis.
- In a further embodiment, the inflammatory disease is uveitis, vasculitis, vaginitis, asthma, inflammatory muscle disease, dermatitis, interstitial cystitis, colitis, Crohn's disease, dermatomyositis, hepatitis, and chronic relapsing hepatitis.
- In another aspect is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide or prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment, the disease, disorder or condition in the mammal is selected from glomerulonephritis, hepatic diseases or disorders, renal diseases or disorders, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, osteoporosis, eczema, pulmonary fibrosis, thyroiditis, cystic fibrosis, and primary biliary cirrhosis.
- Compounds provided herein are used for modulating intracellular calcium. In one aspect, compounds provided herein modulate SOC channel activity. In one aspect, compounds provided herein modulate CRAC channel activity. In another aspect, compounds provided herein modulate STIM protein activity. In another aspect, compounds provided herein modulate Orai protein activity. In another aspect, compounds provided herein modulate the functional interactions of STIM proteins with Orai proteins. In another aspect, compounds provided herein reduce the number of functional SOC channels. In another aspect, compounds provided herein reduce the number of functional CRAC channels. In one aspect, compounds described herein are SOC channel blockers. In one aspect, compounds described herein are CRAC channel blockers or CRAC channel modulators.
- In one aspect, compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) are selective inhibitors of CRAC channel activity.
- Other objects, features and advantages of the compounds, compositions, methods, and uses described herein will become apparent from the following detailed description. It should be understood, however, that the detailed description and the specific examples, while indicating specific embodiments, are given by way of illustration only, since various changes and modifications within the spirit and scope of the disclosure will become apparent from this detailed description.
-
FIG. 1 outlines the ICRAC channel pathway. -
FIG. 2 shows the typical ICRAC traces in cells stably overexpressing human Orai1 and STIM 1 in response to the voltage stimulus immediately after break-in, before ICRAC is activated, and at 5 min after ICRAC is fully activated by depletion of intracellular calcium stores. - Cellular calcium homeostasis is a result of the summation of regulatory systems involved in the control of intracellular calcium levels and movements. Cellular calcium homeostasis is achieved, at least in part, by calcium binding and by movement of calcium into and out of the cell across the plasma membrane and within the cell by movement of calcium across membranes of intracellular organelles including, for example, the endoplasmic reticulum, sarcoplasmic reticulum, mitochondria and endocytic organelles including endosomes and lysosomes.
- Movement of calcium across cellular membranes is carried out by specialized proteins. For example, calcium from the extracellular space can enter the cell through various calcium channels and a sodium/calcium exchanger and is actively extruded from the cell by calcium pumps and sodium/calcium exchangers. Calcium can also be released from internal stores through inositol trisphosphate or ryanodine receptors and can be taken up by these organelles by means of calcium pumps.
- Calcium can enter cells by any of several general classes of channels, including but not limited to, voltage-operated calcium (VOC) channels, store-operated calcium (SOC) channels, and sodium/calcium exchangers operating in reverse mode. VOC channels are activated by membrane depolarization and are found in excitable cells like nerve and muscle and are for the most part not found in nonexcitable cells. Under some conditions, Ca2+ can enter cells via Na+—Ca2+ exchangers operating in reverse mode.
- Endocytosis provides another process by which cells can take up calcium from the extracellular medium through endosomes. In addition, some cells, e.g., exocrine cells, can release calcium via exocytosis.
- Cytosolic calcium concentration is tightly regulated with resting levels usually estimated at approximately 0.1 μM in mammalian cells, whereas the extracellular calcium concentration is typically about 2 mM. This tight regulation facilitates transduction of signals into and within cells through transient calcium flux across the plasma membrane and membranes of intracellular organelles. There is a multiplicity of intracellular calcium transport and buffer systems in cells that serve to shape intracellular calcium signals and maintain the low resting cytoplasmic calcium concentration. In cells at rest, the principal components involved in maintaining basal calcium levels are calcium pumps and leak pathways in both the endoplasmic reticulum and plasma membrane. Disturbance of resting cytosolic calcium levels can affect transmission of calcium-dependent signals and give rise to defects in a number of cellular processes. For example, cell proliferation involves a prolonged calcium signaling sequence. Other cellular processes that involve calcium signalinginclude, but are not limited to, secretion, transcription factor signaling, and fertilization.
- Cell-surface receptors that activate phospholipase C (PLC) create cytosolic Ca2+ signals from intra- and extra-cellular sources. An initial transient rise of [Ca2+, (intracellular calcium concentration) results from the release of Ca2+ from the endoplasmic reticulum (ER), which is triggered by the PLC product, inositol-1,4,5-trisphosphate (IP3), opening IP3 receptors in the ER (Streb et al. Nature, 306, 67-69, 1983). A subsequent phase of sustained Ca2+ entry across the plasma membrane then ensues, through specialized store operated calcium (SOC) channels (in the case of immune cells the SOC channels are calcium release-activated calcium (CRAC) channels) in the plasma membrane. Store-operated Ca2+ entry (SOCE) is the process in which the emptying of Ca2+ stores itself activates Ca2+ channels in the plasma membrane to help refill the stores (Putney, Cell Calcium, 7, 1-12, 1986; Parekh et al., Physiol. Rev. 757-810; 2005). SOCE does more than simply provide Ca2+ for refilling stores, but can itself generate sustained Ca2+ signals that control such essential functions as gene expression, cell metabolism and exocytosis (Parekh and Putney, Physiol. Rev. 85, 757-810 (2005).
- In lymphocytes and mast cells, activation of antigen or Fc receptors, respectively causes the release of Ca2+ from intracellular stores, which in turn leads to Ca2+ influx through CRAC channels in the plasma membrane. The subsequent rise in intracellular Ca2+ activates calcineurin, a phosphatase that regulates the transcription factor NFAT. In resting cells, NFAT is phosphorylated and resides in the cytoplasm, but when dephosphorylated by calcineurin, NFAT translocates to the nucleus and activates different genetic programmes depending on stimulation conditions and cell type. In response to infections and during transplant rejection, NFAT partners with the transcription factor AP-1 (Fos-Jun) in the nucleus of “effector” T cells, thereby transactivating cytokine genes, genes that regulate T cell proliferation and other genes that orchestrate an active immune response (Rao et al., Annu Rev Immunol., 1997; 15:707-47). In contrast, in T cells recognizing self antigens, NFAT is activated in the absence of AP-1, and activates a transcriptional programme known as “anergy” that suppresses autoimmune responses (Macian et al., Transcriptional mechanisms underlying lymphocyte tolerance. Cell. 2002 Jun. 14; 109(6):719-31). In a subclass of T cells known as regulatory T cells which suppress autoimmunity mediated by self-reactive effector T cells, NFAT partners with the transcription factor FOXP3 to activate genes responsible for suppressor function (Wu et al., Cell, 2006 Jul. 28; 126(2):375-87; Rudensky A Y, Gavin M, Zheng Y. Cell. 2006 Jul. 28; 126(2):253-256).
- The endoplasmic reticulum (ER) carries out a variety processes. The ER has a role as both a Ca2+ sink and an agonist-sensitive Ca2+ store and, protein folding/processing takes place within its lumen. In the latter case, numerous Ca2+-dependent chaperone proteins ensure that newly synthesized proteins are folded correctly and sent off to their appropriate destination. The ER is also involved in vesicle trafficking, release of stress signals, regulation of cholesterol metabolism, and apoptosis. Many of these processes require intraluminal Ca2+, and protein misfolding, ER stress responses, and apoptosis can all be induced by depleting the ER of Ca2+ for prolonged periods of time. Because it contains a finite amount of Ca2+, it is clear that ER Ca2+ content must fall after release of that Ca2+ during stimulation. However, to preserve the functional integrity of the ER, it is vital that the Ca2+ content does not fall too low or is maintained at least ar a low level. Replenishment of the ER with Ca2+ is therefore a central process to all eukaryotic cells. Because a fall in ER Ca2+ content activates store-operated Ca2+ channels in the plasma membrane, a major function of this Ca2+ entry pathway is believed to be maintenance of ER Ca2+ levels that are necessary for proper protein synthesis and folding. However, store-operated Ca2+ channels have other important roles.
- The understanding of store operated calcium entry was provided by electrophysiological studies which established that the process of emptying the stores activated a Ca2+ current in mast cells called Ca2+ release-activated Ca2+ current or ICRAC. ICRAC is non-voltage activated, inwardly rectifying, and remarkably selective for Ca2+. It is found in several cell types mainly of hemapoietic origin. ICRAC is not the only store-operated current, and it is now apparent that store-operated influx encompasses a family of Ca2+-permeable channels, with different properties in different cell types. ICRAC was the first store-operated Ca2+ current to be described and remains a popular model for studying store-operated influx.
- Store-operated calcium channels can be activated by any procedure that empties ER Ca2+ stores; it does not seem to matter how the stores are emptied, the net effect is activation of store-operated Ca2+ entry. Physiologically, store emptying is evoked by an increase in the levels of IP3 or other Ca2+-releasing signals followed by Ca2+ release from the stores. But there are several other methods for emptying stores. These methods include the following:
- 1) elevation of IP3 in the cytosol (following receptor stimulation or, dialyzing the cytosol with IP3 itself or related congeners like the nonmetabolizable analog Ins(2,4,5)P3);
2) application of a Ca2+ ionophore (e.g., ionomycin) to permeabilize the ER membrane;
3) dialyzing the cytoplasm with high concentrations of Ca2+ chelators (e.g., EGTA or BAPTA), which chelate Ca2+ that leaks from the stores and hence prevent store refilling;
4) exposure to the sarcoplasmic/endoplasmic reticulum Ca2+-ATPase (SERCA) inhibitors like thapsigargin, cyclopiazonic acid, and di-tert-butylhydroquinone;
5) sensitizing the IP3 receptors to resting levels of InsP3 with agents like thimerosal; and
6) loading membrane-permeable metal Ca2+ chelators like N,N,N′,N′-tetrakis(2-pyridylmethyl)ethylene diamine (TPEN) directly into the stores. - Through mass action, TPEN lowers free intraluminal Ca2+ concentration without changing total store Ca2+ such that the store depletion-dependent signal is generated.
- These methods of emptying stores are not devoid of potential problems. The key feature of store-operated Ca2+ entry is that it is the fall in Ca2+ content within the stores and not the subsequent rise in cytoplasmic Ca2+ concentration that activates the channels. However, ionomycin and SERCA pump blockers generally cause a rise in cytoplasmic Ca2+ concentration as a consequence of store depletion, and such a rise in Ca2+ could open Ca2+-activated cation channels permeable to Ca2+. One way to avoid such problems is to use agents under conditions where cytoplasmic Ca2+ has been strongly buffered with high concentrations of Ca2+ chelator such as EGTA or BAPTA.
- Reduced calcium concentration in intracellular calcium stores such as the endoplasmic reticulum resulting from release of calcium there from provides a signal for influx of calcium from the extracellular medium into the cell. This influx of calcium, which produces a sustained “plateau” elevation of cytosolic calcium concentration, generally does not rely on voltage-gated plasma membrane channels and does not involve activation of calcium channels by calcium. This calcium influx mechanism is referred to as capacitative calcium entry (CCE), calcium release-activated, store-operated or depletion-operated calcium entry. Store-operated calcium entry can be recorded as an ionic current with distinctive properties. This current is referred to as I50c (store-operated current) or ICRAC (calcium release-activated current).
- Electrophysiological analysis of store-operated or calcium release-activated currents reveal distinct biophysical properties (see, e.g., Parekh and Penner (1997) Physiol. Rev. 77:901-930) of these currents. For example, the current can be activated by depletion of intracellular calcium stores (e.g., by non-physiological activators such as thapsigargin, CPA, ionomycin and BAPTA, and physiological activators such as IP3) and can be selective for divalent cations, such as calcium, over monovalent ions in physiological solutions or conditions, can be influenced by changes in cytosolic calcium levels, and can show altered selectivity and conductivity in the presence of low extracellular concentrations of divalent cations. The current may also be blocked or enhanced by 2-APB (depending on concentration) and blocked by SKF96365 and Gd3+ and generally can be described as a calcium current that is not strictly voltage-gated.
- Patch-clamp studies in mast cells and Jurkat leukemic T cells have established the CRAC entry mechanism as an ion channel with distinctive biophysical characteristics, including a high selectivity for Ca2+ paired with an exceedingly low conductance. Furthermore, the CRAC channel was shown to fulfill the rigorous criteria for being store-operated, which is the activation solely by the reduction of Ca2+ in the ER rather than by cytosolic Ca2+ or other messengers generated by PLC (Prakriya et al., In Molecular and Cellular Insights into Ion Channel Biology (ed. Robert Maue) 121-140 (Elsevier Science, Amsterdam, 2004)).
- Store-operated calcium entry is regulated by the level of calcium within an intracellular calcium store. Intracellular calcium stores can be characterized by sensitivity to agents, which can be physiological or pharmacological, which activate release of calcium from the stores or inhibit uptake of calcium into the stores. Different cells have been studied in characterization of intracellular calcium stores, and stores have been characterized as sensitive to various agents, including, but not limited to, IP3 and compounds that effect the IP3 receptor, thapsigargin, ionomycin and/or cyclic ADP-ribose (cADPR) (see, e.g., Berridge (1993) Nature 361:315-325; Churchill and Louis (1999) Am. J. Physiol. 276:C426-C434; Dargie et al. (1990) Cell Regul. 1:279-290; Gerasimenko et al. (1996) Cell 84:473-480; Gromoda et al. (1995) FEBS Lett. 360:303-306; Guse et al. (1999) Nature 398:70-73).
- Accumulation of calcium within endoplasmic reticulum and sarcoplasmic reticulum (SR; a specialized version of the endoplasmic reticulum in striated muscle) storage organelles is achieved through sarcoplasmic-endoplasmic reticulum calcium ATPases (SERCAs), commonly referred to as calcium pumps. During signaling (i.e., when endoplasmic reticulum channels are activated to provide for calcium release from the endoplasmic reticulum into the cytoplasm), endoplasmic reticulum calcium is replenished by the SERCA pump with cytoplasmic calcium that has entered the cell from the extracellular medium (Yu and Hinkle (2000) J. Biol. Chem. 275:23648-23653; Hofer et al. (1998) EMBO J. 17:1986-1995).
- Calcium release channels associated with IP3 and ryanodine receptors provide for controlled release of calcium from endoplasmic and sarcoplasmic reticulum into the cytoplasm resulting in transient increases in cytoplasmic calcium concentration. IP3 receptor-mediated calcium release is triggered by IP3 formed by the break down of plasma membrane phosphoinositides through the action of phospholipase C, which is activated by binding of an agonist to a plasma membrane G protein-coupled receptor or tyrosine kinase. Ryanodine receptor-mediated calcium release is triggered by an increase in cytoplasmic calcium and is referred to as calcium-induced calcium release (CICR). The activity of ryanodine receptors (which have affinity for ryanodine and caffeine) may also be regulated by cyclic ADP-ribose.
- Thus, the calcium levels in the stores, and in the cytoplasm, fluctuate. For example, ER free calcium concentration can decrease from a range of about 60-400 μM to about 1-50 μM when HeLa cells are treated with histamine, an agonist of PLC-linked histamine receptors (Miyawaki et al. (1997) Nature 388:882-887). Store-operated calcium entry is activated as the free calcium concentration of the intracellular stores is reduced. Depletion of store calcium, as well as a concomitant increase in cytosolic calcium concentration, can thus regulate store-operated calcium entry into cells.
- Agonist activation of signaling processes in cells can involve dramatic increases in the calcium permeability of the endoplasmic reticulum, for example, through opening of IP3 receptor channels, and the plasma membrane through store-operated calcium entry. These increases in calcium permeability are associated with an increase in cytosolic calcium concentration that can be separated into two components: a “spike” of calcium release from the endoplasmic reticulum during activation of the IP3 receptor and a plateau phase which is a sustained elevation of calcium levels resulting from entry of calcium into the cytoplasm from the extracellular medium. Upon stimulation, the resting intracellular free calcium concentration of about 100 nM can rise globally to greater than 1 μM and higher in microdomains of the cell. The cell modulates these calcium signals with endogenous calcium buffers, including physiological buffering by organelles such as mitochondria, endoplasmic reticulum and Golgi. Mitochondrial uptake of calcium through a uniporter in the inner membrane is driven by the large negative mitochondrial membrane potential, and the accumulated calcium is released slowly through sodium-dependent and -independent exchangers, and, under some circumstances, the permeability transition pore (PTP). Thus, mitochondria can act as calcium buffers by taking up calcium during periods of cellular activation and can slowly release it later. Uptake of calcium into the endoplasmic reticulum is regulated by the sarcoplasmic and endoplasmic reticulum calcium ATPase (SERCA). Uptake of calcium into the Golgi is mediated by a P-type calcium transport ATPase (PMR1/ATP2C1). Additionally, there is evidence that a significant amount of the calcium released upon IP3 receptor activation is extruded from the cell through the action of the plasma membrane calcium ATPase. For example, plasma membrane calcium ATPases provide the dominant mechanism for calcium clearance in human T cells and Jurkat cells, although sodium/calcium exchange also contributes to calcium clearance in human T cells. Within calcium-storing organelles, calcium ions can be bound to specialized calcium-buffering proteins, such as, for example, calsequestrins, calreticulins and calnexins. Additionally, there are calcium-buffering proteins in the cytosol that modulate calcium spikes and assist in redistribution of calcium ions. Thus, proteins and other molecules that participate in any of these and other mechanisms through which cytosolic calcium levels can be reduced are proteins that are involved in, participate in and/or provide for cytoplasmic calcium buffering. Thus, cytoplasmic calcium buffering helps regulate cytoplasmic Ca2+ levels during periods of sustained calcium influx through SOC channels or bursts of Ca2+ release. Large increases in cytoplasmic Ca2+ levels or store refilling deactivate SOCE.
- In addition to intracellular changes in calcium stores, store-operated calcium entry affects a multitude of events that are consequent to or in addition to the store-operated changes. For example Ca2+ influx results in the activation of a large number of calmodulin-dependent enzymes including the serine phosphatase calcineurin. Activation of calcineurin by an increase in intracellular calcium results in acute secretory processes such as mast cell degranulation. Activated mast cells release preformed granules containing histamine, heparin, TNFα and enzymes such as β-hexosaminidase. Some cellular events, such as B and T cell proliferation, require sustained calcineurin signaling, which requires a sustained increase in intracellular calcium. A number of transcription factors are regulated by calcineurin, including NFAT (nuclear factor of activated T cells), MEF2 and NFκB. NFAT transcription factors play important roles in many cell types, including immune cells. In immune cells NFAT mediates transcription of a large number of molecules, including cytokines, chemokines and cell surface receptors. Transcriptional elements for NFAT have been found within the promoters of cytokines such as IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-8, IL-13, as well as tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNFα), granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (G-C SF), and gamma-interferon (γ-IFN).
- The activity of NFAT proteins is regulated by their phosphorylation level, which in turn is regulated by both calcineurin and NFAT kinases. Activation of calcineurin by an increase in intracellular calcium levels results in dephosphorylation of NFAT and entry into the nucleus. Rephosphorylation of NFAT masks the nuclear localization sequence of NFAT and prevents its entry into the nucleus. Because of its strong dependence on calcineurin-mediated dephosphorylation for localization and activity, NFAT is a sensitive indicator of intracellular free calcium levels.
- Clinical studies demonstrate that the CRAC channel is absolutely required for the activation of genes underlying the T cell response to antigen. Sustained calcium entry is needed for lymphocyte activation and adaptive immune response. Calcium entry into lymphocytes occurs primarily through the CRAC channels. Increased calcium leads to NFAT activation and expression of cytokines required for immune response Inhibiting the store operated calcium entry is an efficient way to prevent T cell activation.
- Inhibition of CRAC channel activity with the compounds described herein, such as compounds of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) provide a means for providing immunosuppresive therapy as demonstrated by the elimination of store-operated calcium entry noted in patients with severe-combined immunodeficiency (SCID). T cells, fibroblasts, and in some cases B cells, from patients with T cell immunodeficiency or SCID having a principal defect in T cell activation show a strong defect in store-operated calcium entry (Feske et al. (2001) Nature Immunol. 2:316-324; Paratiseti et al. (1994) J. Biol. Chem. 269:32327-32335; and Le Deist et al. (1995) Blood 85:1053-1062). SCID patients lack adaptive immune response, but without any impairment or toxicity in major organs. The SCID patient phenotype indicates that inhibition of CRAC channels is an effective strategy for immunosuppression.
- Diseases or disorders that can be treated or prevented using the compounds, compositions, and methods provided herein include diseases and disorders involving inflammation and/or that are related to the immune system. These diseases include but are not limited to asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, glomerulonephritis, neuroinflammatory diseases such as multiple sclerosis, and disorders of the immune system.
- The activation of neutrophils (PMN) by inflammatory mediators is partly achieved by increasing cytosolic calcium concentration. Store-operated calcium influx in particular is thought to play an important role in PMN activation. It has been shown that trauma increases PMN store-operated calcium influx (Hauser et al. (2000) J. Trauma Injury Infection and Critical Care 48 (4):592-598) and that prolonged elevations of cytosolic calcium concentration due to enhanced store-operated calcium influx may alter stimulus-response coupling to chemotaxins and contribute to PMN dysfunction after injury. Modulation of PMN cytosolic calcium concentration through store-operated calcium channels might therefore be useful in regulating PMN-mediated inflammation and spare cardiovascular function after injury, shock or sepsis (Hauser et al. (2001) J. Leukocyte Biology 69 (1):63-68).
- Calcium plays a critical role in lymphocyte activation. Activation of lymphocytes, e.g., by antigen stimulation, results in rapid increases in intracellular free calcium concentration and activation of transcription factors, including nuclear factor of activated T cells (NFAT), NF-κB, JNK1, MEF2 and CREB. NFAT is a key transcriptional regulator of the IL-2 (and other cytokine) genes (see, e.g. Lewis (2001)Annu. Rev. Immunol 19:497-521). A sustained elevation of intracellular calcium level is required to keep NFAT in a transcriptionally active state, and is dependent on store-operated calcium entry. Reduction or blocking of store-operated calcium entry in lymphocytes blocks calcium-dependent lymphocyte activation. Thus, modulation of intracellular calcium, and particularly store-operated calcium entry (e.g., reduction in, elimination of store-operated calcium entry), in lymphocytes can be a method for treating immune and immune-related disorders, including, for example, chronic immune diseases/disorders, acute immune diseases/disorders, autoimmune and immunodeficiency diseases/disorders, diseases/disorders involving inflammation, organ transplant graft rejections and graft-versus-host disease and altered (e.g., hyperactive) immune responses. For example treatment of an autoimmune disease/disorder might involve reducing, blocking or eliminating store-operated calcium entry in lymphocytes.
- Examples of immune disorders include psoriasis, rheumatoid arthritis, vasculitis, inflammatory bowel disease, dermatitis, osteoarthritis, asthma, inflammatory muscle disease, allergic rhinitis, vaginitis, interstitial cystitis, scleroderma, osteoporosis, eczema, allogeneic or xenogeneic transplantation (organ, bone marrow, stem cells and other cells and tissues) graft rejection, graft-versus-host disease, lupus erythematosus, inflammatory disease, type I diabetes, pulmonary fibrosis, dermatomyositis, Sjogren's syndrome, thyroiditis (e.g., Hashimoto's and autoimmune thyroiditis), myasthenia gravis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, multiple sclerosis, cystic fibrosis, chronic relapsing hepatitis, primary biliary cirrhosis, allergic conjunctivitis and atopic dermatitis.
- Compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), compositions thereof, and methods provided herein may be used in connection with treatment of malignancies, including, but not limited to, malignancies of lymphoreticular origin, bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, endometrial cancer, head and neck cancer, lung cancer, melanoma, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer and rectal cancer. Store-operated calcium entry may play an important role in cell proliferation in cancer cells (Weiss et al. (2001) International Journal of Cancer 92 (6):877-882).
- Inhibition of SOCE is sufficient to prevent tumor cell proliferation. The pyrazole derivative BTP-2, a direct ICRAC blocker inhibits SOCE and proliferation in Jurkat cells (Zitt et al., J. Biol. Chem., 279, 12427-12437, 2004) and in colon cancer cells. It has been suggested that sustained SOCE requires mitochonrial Ca2+ uptake (Nunez et al., J. Physiol. 571.1, 57-73, 2006) and that prevention of mitochondrial Ca2+ uptake leads to SOCE inhibition (Hoth et al., P.N.A.S., 97, 10607-10612, 2000; Hoth et al., J. Cell. Biol. 137, 633-648, 1997; Glitsch et al., EMBO J., 21, 6744-6754, 2002). Stimulation of Jurkat cells induces sustained SOCE and activation of the Ca2+-dependent phosphatase calcineurin that dephosphorylates NFAT, promoting expression of interleukin-2 and proliferation. Compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) inhibit SOCE and may be used in the treatment of cancer or other proliferative diseases or conditions.
- Diseases or disorders that can be treated or prevented using the compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), compositions thereof, and methods provided herein include hepatic or liver diseases and disorders. These diseases and disorders include but are not limited to liver injury, for example, due to transplantation, hepatitis and cirrhosis.
- Store-operated calcium entry has been implicated in chronic liver disease (Tao et al. (1999) J. Biol. Chem., 274(34):23761-23769) as well as transplantation injury after cold preservation-warm reoxygenation (Elimadi et al. (2001) Am J. Physiology, 281(3 Part 1):G809-G815).
- Diseases or disorders that can be treated or prevented using the methods provided herein include kidney or renal diseases and disorders. Mesangial cell hyperplasia is often a key feature of such diseases and disorders. Such diseases and disorders may be caused by immunological or other mechanisms of injury, including IgAN, membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis or lupus nephritis. Imbalances in the control of mesangial cell replication also appear to play a key role in the pathogenesis of progressive renal failure.
- The turnover of mesangial cells in normal adult kidney is very low with a renewal rate of less than 1%. A prominent feature of glomerular/kidney diseases is mesangial hyperplasia due to elevated proliferation rate or reduced cell loss of mesangial cells. When mesangial cell proliferation is induced without cell loss, for example due to mitogenic stimulation, mesangioproliferative glomerulonephritis can result. Data have indicated that regulators of mesangial cell growth, particularly growth factors, may act by regulating store-operated calcium channels (Ma et al. (2001) J Am. Soc. Of Nephrology, 12:(1) 47-53). Modulators of store-operated calcium influx may aid in the treatment of glomerular diseases by inhibiting mesangial cell proliferation.
- Clinical studies demonstrate that the CRAC channel, a type of SOC channel, is absolutely required for the activation of genes underlying the T cell response to antigen (Partiseti et al., J Biol. Chem., 269, 32327-32335, 1994; Feske et al., Curr. Biol. 15, 1235-1241, 2005). SOCE can contribute directly to the elevation of cytosolic Ca2+ levels ([Ca2+]i), as in T lymphocytes where CRAC channels generate the sustained Ca2+ signals needed to drive gene expression underlying T cell activation by antigen. Sustained calcium entry is needed for lymphocyte activation and adaptive immune response. Calcium entry into lymphocytes occurs primarily through the CRAC channels. Increased calcium levels lead to NFAT activation and expression of cytokines required for immune response.
- The CRAC channel has a distinctive biophysical fingerprint, quantifiable store-dependence, and essential function in T cells. Studies have shown that CRAC channels are formed from two component proteins, which interact to form CRAC channels. The CRAC channel is assembled by two functional components, STIM1 and Orai1. STIM1 (stromal interaction molecule 1) was identified as the mammalian ER Ca2+ sensor (Liou, J. et al. Curr. Biol. 15, 1235-1241 (2005); Roos, J. et al. J. Cell Biol. 169, 435-445 (2005); WO 20041078995; US 2007/0031814). Orai1/CRACM1 was identified as a component of the mammalian CRAC channel (Feske, S. et al. Nature 441, 179-185 (2006); Vig, M. et al. Science 312, 1220-1223 (2006); Zhang, S. L. et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 103, 9357-9362 (2006)).
- STIM1 is the sensor of Ca2+ within ER Ca2+ stores, moving in response to store depletion into ER puncta close to the plasma membrane. Orai1 is a pore forming CRAC channel subunit in the plasma membrane. The two membrane proteins STIM1 and Orai1 have each been shown to be essential for the activation of CRAC channels.
- Expression of both STIM1 and Orai1 in human embryonic kidney 293 cells (HEK293 cells) reconstitute functional CRAC channels. Expression of Orai1 alone strongly reduces store-operated Ca2+ entry in HEK293 cells and the Ca2+ release-activated Ca2+ current (ICRAC) in rat basophilic leukemia cells. However, expressed along with the store-sensing STIM1 protein, Orai1 causes a massive increase in SOCE, enhancing the rate of Ca2+ entry by up to 103-fold. This Ca2+ entry is entirely store dependent since the same co-expression causes no measurable store-independent Ca2+ entry. The entry is completely blocked by the store operated channel blocker, 2-aminoethoxydiphenylborate. STIM proteins are mediate Ca2+ store-sensing and endoplasmic reticulum-plasma membrane coupling with no intrinsic channel properties. Orai1 contributes the plasma membrane channel component responsible for Ca2+ entry. The suppression of CRAC channel function by Orai1 overexpression reflects a required stoichiometry between STIM1 and Orai1 (Soboloff et al., J. Biol. Chem. Vol. 281, no. 30, 20661-20665, 2006).
- In an RNAi screen in Drosophila S2 cells using thapsigargin-activated Ca2+ entry as a marker for store-operated channels one gene gave a substantially reduced Ca2+ entry, and that gene coded for the protein stromal interaction molecule (Stim) (Roos, J. et al. J. Cell Biol. 169, 435-445, 2005). There are two homologues of Stim in mammalian cells, STIM1 and STIM2, both of which appear to be distributed ubiquitously (Williams et al., Biochem J. 2001 Aug. 1; 357(Pt 3):673-85). STIM1 is the ER Ca2+ sensor for store-operated Ca2+ entry. STIM1 is a 77 kDa type I membrane protein with multiple predicted protein interaction or signaling domains and is located predominantly in the ER, but also to a limited extent in the plasma membrane.
- Knockdown of STIM1 by RNAi substantially reduced ICRAC in Jurkat T cells, and store-operated Ca2+ entry in HEK293 epithelial cells and SH-SY5Y neuroblastoma cells. However, knockdown of the closely related STIM2 had no effect. These results indicate an essential role of STIM (Drosophila) and STIM1 (mammals) in the mechanism of activation of store-operated channels. It is unlikely that STIM1 is the store-operated channel itself. It has no channel-like sequence, and overexpression of the protein only modestly enhances Ca2+ entry. STIM1 is located both on the plasma membrane and intracellular membranes like the ER (Manji et al., Biochim Biophys Acta. 2000 Aug. 31; 1481(1):147-55. 2000). The protein sequence suggests that it spans the membrane once, with its NH2 terminus oriented toward the lumen of the ER or the extracellular space. The NH2 terminus contains an EF-hand domain, and functions as the Ca2+ sensor in the ER. The protein also contains protein-protein interaction domains, notably coiled-coiled domains in the cytoplasm and a sterile motif (SAM) in the ER (or extracellular space), both near the predicted transmembrane domain. STIM1 can oligomerize and thus the protein in the ER and plasma membrane could interact bridging the two (Roos, J. et al. J. Cell Biol. 169, 435-445 (2005)).
- Total internal reflection fluorescence (TIRF) and confocal microscopy reveal that STIM1 is distributed throughout the ER when Ca2+ stores are full, but redistributes into discrete puncta near the plasma membrane on store depletion. Although the redistribution of STIM1 into junctional ER regions is slow (Liou, J. et al. Curr. Biol. 15, 1235-1241 (2005); Zhang, S. L. et al. Nature 437, 902-905 (2005), it does precede the opening of CRAC channels by several seconds (Wu et al., J. Cell Biol. 174, 803-813 (2006)) and is therefore rapid enough to be an essential step in the activation of CRAC channels.
- It has been suggested that store depletion causes the insertion of STIM1 into the plasma membrane where it may control store operated calcium entry through the CRAC channels (Zhang, S. L. et al. Nature 437, 902-905 (2005); Spassova, M. A. et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 103, 4040-4045 (2006)).
- The critical evidence for STIM1 as the Ca2+ sensor for SOCE is that mutation of predicted Ca2+-binding residues of the EF hand structural motif, expected to reduce its affinity for Ca2+ and hence mimic the store-depleted state, causes STIM1 to redistribute spontaneously into puncta and trigger constitutive Ca2+ influx through SOCs even when stores are full (Spassova, M. A. et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 103, 4040-4045 (2006); Liou, J. et al. Curr. Biol. 15, 1235-1241 (2005)).
- Orai1 (also known as CRACM1) is a widely expressed, 33 kDa plasma membrane protein with 4 transmembrane domains and a lack of significant sequence homology to other ion channels (Vig, M. et al. Science 312, 1220-1223 (2006); Zhang, S. L. et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 103, 9357-9362 (2006)).
- Studies of T cells from human patients with a severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) syndrome, in which T cell receptor engagement or store depletion failed to activate Ca2+ entry, was shown to be due to a single point mutation in Orai1 (Feske, S. et al. Nature 441, 179-185 (2006)).
- Other mammalian Orai homologues exist, e.g. Orai2 and Orai3, however their function is not clearly defined. Orai2 and Orai3 can exhibit SOC channel activity when overexpressed with STIM1 in HEK cells (Mercer, J. C. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 281, 24979-24990 (2006)).
- Evidence that Orai1 contributes to the CRAC channel pore was obtained by Orai1 mutagenesis studies. Selectivity of the CRAC channel for Ca2+ ions was shown by mutations at either Glu 106 or Glu 190, which weaken the ability of Ca2+ binding in order block permeation of monovalent cations (similar to mechanisms described for voltage-gated Ca2+ channels) (Yeromin, A. V. et al. Nature 443, 226-229 (2006); Vig, M. et al. Curr. Biol. 16, 2073-2079 (2006); Prakriya, M. et al. Nature 443, 230-233 (2006)).
- Neutralizing the charge on a pair of aspartates in the I-II loop (Asp 110 and Asp 112) reduces block by Gd3+ and block of outward current by extracellular Ca2+, indicating that these negatively charged sites may promote accumulation of polyvalent cations near the mouth of the pore.
- Currents observed through overexpression of Orai1 closely resemble ICRAC, and the fact that Orai1 can form multimers (Yeromin, A. V. et al. Nature 443, 226-229 (2006); Vig, M. et al. Curr. Biol. 16, 2073-2079 (2006); Prakriya, M. et al. Nature 443, 230-233 (2006)), makes it likely that the native CRAC channel is either a multimer of Orai1 alone or in combination with the closely related subunits Orai2 and/or Orai3.
- The characterization of SOC channels has been largely obtained by one type of SOC channel, the CRAC channel. CRAC channel activity is triggered by the loss of Ca2+ from the ER lumen, which is coupled to the opening of CRAC channels in the plasma membrane through the actions of STIM1 and Orai1. Depletion of Ca2+ is sensed by STIM1, causing it to accumulate in junctional ER adjacent to the plasma membrane. In a TIRF-based Ca2+-imaging study to map the locations of open CRAC channels, [Ca2+]i elevations were seen to co-localize with STIM1 puncta, showing directly that CRAC channels open only in extreme proximity to these sites (Luik, et al., J. Cell Biol. 174, 815-825 (2006)).
- In cells co-expressing both STIM1 and Orai1, store depletion causes Orai1 itself to move from a dispersed distribution to accumulate in the plasma membrane directly opposite STIM1, enabling STIM1 to activate the channel (Luik, et al., J. Cell Biol. 174, 815-825 (2006); Xu, P. et al. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 350, 969-976 (2006)). Thus, CRAC channels are formed by apposed clusters of STIM1 in the ER and Orai1 in the plasma membrane. The junctional gap between the ER and plasma membrane where Orai1/STIM 1 clusters from (about 10-25 nm) may be small enough to permit protein-protein interactions between STIM 1 and Orai1. This is supported by the fact that overexpressed STIM1 and Orai1 can be co-immunoprecipitated (Yeromin, A. V. et al. Nature 443, 226-229 (2006); Vig, M. et al. Curr. Biol. 16, 2073-2079 (2006)).
- Thus, STIM1 and Orai1 interact either directly or as members of a multiprotein complex. Support for this was observed when the expression of the cytosolic portion of STIM1 by itself was sufficient to activate CRAC channels in one study (Huang, G. N. et al. Nature Cell Biol. 8, 1003-1010 (2006)), and the effects of deleting the ERM/coiled-coil and other C-terminal domains suggest roles in STIM1 clustering and SOC channel activation (Baba, Y. et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 103, 16704-16709 (2006)). On the luminal side of STIM1, the isolated EF-SAM region forms dimers and higher-order multimers on removal of Ca2+ in vitro, indicating that STIM1 oligomerization may be an early step in store operated calcium activation (Stathopulos, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 281, 35855-35862 (2006)).
- In some embodiments, compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) described herein modulate intracellular calcium, such as, inhibition or reduction of SOCE and/or ICRAC. In other embodiments, the modulation by compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) result from a variety of effects, such as, but not limited to, binding to a protein, interaction with a protein, or modulation of interactions, activities, levels or any physical, structural or other property of a protein involved in modulating intracellular calcium (e.g. a STIM protein and/or Orai protein).
- For example, methods for assessing binding or interaction of a test agent with a protein involved in modulating intracellular calcium include NMR, mass spectroscopy, fluorescence spectroscopy, scintillation proximity assays, surface plasmon resonance assays and others. Examples of methods for assessing modulation of interactions, activities, levels or any physical, structural or other property of a protein involved in modulating intracellular calcium include, but are not limited to, FRET assays to assess effects on protein interactions, NMR, X-ray crystallography and circular dichroism to assess effects on protein interactions and on physical and structural properties of a protein, and activity assays suitable for assessing a particular activity of a protein.
- In some embodiments, monitoring or assessing the effect of a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) on intracellular calcium in any of the screening/identification methods described herein, a direct or indirect evaluation or measurement of cellular (including cytosolic and intracellular organelle or compartment) calcium and/or movement of ions into, within or out of a cell, organelle, calcium store or portions thereof (e.g., a membrane) are conducted. A variety of methods are described herein for evaluating calcium levels and ion movements or flux. The particular method used and the conditions employed depend on whether a particular aspect of intracellular calcium is being monitored or assessed. For example, in some embodiments described herein, reagents and conditions are known, and are used, for specifically evaluating store-operated calcium entry, resting cytosolic calcium levels, calcium buffering and calcium levels and uptake by or release from intracellular organelles and calcium stores. In other embodiments, the effect of a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) on intracellular calcium is monitored or assessed using, for example, a cell, an intracellular organelle or calcium storage compartment, a membrane (including, e.g., a detached membrane patch or a lipid bilayer) or a cell-free assay system (e.g., outside-out membrane vesicle). Generally, some aspect of intracellular calcium is monitored or assessed in the presence of test agent and compared to a control, e.g., intracellular calcium in the absence of test agent.
- In some embodiments, modulation of intracellular calcium is any alteration or adjustment in intracellular calcium including but not limited to alteration of calcium concentration or level in the cytoplasm and/or intracellular calcium storage organelles, e.g., endoplasmic reticulum, alteration in the movement of calcium into, out of and within a cell or intracellular calcium store or organelle, alteration in the location of calcium within a cell, and alteration of the kinetics, or other properties, of calcium fluxes into, out of and within cells. In some embodiments, intracellular calcium modulation involves alteration or adjustment, e.g. reduction or inhibition, of store-operated calcium entry, cytosolic calcium buffering, calcium levels in or movement of calcium into, out of or within an intracellular calcium store or organelle, and/or basal or resting cytosolic calcium levels. In some embodiments, modulation of intracellular calcium involves an alteration or adjustment in receptor-mediated ion (e.g., calcium) movement, second messenger-operated ion (e.g., calcium) movement, calcium influx into or efflux out of a cell, and/or ion (e.g., calcium) uptake into or release from intracellular compartments, including, for example, endosomes and lysosomes.
- In one aspect, compounds described herein modulate intracellular calcium, such as but not limited to, modulation (e.g. reduction or inhibition) of SOC channel activity, such as inhibition of CRAC channel activity (e g inhibition of ICRAC, inhibition of SOCE), in an immune system cell (e.g., a lymphocyte, white blood cell, T cell, B cell), a fibroblast (or a cell derived from a fibroblast), or an epidermal, dermal or skin cell (e.g., a keratinocyte). In some embodiments, the step of modulating one or more proteins involved in modulating intracellular calcium (e.g. a STIM protein and/or Orai protein) involves, for example, reducing the level, expression of, an activity of, function of and/or molecular interactions of a protein. For instance, if a cell exhibits an increase in calcium levels or lack of regulation of an aspect of intracellular calcium modulation, e.g., store-operated calcium entry, then in other embodiments, modulating involves reducing the level of, expression of, an activity or function of, or a molecular interaction of a protein, e.g. a STIM protein and/or Orai protein.
- Compounds described herein modulate intracellular calcium and may be used in the treatment of diseases or conditions where modulation of intracellular calcium has a beneficial effect. In one embodiment, compounds described herein inhibit store operated calcium entry. In one embodiment, compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) interrupt the assembly of SOCE units. In another embodiment, compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) alter the functional interactions of proteins that form store operated calcium channel complexes. In one embodiment, compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) alter the functional interactions of STIM1 with Orai1. In other embodiments, compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) are SOC channel pore blockers. In other embodiments, compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) are CRAC channel pore blockers.
- In one aspect, compounds described herein inhibit the electrophysiological current (ISOC) directly associated with activated SOC channels. In another aspect, compounds described herein inhibit the electrophysiological current (ICRAC) directly associated with activated CRAC channels.
- The diseases or disorders that may benefit from modulation of intracellular calcium include, but are not limited to, an immune system-related disease (e.g., an autoimmune disease), a disease or disorder involving inflammation (e.g., asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, glomerulonephritis, neuroinflammatory diseases, multiple sclerosis, and disorders of the immune system), cancer or other proliferative disease, kidney disease and liver disease. In one aspect, compounds described herein may be used as immunosuppresants to prevent transplant graft rejections, allogeneic or xenogeneic transplantation rejection (organ, bone marrow, stem cells, other cells and tissues), graft-versus-host disease. Transplant graft rejections can result from tissue or organ transplants. Graft-versus-host disease can result from bone marrow or stem cell transplantation.
- Compounds described herein modulate an activity of, modulate an interaction of, or binds to, or interacts with at least one portion of a protein in the store operated calcium channel complex. In one embodiment, compounds described herein modulate an activity of, modulate an interaction of, or binds to, or interacts with at least one portion of a protein in the calcium release activated calcium channel complex. In one aspect, compounds described herein reduce the level of functional store operated calcium channel complexes. In one aspect, compounds described herein reduce the level of activated store operated calcium channel complexes. In one aspect, store operated calcium channel complexes are calcium release activated calcium channel complexes.
- Compounds described herein for treatment of a disease or disorder, when administered to a subject having a disease or disorder effectively reduces, ameliorates or eliminates a symptom or manifestation of the disease or disorder. Compounds described herein can also be administered to a subject predisposed to a disease or disorder who does not yet manifest a symptom of the disease or disorder, prevents or delays development of the symptoms. The agent can have such effects alone or in combination with other agents, or may function to enhance a therapeutic effect of another agent.
- Compounds described herein, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, modulate intracellular calcium, and may be used to treat patients where modulation of intracellular calcium provides benefit.
- In one aspect, the compounds described herein are selective inhibitors of CRAC channel activity.
- In another aspect, described herein is a compound having the structure of Formula (I):
- wherein:
- X is CR3 or N;
- L1 is O, S, S(O), or NR11 wherein R11 is H, C2-C6alkenyl, or C1-C6alkyl;
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, —NR5R5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R5, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5;
- n is an integer selected from 0 to 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- For any and all of the embodiments, substituents are selected from among from a subset of the listed alternatives. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is heteroaryl. In other embodiments, heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, and phenoxazinyl.
- In some embodiments, heteroaryl or bicyclic system is selected from
- wherein Y is CR9 or N; R9 and R10 are independently H, C1-C6alkyl, halogen, C1-C6carbonylalkyl, or CF3.
- In other embodiments, the heteroaryl or bicyclic system is selected from an optionally substituted benzoimidazolyl, an optionally substituted 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroindolizinyl, an optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-a]pyridyl, an optionally substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyridyl, an optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-b]pyridyl, and an optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridyl.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a heteroaryl selected from
- wherein R10 is selected from H, D, C1-C6alkyl. In one embodiment, R10 is CF3. In a further embodiment, R10 is C1-C6alkyl. In one embodiment R10 is C2H5. In yet a further embodiment, R10 is CH3.
- In certain embodiments, R2 is aryl. In other embodiments, R2 is phenyl. In certain embodiments, the phenyl group is substituted with at least one R3 selected from F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, phenyl is substituted with at least 2 substituents or at least 3 substituents. In certain embodiments, R3 is fluorine.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein L1 is O or S. In another embodiment, L1 is O. In another embodiment, L1 is NR11. In one embodiment, R11 is H. In another embodiment, R11 is C1-C6alkyl. In yet a further embodiment, R11 is methyl. In another embodiment, R11 is ethyl. In yet another embodiment, R11 is iso-propyl. In yet another embodiment, L2 is —NH—CH2—. In yet a further embodiment, L2 is —CH2NH—.
- In one embodiment is a compound having the structure:
- wherein:
- L1 is O or NH;
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R2 is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, —NR5R5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)25—N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)25—C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R5, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment, is a compound having the structure:
-
- wherein L1 is O or NH; R1 and R2 are each independently phenyl optionally substituted with at least one R3 selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, OH, OR5, wherein R5 is C1-C6alkyl; L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—; and Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5.
- In yet a further embodiment is a compound selected from:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another embodiment is a compound having the structure:
- wherein:
- L1 is O, S, or NR11 wherein R11 is H, C2-C6alkenyl, or C1-C6alkyl;
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 and R7 are each independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, —NR6R5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R5, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R6 is selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C(O)H, and C(O)C1-C6alkyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another embodiment is a compound having the structure:
- wherein:
- L1 is O, S, or NR11 wherein R11 is H, C2-C6alkenyl, or C1-C6alkyl;
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, —NR6R5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R5, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- R7 is —NR6R5;
- each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R6 is selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C(O)H, and C(O)C1-C6alkyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment R7 is NH2. In another embodiment, R7 is F. In a further embodiment, R7 is OMe.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X is CR3, or N. In some embodiments is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X is N. In some embodiments is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X is CR3. In further embodiments, R3 is H, or halogen. In further embodiments, R3 is H. In further embodiments, R3 is halogen. In yet further embodiments, R3 is F.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein L1 is O. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein L1 is NR11. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R11 is independently hydrogen or C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R11 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R11 is C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R11 is methyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein L1 is S.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein L2 is Z—CH2 and Z is NR5. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R5 is independently hydrogen, or C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R5 is independently hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R5 is independently C1-C6alkyl.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment, R2 is naphthyl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is phenyl optionally substituted with at least one R5. In another embodiment, R2 is phenyl substituted with one R5. In another embodiment, R2 is phenyl substituted with two R3. In yet another embodiment, R2 is phenyl substituted with three R3. In another embodiment, R3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, C1-C6alkyl, and C1-C6haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is independently selected from F, Cl, and C1-C6alkyl. In further embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein each R3 is independently selected from F and CH3. In another embodiment, R3 is F and Cl. In a further embodiment, R3 is F. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is methyl. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is CF3.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 2.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In a further embodiment, R2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3. In a further embodiment, R2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3. In yet a further embodiment, R2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3. In a further embodiment, heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyridine, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, indole, benzothiophene, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzimidazole, benzoxadiazole, benzothiadiazole, benzotriazole, pyrazolopyridine, imidazopyridine, pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, indolizine, purine, furopyridine, thienopyridine, furopyrrole, furofuran, thienofuran, 1,4-dihydropyrrolopyrrole, thienopyrrole, thienothiophene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, furopyrazole, thienopyrazole, selenophene, selenazole, and benzoisoxazole. In yet another embodiment heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, benzofuran, and indole. In a further embodiment, R2 is pyrididine. In a further embodiment, R2 is thiadiazole. In a further embodiment, R2 is pyrididine. In a further embodiment, R2 is pyrazole. In a further embodiment, R2 is pyrididine. In a further embodiment, R2 is thiazole.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3 and R3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, C1-C6alkyl, and C1-C6haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, and C1-C6alkyl. In further embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein each R3 is independently selected from F and CH3. In another embodiment, R3 is F, or Cl. In a further embodiment, R3 is F. In a further embodiment, R3 is Cl. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment, R5 is methyl. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6haloalkyl. In a further embodiment, R3 is CF3.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 2.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment, R1 is naphthyl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment, R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3. In another embodiment, R2 is phenyl substituted with two R3. In yet another embodiment, R1 is phenyl substituted with three R3. In another embodiment, R3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, C1-C6haloalkyl and C1-C6haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is Cl. In a further embodiment, R3 is F. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is methyl. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is CF3.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, wherein one R3 is F, one R3 is CF3, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, wherein one R3 is F, one R3 is CF3, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 2. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, wherein one R3 is F, one R3 is CF3, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 2.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In a further embodiment, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3. In a further embodiment, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3. In yet a further embodiment, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3. In a further embodiment, heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyridine, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, indole, benzothiophene, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzimidazole, benzoxadiazole, benzothiadiazole, benzotriazole, pyrazolopyridine, imidazopyridine, pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, indolizine, purine, furopyridine, thienopyridine, furopyrrole, furofuran, thienofuran, 1,4-dihydropyrrolopyrrole, thienopyrrole, thienothiophene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, furopyrazole, thienopyrazole, selenophene, selenazole, and benzoisoxazole. In yet another embodiment heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, benzofuran, and indole.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3 and R3 is independently selected from halogen and C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is halogen. In a further embodiment, R3 is F. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment, R3 is methyl. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6haloalkyl. In a further embodiment, R3 is CF3.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, wherein one R3 is F, one R3 is CF3, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, wherein one R3 is F, one R3 is CF3, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, wherein one R3 is F, one R3 is CF3, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 2.
- In one embodiment, the compound is selected from:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In a further embodiment, the compound is selected from:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In yet a further embodiment is a compound having the structure:
- wherein:
- R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R2 is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, —NR6R5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R5, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R6 is selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C(O)H, and C(O)C1-C6alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another aspect is a compound having the structure of Formula (II):
- wherein:
- R′1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- X is S, O, or NR5;
- Y is independently selected from CR9 and N;
- Y1 is independently selected from CH or N;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R9 and R10 are each independently selected from H, D, C1-C6alkyl, halogen, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and CF3;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment, L2 is Z—C(R12)2. In yet a further embodiment, L2 is —C(R12)2N(R5)—.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein R′1 is selected from,
- wherein Y is CR9; R9 is H, C1-C6alkyl, halogen, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, or CF3. In one embodiment, R9 is H. In one embodiment, X is O. In another embodiment, X is S. In a further embodiment, X is NR5 wherein R5 is H or C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment R9 is C1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment, R9 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert-butyl. In one embodiment, R10 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl. In a further embodiment R10 is halogen selected from F, Cl, Br, and I. In another embodiment, R10 is F. In one embodiment R10 is Cl. In another embodiment, R10 is Br. In another embodiment, R10 is CF3.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein R2 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment, aryl is phenyl. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least one R3 selected from F, Cl, Br, and I. In another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with —OH, —CN, CF3, or C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment, C1-C6alkyl is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In one embodiment, C1-C6alkyl is methyl. In another embodiment, C1-C6alkyl is ethyl. In another embodiment, R3 is C3-C8cycloalkyl. In a further embodiment, R3 is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl. In yet another embodiment, R2 is phenyl substituted with at least 2 substituents. In a further embodiment, at least 3 substituents.
- In yet another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein R2 is heteroaryl selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, and phenoxazinyl. In another embodiment, heteroaryl is furan. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is pyrazole. In another embodiment, heteroaryl is thiophene. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R3 selected from F, Cl, Br, I, —OH, —CN, NO2, and C1-C6alkyl. In one embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one F. In another embodiment, with at least one Cl. In a further embodiment, at least one Br. In yet a further embodiment, at least one C1-C6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one methyl. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least two R3 groups. In another embodiment, at least three R3 groups.
- In another aspect is a compound having the structure:
- wherein:
- R′1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- X is S, O, or NR5;
- Y is independently selected from CR9 and N;
- R2 is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R9 and R10 are each independently selected from H, D, C1-C6alkyl, halogen, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, or CF3;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another embodiment is a compound having the structure:
- wherein:
- R″1 is a 5-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —OCF3, —OR5, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)25—N(R5)C(═O)R5, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)25—N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- n is an integer selected from 1-3;
- each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R5 and R7 are each independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R6 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C4heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R4, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- Also disclosed herein is a compound of Formula (III) having the structure:
- wherein:
- R″1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —OCF3, —OR5, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R5, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- n is an integer selected from 0-3;
- each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R5 and R7 are each independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R6 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C4heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R4, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof
- Also described herein is a compound of Formula (III) wherein R″1 is wherein R6 is selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, NO2, OH, CF3, OCF3, OR5, C1-C6alkyl, and C3-C8cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R6 is —CN. In another embodiment, R6 is OH. In yet another embodiment, R6 is C1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment, R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert-butyl. In one embodiment, R6 is methyl. In another embodiment R6 is ethyl.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein R6 is selected from CF3, C1-C6alkyl, and C3-C8cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R6 is CF3. In other embodiments, R6 is cyclopropyl. In other embodiments, R7 is C1-C6alkyl. In certain embodiments, R7 is CH3. In certain embodiments, R7 is C2H5. In certain embodiments, R7 is isopropyl.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein L2 is —C(R12)2N(R5)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein L2 is Z—C(R12)2. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein Z is NH and each R12 is H. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein R7 is C1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein R6 is CF3. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein R2 is aryl. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein R2 is phenyl. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein the phenyl group is substituted with at least one R3 independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein R3 is F. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein phenyl is substituted with at least 2 substituents. In yet a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein phenyl is substituted with at least 3 substituents. In another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least one R3 independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I. In another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with Cl. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with Br. In yet a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least one R3 independently selected from OH, —CN, OR5, C1-C6alkyl or N(R5)2. In yet another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least one R3 independently selected from C1-C6alkyl wherein C1-C6alkyl is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein L2 is Z—C(R12)2, Z is NH, each R12 is H, R7 is C1-C6alkyl, R6 is CF3 and R2 is heteroaryl. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, and phenoxazinyl. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein heteroaryl is pyridyl. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein pyridyl is substituted with at least one R3 independently selected from F and Cl. In another embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R3 selected from halogen, OH, —CN, —NO2, CF3, OCF3, OR5, —N(R5)2, C1-C6alkyl or C3-C8cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R3 is F, Cl, Br, or I. In another embodiment, R3 is substituted with C1-C6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In another embodiment R3 is methyl. In yet another embodiment, R3 is ethyl. In a further embodiment, R3 is isopropyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) wherein n is 1. In a further embodiment, n is 2. In yet a further embodiment, n is 3.
- In another aspect is a compound of Formula (IV) having the structure:
- wherein:
- R″1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl, or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, —NR5R5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R5, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- n is an integer selected from 0-3;
- each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R5 and R7 are each independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R6 is selected from CN, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (IV) wherein R′1 is
- wherein R6 is independently an optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl. In one embodiment, each R6 is independently an optionally substituted aryl. In another embodiment, aryl is a phenyl group. In another embodiment, the phenyl group is substituted with at least one halogen. In another embodiment, the at least one halogen is selected from F, Cl, Br, and I. In another embodiment, halogen is F. In another embodiment, halogen is Cl. In a further embodiment, halogen is Br. In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (IV) wherein R6 is CN. In yet another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IV) wherein R6 is an optionally substituted heteroaryl. In one embodiment, heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, and phenoxazinyl. In another embodiment, heteroaryl is furan. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is pyrazole. In another embodiment, heteroaryl is thiophene. In a further embodiment, heteroaryl is oxadiazole. In other embodiments, R7 is C1-C6alkyl. In certain embodiments, R7 is CH3. In certain embodiments, R7 is C2H5. In certain embodiments, R7 is isopropyl.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (IV) wherein L2 is Z—C(R12)2. In one embodiment, L2 is —C(R12)2N(R5)—. In one embodiment, R2 is aryl. In another embodiment, R2 is phenyl. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least one R3 selected selected from F, Cl, Br, or I. In another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with Cl. In yet another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with F. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with Br. In yet a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with OH, —CN, OR5, C1-C6alkyl or N(R5)2. In yet another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with C1-C6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In yet another embodiment R2 is heteroaryl. In one embodiment, is a compound of Formula (IV) wherein heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, and phenoxazinyl. In another embodiment, heteroaryl is pyridine. In a further embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R3 selected from halogen, OH, —CN, —NO2, CF3, OCF3, OR5, —N(R5)2, C1-C6alkyl or C3-C8cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R3 is F, Cl, Br, or I. In one embodiment, R3 is substituted with C1-C6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In another embodiment R3 is methyl. In yet another embodiment, R3 is ethyl. In a further embodiment, R3 is isopropyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IV) wherein n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IV) wherein n is 1. In other embodiments, n is 2. In other embodiments, n is 3.
- In one embodiment is a compound selected from:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another aspect is a compound of Formula (V) having the structure:
- wherein:
- R′1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- X is CR3 or N;
- Y is independently selected from C or N;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R9 and R10 are each independently selected from H, D, C1-C6alkyl, halogen, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment, L2 is Z—C(R12)2. In yet a further embodiment, L2 is —C(R12)2N(R5)—. In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (V) wherein R′1 is selected from
- R9 is H, C1-C6alkyl, halogen, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, or CF3. In one embodiment, R9 is H. In another embodiment R9 is C1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment, R9 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert-butyl. In one embodiment, R10 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl. In a further embodiment R10 is halogen selected from F, Cl, Br, and I. In one embodiment R10 is Cl. In another embodiment, R10 is Br. In another embodiment, R10 is CF3.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (V) wherein R2 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment, aryl is phenyl. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least one R3 selected from F, Cl, Br, and I. In another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with —OH, —CN, CF3, or C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment, C1-C6alkyl is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In one embodiment, C1-C6alkyl is methyl. In another embodiment, C1-C6alkyl is ethyl. In another embodiment, R3 is C3-C8cycloalkyl. In a further embodiment, R3 is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl. In yet another embodiment, R2 is phenyl substituted with at least 2 substituents. In a further embodiment, at least 3 substituents.
- In yet another embodiment is a compound of Formula (V) wherein R2 is heteroaryl selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, and phenoxazinyl. In another embodiment, heteroaryl is furan. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is pyrazole. In another embodiment, heteroaryl is thiophene. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R3 selected from F, Cl, Br, I, —OH, —CN, NO2, and C1-C6alkyl. In one embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one F. In another embodiment, with at least one Cl. In a further embodiment, at least one Br. In yet a further embodiment, at least one C1-C6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one methyl. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least two R3 groups. In another embodiment, at least three R3 groups.
- In another embodiment is a compound having the structure:
- wherein:
- R′1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- Y is independently selected from C or N;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R9 and R10 are each independently selected from H, D, C1-C6alkyl, halogen, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another aspect is a compound of Formula (VI) having the structure:
- wherein:
- R′1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- X is CR3 or N;
- Y is independently selected from CR9 and N;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3; or two R9 attached to the same carbon atom form an oxetane ring;
- R10 is selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment, L2 is Z—C(R12)2. In yet a further embodiment, L2 is —C(R12)2N(R5)—. In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R′1 is selected from
- R9 is H, D, C1-C6alkyl, halogen, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, or CF3. In one embodiment, R9 is H. In another embodiment R9 is C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment R9 is F. In a further embodiment, R9 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert-butyl. In one embodiment, R10 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl. In a further embodiment R10 is halogen selected from F, Cl, Br, and I. In one embodiment R10 is Cl. In another embodiment, R10 is Br. In another embodiment, R10 is CF3.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein each R9 is D. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein each R9 is a halogen. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein each R9 is F. In yet a further embodiment, each R9 is Br. In yet a further embodiment each R9 is Cl.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R2 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment, aryl is phenyl. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least one R3 selected from F, Cl, Br, and I. In another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with —OH, —CN, CF3, or C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment, C1-C6alkyl is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In one embodiment, C1-C6alkyl is methyl. In another embodiment, C1-C6alkyl is ethyl. In another embodiment, R3 is C3-C8cycloalkyl. In a further embodiment, R3 is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl. In yet another embodiment, R2 is phenyl substituted with at least 2 substituents. In a further embodiment, at least 3 substituents.
- In yet another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R2 is heteroaryl selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, and phenoxazinyl. In another embodiment, heteroaryl is furan. In one embodiment, heteroaryl is benzothiadiazole. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is pyrazole. In another embodiment, heteroaryl is thiophene. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R3 selected from F, Cl, Br, I, —OH, —CN, NO2, and C1-C6alkyl. In one embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one F. In another embodiment, with at least one Cl. In a further embodiment, at least one Br. In yet a further embodiment, at least one C1-C6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one methyl. In another embodiment heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R3 selected from optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl. In one embodiment, R3 is phenyl. In another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least one halogen or C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with methyl. In yet another embodiment, R3 is heteroaryl is thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, and phenoxazinyl. In another embodiment, R3 is thiophene. In yet another embodiment, R3 is furan. In yet a further embodiment, R3 is thiazole. In yet another embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least two R3 groups. In another embodiment, at least three R3 groups.
- In one embodiment is a compound selected from:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another embodiment is a compound selected from:
- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In yet another embodiment is a compound selected from:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another embodiment is a compound having the structure:
- wherein:
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- X is CR3 or N;
- Y is independently selected from CR9 and N;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3; or two R9 attached to the same carbon atom form an oxetane ring;
- R10 is selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R′1 is
- X is CR3 or N;
- Y is independently selected from CR9 and N;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- R10 is selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R2 is C1-C6alkyl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In one embodiment, R2 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert butyl. In a further embodiment R2 is C3-C8cycloalkyl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In a further embodiment, R2 is selected from cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment, R2 is cyclopentyl. In a further embodiment, R2 is cyclohexyl. In yet a further embodiment, R2 is cyclopentyl substituted with at least one halogen. In another embodiment, R2 is cyclopentyl substituted with at least two halogen. In a further embodiment, R2 is cyclopentyl substituted with a F. In yet another embodiment, cyclopentyl is substituted with two F. In another embodiment, R2 is cyclopentyl substituted with at least one C1-C6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In another embodiment, R2 is cyclopentyl substituted with at least one R3 selected from halogen, CN, NO2, or OH. In yet a further embodiment, R2 is cyclohexyl substituted with at least one halogen. In another embodiment, R2 is cyclohexyl substituted with at least two halogen. In a further embodiment, R2 is cyclohexyl substituted with a F. In yet another embodiment, cyclohexyl is substituted with two F. In another embodiment, R2 is cyclohexyl substituted with at least one C1-C6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In another embodiment, R2 is cyclohexyl substituted with at least one R3 selected from halogen, CN, NO2, or OH.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R′1 is
- X is CR3 or N;
- Y is independently selected from CR9 and N;
- R2 is C1-C6heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with at least one R3.
- In a further embodiment, R2 is O—(CH2)nCH3 wherein n is 0-5. In another embodiment, R2 is OCH3, OCH2CH3, OCH2CH2CH3, CH2OCH3, CH2CH2OCH3. In another embodiment, R2 is NH—(CH2)nCH3 wherein n is 0-5. In another embodiment, R2 is NHCH3, NHCH2CH3, NHCH2CH2CH3, CH2NHCH3, CH2CH2NHCH3. In a further embodiment, R2 is S—(CH2)nCH3 wherein n is 0-5. In another embodiment, R2 is SCH3, SCH2CH3, SCH2CH2CH3, CH2SCH3, CH2CH2SCH3.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R′1 is
- X is CR3;
- Y is CR9;
- R2 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In a further embodiment, aryl is phenyl. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein phenyl is substituted with at least one R3 selected from Cl, Br, F, I, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, or OC1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R3 is C1-C6alkyl and C1-C6alkyl is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with at least one R3 selected from Cl, Br, F, or I. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with at least one F. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R10 is a halogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R10 is C1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R10 is CH3. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein each R9 is F.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R′1 is
- X is CR3;
- Y is CR9;
- R2 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In a further embodiment, heteroaryl is selected from pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, thienyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, pteridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, imidazolothiazolyl, quinoxazinyl, and indolizinyl. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R2 is pyridyl. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R3 selected from Cl, Br, F, I, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, or OC1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R3 is C1-C6alkyl and C1-C6alkyl is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with at least one R3 selected from Cl, Br, F, or I. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with at least one F. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R10 is a halogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R10 is C1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R10 is CH3. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein each R9 is F.
- In yet another embodiment is compound of Formula (VI) wherein R′1 is
- X is CR3 or N;
- Y is independently selected from CR9 and N;
- R2 is C2-C8heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with at least one R3.
- In one embodiment, R2 is selected from piperidinyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, quinuclidinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, chromanyl, isochromanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, and pyranyl. In another embodiment, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, quinuclidinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, chromanyl, isochromanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, and pyranyl is substituted with at least one R3 selected from F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) wherein R′1 is,
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- X is CR3 or N;
- Y is independently selected from CR9 and N;
- R2 is C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl; optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
-
- R10 is selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- R10 is selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- In one embodiment, R2 is C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with at least one R3 selected from F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, and C3-C8cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R2 is C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl selected from:
- In one embodiment is a compound having the structure:
- wherein:
- R′1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2MR5)—;
- Y is independently selected from CR9 and N;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3; or two R9 attached to the same carbon atom form an oxetane ring;
- R10 is selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl; R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment, is a compound having the structure:
- wherein:
- R2 is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3; or two R9 attached to the same carbon atom form an oxetane ring;
-
- R10 is selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment, R3 is halogen. In another embodiment the compound having the structure
- wherein R2 is an aryl is substituted with two R3. In another embodiment, the aryl group is a phenyl group. In another embodiment, R10 is a halogen. In yet another embodiment, each R9 is a halogen.
- In a further embodiment is a compound selected from:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- Also described herein, in one aspect is a compound of Formula (VII) having the structure:
- wherein:
- R′1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- X is CR3 or N;
- Y is CR3, O, NR5, or S;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R10 is selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment the compound is selected from:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) wherein R′1 is
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) wherein R′1 is
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) wherein R′1 is
- In yet another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) wherein R′1 is
- In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) wherein R′1 is
- In yet a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) having the structure of Formula (VIIA):
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein each R3 is H. In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein R10 is halogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein halogen is Br. In yet another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein halogen is Cl. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein R10 is C1-C6alkyl. In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein C1-C6alkyl is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl or tert-butyl. In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein C1-C6alkyl is methyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein X is CR3. In yet another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein R3 is H. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein X is N. In yet a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein L2 is Z—C(R12)2. In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein L2 is —C(R12)2N(R5)—. In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein R2 is aryl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein aryl is phenyl. In yet another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein phenyl is substituted with at least one R3. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein phenyl is substituted with at least two R3.
- In yet a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein R2 is heteroaryl.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein heteroaryl is selected from pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, thienyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, pteridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, imidazolothiazolyl, quinoxazinyl, and indolizinyl. In yet another embodiment heteroaryl is pyridine. In a further embodiment heteroaryl is oxazole.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein heteroaryl is substituted with at least two R3. In yet another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein each R3 is independently selected from F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, or —OR5. In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein each R3 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
- In yet a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein each R3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br or I.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein each R3 is independently C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein C1-C6alkyl is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl or tert-butyl.
- In yet another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VII) or (VIIA) wherein C1-C6alkyl is methyl.
- In one embodiment is a compound having the structure:
- wherein:
- R′1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- Y is CR3, O, NR5, or S;
- R2 is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R10 is selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment is a compound selected from:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another embodiment is a compound having the structure:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In yet another embodiment is a compound having the structure:
- wherein:
- R′1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- X is CR3 or N;
- Y is independently selected from C or N;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R9 and R10 are each independently selected from H, D, C1-C6alkyl, halogen, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment, R2 is aryl. In another embodiment, R2 is phenyl. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least one halogen. In yet another embodiment, R3 is selected from OCF3, CF3, and OH.
- In one embodiment, the compound has the structure:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In certain embodiments is a compound having the structure:
- wherein, R′1 is an indane, an dihydrobenzofuran, a benzodioxalane or a derivative thereof wherein the indane, dihydrobenzofuran, benzodioxalane or derivative thereof is optionally substituted with at least one group selected from F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- X is CR3 or N;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one aspect is a compound of Formula (VIII) having the structure:
- wherein:
- R′1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- Y is independently selected from CR9 and N;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R5 and R7 are each independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R6 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C4heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)25—N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R4, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SR5, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3; or two R9 attached to the same carbon atom form an oxetane ring;
- R10 is selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VIII) wherein R′1 is
- wherein Y is CH, R10 is selected from CFc and R9 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VIII) wherein R′1 is
- wherein Y is CH, R10 is selected from C1-C6alkyl and R9 is F. In another embodiment, R10 is C1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment, R10 is CH3. In yet a further embodiment, R10 is C2H5.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VIII) wherein R′1 is
- wherein R6 is selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, NO2, OH, CF3, OCF3, OR5, C1-C6alkyl, and C3-C8cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R6 is —CN. In another embodiment, R6 is OH. In yet another embodiment, R6 is C1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment, R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert-butyl. In one embodiment, R6 is methyl. In another embodiment R6 is ethyl.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VIII) wherein R6 is selected from CF3, C1-C6alkyl, and C3-C8cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R6 is CF3. In other embodiments, R6 is cyclopropyl. In other embodiments, R7 is C1-C6alkyl. In certain embodiments, R7 is CH3. In certain embodiments, R7 is C2H5. In certain embodiments, R7 is isopropyl.
- In some embodiments is a compound of Formula (VIII) wherein R′1 is
- wherein R6 is CF3 and R7 is CH3. In other embodiments, R6 is CF3 and R7 is CF3.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VIII) wherein L2 is —C(R12)2N(R5)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VIII) wherein L2 is Z—C(R12)2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VIII) wherein L2 is Z—C(R12)2, Z is 0, and each R12 is H. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VIII) wherein L2 is Z—C(R12)2, Z is NH, and each R12 is H. In one embodiment, R2 is aryl. In a further embodiment, aryl is phenyl. In yet a further embodiment, the phenyl group is substituted with at least one substituent selected from D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl. In one embodiment, the substituent is fluorine. In one embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least 2 substituents. In another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least 3 substituents. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least one halogen selected from F, Cl, Br, or I. In another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with Cl. In yet another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with F. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with Br. In yet a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with OH, —CN, OR5, C1-C6alkyl or N(R5)2. In yet another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with C1-C6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In yet another embodiment R2 is heteroaryl. In one embodiment, is a compound of Formula (VIII) wherein heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, and phenoxazinyl. In another embodiment, heteroaryl is pyridine. In a further embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R3 selected from halogen, OH, —CN, —NO2, CF3, OCF3, OR5, —N(R5)2, C1-C6alkyl or C3-C8cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R3 is F, Cl, Br, or I. In one embodiment, R3 is substituted with C1-C6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In another embodiment R3 is methyl. In yet another embodiment, R3 is ethyl. In a further embodiment, R3 is isopropyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VIII) wherein n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (VIII) wherein n is 1. In a further embodiment, n is 2.
- In one embodiment is a compound having the structure:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In yet another embodiment is a compound selected from:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In yet another embodiment is a compound having the structure of Formula (VIIIA):
- wherein:
- R′1 is
- Y is independently selected from CR9 and N;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3; or two R9 attached to the same carbon atom form an oxetane ring;
- R10 is selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
- R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IX) having the structure:
- wherein:
- R′1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R5 and R7 are each independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R6 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C4heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R4, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IX) wherein R6 is selected from F, Cl, Br, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, and OCH3. In certain embodiments, R6 is CF3. In other embodiments, R6 is F. In other embodiments, R6 is Cl. In some embodiments, R6 is C1-C6alkyl. In further embodiments, R6 is CH3. In other embodiments, R6 is OCH3. In some embodiments, R7 is C1-C6alkyl. In certain embodiments, R7 is CH3. In certain embodiments, R7 is C2H5. In certain embodiments, R7 is isopropyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IX) wherein R6 is C1 and R7 is CH3. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IX) wherein R6 is OCH3 and R7 is CH3.
- In further embodiments is a compound of Formula (IX) wherein L2 is —C(R12)2N(R5)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IX) wherein L2 is Z—C(R12)2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IX) wherein L2 is Z—C(R12)2, Z is O, and each R12 is H. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IX) wherein L2 is Z—C(R12)2, Z is NH, and each R12 is H. In one embodiment, R2 is aryl. In a further embodiment, aryl is phenyl. In yet a further embodiment, the phenyl group is substituted with at least one substituent selected from D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl. In one embodiment, the substituent is fluorine. In one embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least 2 substituents. In another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least 3 substituents. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least one halogen selected from F, Cl, Br, or I. In another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with Cl. In yet another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with F. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with Br. In yet a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with OH, —CN, OR5, C1-C6alkyl or N(R5)2. In yet another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with C1-C6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In yet another embodiment R2 is heteroaryl. In one embodiment, is a compound of Formula (IX) wherein heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, and phenoxazinyl. In another embodiment, heteroaryl is pyridine. In a further embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R3 selected from halogen, OH, —CN, —NO2, CF3, OCF3, OR5, —N(R5)2, C1-C6alkyl or C3-C8cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R3 is F, Cl, Br, or I. In one embodiment, R3 is substituted with C1-C6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In another embodiment R3 is methyl. In yet another embodiment, R3 is ethyl. In a further embodiment, R3 is isopropyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IX) wherein n is 0. In a further embodiment, n is 1. In a further embodiment, n is 2.
- In another aspect, described herein is a compound of Formula (X):
- wherein:
- L1 is —C(R6)2—, —O—, —N(R7)—, or —S—;
- L2 is —N(R7)—;
- R1 is aryl or heteroaryl wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one
- R3;
- R2 is aryl or heteroaryl wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one
- R5;
- each R3 is independently selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl and C1-C6haloalkyl;
- R4 is halogen;
- each R5 is independently selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl and C1-C6haloalkyl;
- each R6 is independently H, halogen, or C1-C6alkyl;
- each R7 is independently H, or C1-C6alkyl;
- R9 is H, or C1-C6alkyl; or R9 together with R2 form a ring;
- n is an integer selected from 0-2;
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein L1 is —C(R6)2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R6 is independently hydrogen, halogen, or C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R6 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R6 is C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R6 is methyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein L1 is —CH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R6 is a halogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein L1 is —O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein L1 is —N(R7)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R7 is independently hydrogen or C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R7 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R7 is C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R7 is methyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein L1 is sulfur.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein L2 is —N(R7)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R7 is independently hydrogen, or C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R7 is independently hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R7 is independently C1-C6alkyl.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R5. In another embodiment, R2 is naphthyl optionally substituted with at least one R5. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is phenyl optionally substituted with at least one R5. In another embodiment, R2 is phenyl substituted with one R5. In another embodiment, R2 is phenyl substituted with two R5. In yet another embodiment, R2 is phenyl substituted with three R5. In another embodiment, R5 is independently selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, and C1-C6haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R5 is independently selected from halogen and C1-C6alkyl. In further embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein each R5 is independently selected from F and CH3. In another embodiment, R5 is halogen. In a further embodiment, R5 is F. In another embodiment, R5 is C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is methyl. In another embodiment, R5 is C1-C6haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is CF3. In another embodiment, R4 is F, Cl or Br. In some embodiments, R4 is F. In some embodiments, R4 is Cl. In some embodiments, R4 is Br.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with one R5, R5 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with two R5, R5 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with three R5, R5 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with one R5, R5 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with two R5, R5 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with three R5, R5 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with one R5, R5 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with two R5, R5 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with three R5, R5 is F, and n is 2.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with one R5, R5 is F, n is 1, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with two R5, R5 is F, n is 1, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with three R5, R5 is F, n is 1, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with one R5, R5 is F, n is 2, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with two R5, R5 is F, n is 2, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with three R5, R5 is F, n is 2, and R4 is F.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R5. In a further embodiment, R2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R5. In a further embodiment, R2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R5. In yet a further embodiment, R2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R5. In a further embodiment, heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyridine, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, indole, benzothiophene, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzimidazole, benzoxadiazole, benzothiadiazole, benzotriazole, pyrazolopyridine, imidazopyridine, pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, indolizine, purine, furopyridine, thienopyridine, furopyrrole, furofuran, thienofuran, 1,4-dihydropyrrolopyrrole, thienopyrrole, thienothiophene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, furopyrazole, thienopyrazole, selenophene, selenazole, and benzoisoxazole. In yet another embodiment heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, benzofuran, and indole. In a further embodiment, R2 is pyrididine. In a further embodiment, R2 is thiadiazole. In a further embodiment, R2 is pyrididine. In a further embodiment, R2 is pyrazole. In a further embodiment, R2 is pyrididine. In a further embodiment, R2 is thiazole.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R5 and R5 is independently selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, and C1-C6haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R5 is independently selected from halogen and C1-C6alkyl. In further embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein each R5 is independently selected from F and CH3. In another embodiment, R5 is halogen. In a further embodiment, R5 is F. In another embodiment, R5 is C1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment, R5 is methyl. In another embodiment, R5 is C1-C6haloalkyl. In a further embodiment, R5 is CF3. In another embodiment, R4 is F, Cl or Br. In some embodiments, R4 is F. In some embodiments, R4 is Cl. In some embodiments, R4 is Br.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R5, R5 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R5, R5 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R5, R5 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R5, R5 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R5, R5 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R5, R5 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R5, R5 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R5, R5 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R5, R5 is F, and n is 2.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R5, R5 is F, n is 1, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R5, R5 is F, n is 1, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R5, R5 is F, n is 1, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R5 is heteroaryl substituted with one R5, R5 is F, n is 2, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R5, R5 is F, n is 2, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R5, R5 is F, n is 2, and R4 is F.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment, R1 is naphthyl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is phenyl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment, R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3. In another embodiment, R2 is phenyl substituted with two R3. In yet another embodiment, R1 is phenyl substituted with three R3. In another embodiment, R3 is independently selected from halogen and C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is halogen. In a further embodiment, R3 is F. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is methyl. In another embodiment, R4 is F, Cl or Br. In some embodiments, R4 is F. In some embodiments, R4 is Cl. In some embodiments, R4 is Br.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 2.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, n is 1, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, n is 1, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, n is 1, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, n is 2, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, n is 2, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, n is 2, and R4 is F.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In a further embodiment, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3. In a further embodiment, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3. In yet a further embodiment, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3. In a further embodiment, heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyridine, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, indole, benzothiophene, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzimidazole, benzoxadiazole, benzothiadiazole, benzotriazole, pyrazolopyridine, imidazopyridine, pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, indolizine, purine, furopyridine, thienopyridine, furopyrrole, furofuran, thienofuran, 1,4-dihydropyrrolopyrrole, thienopyrrole, thienothiophene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, furopyrazole, thienopyrazole, selenophene, selenazole, and benzoisoxazole. In yet another embodiment heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, benzofuran, and indole.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3 and R3 is independently selected from halogen and C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is halogen. In a further embodiment, R3 is F. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment, R3 is methyl. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6haloalkyl. In a further embodiment, R3 is CF3. In another embodiment, R4 is F, Cl or Br. In some embodiments, R4 is F. In some embodiments, R4 is Cl. In some embodiments, R4 is Br.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 2.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, n is 1, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, n is 1, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, n is 1, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, n is 2, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, n is 2, and R4 is F. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, n is 2, and R4 is F.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R9 is H or C1-C6alkyl. In some embodiments is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R9 is H. In another embodiment of a compound of Formula (X) wherein R9 is C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (X) wherein R9 together with R2 form a 5- or 6-membered saturated carbocyclic ring.
- Also disclosed herein is a compound of Formula (XI) having the structure:
- wherein:
- R″1 is
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —OCF3, —OR5, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R5, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- n is an integer selected from 1-3;
- each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R5 and R7 are each independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- R6 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C4heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R4, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof
- Also described herein is a compound of Formula (XI) wherein R″1 is wherein R6 is selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, NO2, OH, CF3, OCF3, OR5, C1-C6alkyl, and C3-C8cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R6 is —CN. In another embodiment, R6 is OH. In yet another embodiment, R6 is C1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment, R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert-butyl. In one embodiment, R6 is methyl. In another embodiment R6 is ethyl.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XI) wherein R6 is selected from CF3, C1-C6alkyl, and C3-C8cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R6 is CF3. In other embodiments, R6 is cyclopropyl. In other embodiments, R7 is C1-C6alkyl. In certain embodiments, R7 is CH3. In certain embodiments, R7 is C2H5. In certain embodiments, R7 is isopropyl.
- In some embodiments is a compound of Formula (XI) wherein R″1 is
- wherein R6 is CF3 and R7 is CH3. In other embodiments, R6 is CF3 and R7 is CF3.
- Also described herein is a compound of Formula (XI) wherein R″1 is
- wherein R6 is selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, NO2, OH, CF3, OCF3, OR5, C1-C6alkyl, and C3-C8cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R6 is —CN. In another embodiment, R6 is OH. In yet another embodiment, R6 is C1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment, R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert-butyl. In one embodiment, R6 is methyl. In another embodiment R6 is ethyl.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XI) wherein R6 is selected from CF3, C1-C6alkyl, and C3-C8cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R6 is CF3. In other embodiments, R6 is cyclopropyl. In other embodiments, R7 is C1-C6alkyl. In certain embodiments, R7 is CH3. In certain embodiments, R7 is C2H5. In certain embodiments, R7 is isopropyl.
- In some embodiments is a compound of Formula (XI) wherein R″1 is
- wherein R6 is CF3 and R7 is CH3. In other embodiments, R6 is CF3 and R7 is CF3.
- Also described herein is a compound of Formula (XI) wherein R″1 is
- wherein R6 is selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, NO2, OH, CF3, OCF3, OR5, C1-C6alkyl, and C3-C8cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R6 is —CN. In another embodiment, R6 is OH. In yet another embodiment, R6 is C1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment, R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, and tert-butyl. In one embodiment, R6 is methyl. In another embodiment R6 is ethyl.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XI) wherein R6 is selected from CF3, C1-C6alkyl, and C3-C8cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R6 is CF3. In other embodiments, R6 is cyclopropyl. In other embodiments, R7 is C1-C6alkyl. In certain embodiments, R7 is CH3. In certain embodiments, R7 is C2H5. In certain embodiments, R7 is isopropyl.
- In some embodiments is a compound of Formula (XI) wherein R″1 is
- wherein R6 is CF3 and R7 is CH3. In other embodiments, R6 is CF3 and R7 is CF3.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (XI) wherein L2 is Z—C(R12)2. In one embodiment, L2 is —C(R12)2N(R5)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XI) wherein L2 is Z—C(R12)2, Z is 0, and each R12 is H. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XI) wherein L2 is Z—C(R12)2, Z is NH, and each R12 is H. In one embodiment, R2 is aryl. In another embodiment, R2 is phenyl. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with at least one halogen selected from F, Cl, Br, or I. In another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with Cl. In yet another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with F. In a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with Br. In yet a further embodiment, phenyl is substituted with OH, —CN, OR5, C1-C6alkyl or N(R5)2. In yet another embodiment, phenyl is substituted with C1-C6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In yet another embodiment R2 is heteroaryl. In one embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XI) wherein heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, and phenoxazinyl. In another embodiment, heteroaryl is pyridine. In a further embodiment, heteroaryl is substituted with at least one R3 selected from halogen, OH, —CN, —NO2, CF3, OCF3, OR5, —N(R5)2, C1-C6alkyl or C3-C8cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R3 is F, Cl, Br, or I. In one embodiment, R3 is substituted with C1-C6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl. In another embodiment R3 is methyl. In yet another embodiment, R3 is ethyl. In a further embodiment, R3 is isopropyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XI) wherein n is 1. In a further embodiment, n is 2. In yet a further embodiment, n is 3.
- In another aspect, described herein is a compound having the structure of Formula (XII):
- wherein:
- X is CR3 or N;
- L1 is —C(R6)2—;
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, —NR5R5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R5, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R6 is independently selected from H, halogen, and C1-C6alkyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5;
- n is an integer selected from 0 to 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- For any and all of the embodiments, substituents are selected from among from a subset of the listed alternatives. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is heteroaryl. In other embodiments, heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, and phenoxazinyl.
- In some embodiments, heteroaryl or bicyclic system is selected from
- wherein Y is CR9 or N; R9 and R10 are independently H, C1-C6alkyl, halogen, C1-C6carbonylalkyl, or CF3.
- In other embodiments, the heteroaryl or bicyclic system is selected from an optionally substituted benzoimidazolyl, an optionally substituted 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroindolizinyl, an optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-a]pyridyl, an optionally substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyridyl, an optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-b]pyridyl, and an optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridyl.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a heteroaryl selected from
- wherein R10 is selected from H, D, C1-C6alkyl. In one embodiment, R10 is CF3. In a further embodiment, R10 is C1-C6alkyl. In one embodiment R10 is C2H5. In yet a further embodiment, R10 is CH3.
- In certain embodiments, R2 is aryl. In other embodiments, R2 is phenyl. In certain embodiments, the phenyl group is substituted with at least one R3 selected from F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, phenyl is substituted with at least 2 substituents or at least 3 substituents. In certain embodiments, R3 is fluorine.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein L2 is —NH—CH2—. In yet a further embodiment, L2 is —CH2NH—.
- In one embodiment is a compound having the structure:
- wherein:
- L1 is —C(R6)2—;
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R2 is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, —NR5R5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R5, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R6 is independently selected from H, halogen, and C1-C6alkyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment, is a compound having the structure:
- wherein L1 is —C(R6)2—; R1 and R2 are each independently phenyl optionally substituted with at least one R3 selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, OH, OR5, wherein R5 is C1-C6alkyl; R5 is H; L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—; and Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5.
- In another embodiment is a compound having the structure:
- wherein:
- L1 is —C(R6)2—;
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 and R7 are each independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, —NR16R5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R5, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R6 is independently selected from H, halogen, and C1-C6alkyl;
- R16 is selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C(O)H, and C(O)C1-C6alkyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another embodiment is a compound having the structure:
- wherein:
- L1 is —C(R6)2—;
- L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
- Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
- R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3; or forms a bicyclic system;
- R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
- R3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, —NR16R5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R5, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
- R7 is —NR16R5;
- each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R5 is independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
- each R6 is independently selected from H, halogen, and C1-C6alkyl;
- R16 is selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C(O)H, and C(O)C1-C6alkyl;
- R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment R7 is NH2. In another embodiment, R7 is F. In a further embodiment, R7 is OMe.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein X is CR3, or N. In some embodiments is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein X is N. In some embodiments is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein X is CR3. In further embodiments, R3 is H, or halogen. In further embodiments, R3 is H. In further embodiments, R3 is halogen. In yet further embodiments, R3 is F.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein L2 is Z—CH2 and Z is NR5. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R5 is independently hydrogen, or C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R5 is independently hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R5 is independently C1-C6alkyl.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment, R2 is naphthyl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is phenyl optionally substituted with at least one R5. In another embodiment, R2 is phenyl substituted with one R5. In another embodiment, R2 is phenyl substituted with two R3. In yet another embodiment, R2 is phenyl substituted with three R3. In another embodiment, R3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, C1-C6alkyl, and C1-C6haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is independently selected from F, Cl, and C1-C6alkyl. In further embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein each R3 is independently selected from F and CH3. In another embodiment, R3 is F and Cl. In a further embodiment, R3 is F. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is methyl. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is CF3.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 2.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In a further embodiment, R2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3. In a further embodiment, R2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3. In yet a further embodiment, R2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3. In a further embodiment, heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyridine, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, indole, benzothiophene, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzimidazole, benzoxadiazole, benzothiadiazole, benzotriazole, pyrazolopyridine, imidazopyridine, pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, indolizine, purine, furopyridine, thienopyridine, furopyrrole, furofuran, thienofuran, 1,4-dihydropyrrolopyrrole, thienopyrrole, thienothiophene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, furopyrazole, thienopyrazole, selenophene, selenazole, and benzoisoxazole. In yet another embodiment heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, benzofuran, and indole. In a further embodiment, R2 is pyrididine. In a further embodiment, R2 is thiadiazole. In a further embodiment, R2 is pyrididine. In a further embodiment, R2 is pyrazole. In a further embodiment, R2 is pyrididine. In a further embodiment, R2 is thiazole.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3 and R3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, C1-C6alkyl, and C1-C6haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, and C1-C6alkyl. In further embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein each R3 is independently selected from F and CH3. In another embodiment, R3 is F, or Cl. In a further embodiment, R3 is F. In a further embodiment, R3 is Cl. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment, R5 is methyl. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6haloalkyl. In a further embodiment, R3 is CF3.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 2.
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is aryl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment, R1 is naphthyl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In another embodiment, R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3. In another embodiment, R2 is phenyl substituted with two R3. In yet another embodiment, R1 is phenyl substituted with three R3. In another embodiment, R3 is independently selected from F, Cl, Br, C1-C6haloalkyl and C1-C6haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is Cl. In a further embodiment, R3 is F. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is methyl. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6haloalkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is CF3.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, wherein one R3 is F, one R3 is CF3, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, wherein one R3 is F, one R3 is CF3, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with one R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 2. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with two R3, wherein one R3 is F, one R3 is CF3, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is phenyl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 2.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3. In a further embodiment, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3. In a further embodiment, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3. In yet a further embodiment, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3. In a further embodiment, heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyridine, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, indole, benzothiophene, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzimidazole, benzoxadiazole, benzothiadiazole, benzotriazole, pyrazolopyridine, imidazopyridine, pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, indolizine, purine, furopyridine, thienopyridine, furopyrrole, furofuran, thienofuran, 1,4-dihydropyrrolopyrrole, thienopyrrole, thienothiophene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, furopyrazole, thienopyrazole, selenophene, selenazole, and benzoisoxazole. In yet another embodiment heteroaryl is selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, benzofuran, and indole.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with at least one R3 and R3 is independently selected from halogen and C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment, R3 is halogen. In a further embodiment, R3 is F. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6alkyl. In a further embodiment, R3 is methyl. In another embodiment, R3 is C1-C6haloalkyl. In a further embodiment, R3 is CF3.
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 0. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, wherein one R3 is F, one R3 is CF3, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 1. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, wherein one R3 is F, one R3 is CF3, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with one R3, R3 is CF3, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, R3 is F, and n is 2. In another embodiment, is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with two R3, wherein one R3 is F, one R3 is CF3, and n is 2. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with three R3, R3 is F, and n is 2.
- In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) having the structure of Formula (IA):
- In yet a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) having the structure of Formula (IIA):
- In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (III) having the structure of Formula (IIIA):
- In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IV) having the structure of Formula (IVA):
- In yet another embodiment is a compound of Formula (V) having the structure of Formula (VA):
- In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (VI) having the structure of Formula (VIA):
- In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (IX) having the structure of Formula (IXA):
- In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (XI) having the structure of Formula (XIA):
- In a further embodiment is a compound of Formula (XII) having the structure of Formula (XIA):
- In another aspect is a compound selected from:
-
R1 L2 R2 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-Me-5,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-Me-4,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,5,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-5-F-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Phenyl NH 2-Me-5,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Phenyl NH 2-Me-4,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Phenyl NH 2,5,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-4-F-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-4-F-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-4-F-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-4-F-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-4-F-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 2-CF3-4-F-Phenyl NH 2-Me-5,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-4-F-Phenyl NH 2-Me-4,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-4-F-Phenyl NH 2,5,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Phenyl NH 2-Me-5,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Phenyl NH 2-Me-4,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Phenyl NH 2,5,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl NH 2-Me-5,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl NH 2-Me-4,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl NH 2,5,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Pyridyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Pyridyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Pyridyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Pyridyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-5-F-Pyridyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Pyridyl NH 2-Me-5,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Pyridyl NH 2-Me-4,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Pyridyl NH 2,5,6-triF-Phenyl 3-CF3-5-F-Pyridyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 3-CF3-5-F-Pyridyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 3-CF3-5-F-Pyridyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 3-CF3-5-F-Pyridyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 3-CF3-5-F-Pyridyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 3-CF3-5-F-Pyridyl NH 2-Me-5,6-diF-Phenyl 3-CF3-5-F-Pyridyl NH 2-Me-4,6-diF-Phenyl 3-CF3-5-F-Pyridyl NH 2,5,6-triF-Phenyl 3-CF3-6-Me-Pyridyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 3-CF3-6-Me-Pyridyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 3-CF3-6-Me-Pyridyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 3-CF3-6-Me-Pyridyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 3-CF3-6-Me-Pyridyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 3-CF3-6-Me-Pyridyl NH 2-Me-5,6-diF-Phenyl 3-CF3-6-Me-Pyridyl NH 2-Me-4,6-diF-Phenyl 3-CF3-6-Me-Pyridyl NH 2,5,6-triF-Phenyl 4-CF3-Pyridyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 4-CF3-Pyridyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 4-CF3-Pyridyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 4-CF3-Pyridyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 4-CF3-Pyridyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 4-CF3-Pyridyl NH 2-Me-5,6-diF-Phenyl 4-CF3-Pyridyl NH 2-Me-4,6-diF-Phenyl 4-CF3-Pyridyl NH 2,5,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Pyridyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Pyridyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Pyridyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Pyridyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Pyridyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Pyridyl NH 2-Me-5,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Pyridyl NH 2-Me-4,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Pyridyl NH 2,5,6-triF-Phenyl 3-CF3-5-Me-Pyridyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 3-CF3-5-Me-Pyridyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 3-CF3-5-Me-Pyridyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 3-CF3-5-Me-Pyridyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 3-CF3-5-Me-Pyridyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 3-CF3-5-Me-Pyridyl NH 2-Me-5,6-diF-Phenyl 3-CF3-5-Me-Pyridyl NH 2-Me-4,6-diF-Phenyl 3-CF3-5-Me-Pyridyl NH 2,5,6-triF-Phenyl 3-CF3-6-Me-Pyridyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 3-CF3-6-Me-Pyridyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 3-CF3-6-Me-Pyridyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 3-CF3-6-Me-Pyridyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 3-CF3-6-Me-Pyridyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 3-CF3-6-Me-Pyridyl NH 2-Me-5,6-diF-Phenyl 3-CF3-6-Me-Pyridyl NH 2-Me-4,6-diF-Phenyl 3-CF3-6-Me-Pyridyl NH 2,5,6-triF-Phenyl R1 L2 R2 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl R1 L2 R2 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl R1 L2 R2 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl R1 L2 R2 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl R1 L2 R2 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-Me-5,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2-Me-4,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl NH 2,5,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-5-F-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Phenyl NH 2-Me-5,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Phenyl NH 2-Me-4,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-F-Phenyl NH 2,5,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-4-F-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-4-F-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-4-F-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-4-F-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-4-F-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 2-CF3-4-F-Phenyl NH 2-Me-5,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-4-F-Phenyl NH 2-Me-4,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-4-F-Phneyl NH 2,5,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Phenyl NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Phenyl NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Phenyl NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Phenyl NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Phenyl NH 2-Me-5,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Phenyl NH 2-Me-4,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-5-Me-Phenyl NH 2,5,6-triF-Phenyl R1 L1 L2 R2 2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2-F-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2-F-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CF2 NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CF2 NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CF2 NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CF2 NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CF2 NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl CH2 NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl CH2 NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl CH2 NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl CH2 NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl CH2 NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl R1 L1 L2 R2 2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2-F-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 5-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2-F-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 4-F-2-CF3-Phenyl CH2 NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl CH2 NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl CH2 NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl CH2 NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl CH2 NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-3-Pyridyl CH2 NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CF2 NH 2-F-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CF2 NH 2,6-diF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CF2 NH 2,4,6-triF-Phenyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CF2 NH 2,6-diF-4-Pyridyl 2-CF3-Phenyl CF2 NH 6-F-2-Me-Phenyl - In another aspect is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder, and a compound having the structure of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof.
- In another aspect is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound having the structure of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising same with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder.
- In certain embodiments, the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is selected from diseases/disorders involving inflammation, glomerulonephritis, uveitis, hepatic diseases or disorders, renal diseases or disorders, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, vasculitis, dermatitis, osteoarthritis, inflammatory muscle disease, allergic rhinitis, vaginitis, interstitial cystitis, scleroderma, osteoporosis, eczema, organ transplant rejection, allogeneic or xenogeneic transplantation, graft rejection, graft-versus-host disease, lupus erythematosus, type I diabetes, pulmonary fibrosis, dermatomyositis, thyroiditis, myasthenia gravis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, cystic fibrosis, chronic relapsing hepatitis, primary biliary cirrhosis, allergic conjunctivitis, hepatitis and atopic dermatitis, asthma, psoriasis, multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, and autoimmune diseases or disorders.
- In another aspect is a method of modulating store-operated calcium (SOC) channel activity comprising contacting the SOC channel complex, or portion thereof, with a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising same with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder.
- Also presented herein is a method of modulating calcium release activated calcium channel (CRAC) activity in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment is a method of modulating calcium release activated calcium channel (CRAC) activity in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) modulates an activity of, modulates an interaction of, or modulates the level of, or binds to, or interacts with at least one component of the calcium release activated (CRAC) channel complex selected from stromal interaction molecules (STIM) family of proteins.
- In another embodiment is a method of modulating calcium release activated calcium channel (CRAC) activity in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) modulates an activity of, modulates an interaction of, or modulates the level of, or binds to, or interacts with STIM1 or STIM2.
- In yet another embodiment is a method of modulating calcium release activated calcium channel (CRAC) activity in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein modulating calcium release activated calcium (CRAC) channel activity with a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) inhibits store-operated calcium entry (SOCE).
- In a further embodiment is a method of modulating calcium release activated calcium channel (CRAC) activity in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein modulating calcium release activated calcium (CRAC) channel activity with a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) inhibits the electrophysiological current (ICRAC) directly associated with activated CRAC channels.
- In yet a further embodiment is a method of modulating calcium release activated calcium channel (CRAC) activity in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) inhibits SOCE with an IC50 below 10 μM.
- In another embodiment is a method of modulating calcium release activated calcium channel (CRAC) activity in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) inhibits electrophysiological current (ICRAC) directly associated with activated CRAC channels at a concentration below 10 μM.
- In one aspect is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the compound of v modulates the activity of, modulates an interaction of, or binds to, or interacts with a mammalian STIM1 protein, or a mammalian STIM2 protein.
- In yet another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the disease, disorder or condition is rheumatoid arthritis.
- In a further embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the disease, disorder or condition is psoriasis.
- In one embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the disease, disorder or condition is inflammatory bowel disease.
- In a further embodiment the inflammatory bowel disease is ulcerative colitis.
- In a further embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the disease, disorder or condition is organ transplant rejection.
- In a further embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the disease, disorder or condition is multiple sclerosis.
- In yet a further embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof further comprising administering to the mammal a second therapeutic agent.
- In another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof, wherein the second therapeutic agent is selected from immunosuppressant's, glucocorticoids, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, Cox-2-specific inhibitors, leflunomide, gold thioglucose, gold thiomalate, aurofin, sulfasalazine, hydroxychloroquinine, minocycline, anti-TNF-α agents, abatacept, anakinra, interferon-13, interferon-γ, interleukin-2, allergy vaccines, antihistamines, antileukotrienes, beta-agonists, theophylline, and anticholinergics.
- In yet another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof, wherein the second therapeutic agent is selected from tacrolimus, cyclosporin, rapamicin, methotrexate, cyclophosphamide, azathioprine, mercaptopurine, mycophenolate, or FTY720, prednisone, cortisone acetate, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, dexamethasone, betamethasone, triamcinolone, beclometasone, fludrocortisone acetate, deoxycorticosterone acetate, aldosterone, aspirin, salicylic acid, gentisic acid, choline magnesium salicylate, choline salicylate, choline magnesium salicylate, choline salicylate, magnesium salicylate, sodium salicylate, diflunisal, carprofen, fenoprofen, fenoprofen calcium, fluorobiprofen, ibuprofen, ketoprofen, nabutone, ketolorac, ketorolac tromethamine, naproxen, oxaprozin, diclofenac, etodolac, indomethacin, sulindac, tolmetin, meclofenamate, meclofenamate sodium, mefenamic acid, piroxicam, meloxicam, celecoxib, rofecoxib, valdecoxib, parecoxib, etoricoxib, lumiracoxib, CS-502, JTE-522, L-745,337 and NS398, leflunomide, gold thioglucose, gold thiomalate, aurofin, sulfasalazine, hydroxychloroquinine, minocycline, infliximab, etanercept, adalimumab, abatacept, anakinra, interferon-β, interferon-γ, interleukin-2, allergy vaccines, antihistamines, antileukotrienes, beta-agonists, theophylline, and anticholinergics.
- Also described herein is a method of inhibiting store-operated calcium entry (SOCE) activation of nuclear factor of activated T cells (NFAT) in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment is a method of inhibiting store-operated calcium entry (SOCE) activation of nuclear factor of activated T cells (NFAT) in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof, wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) modulates an interaction of, or modulates the level of, or binds to, or interacts with a mammalian STIM1 protein, or a mammalian STIM2 protein.
- In another aspect is a method of decreasing cytokine expression by inhibiting the store-operated calcium entry activation of NFAT in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
- In another embodiment is a method of decreasing cytokine expression by inhibiting the store-operated calcium entry activation of NFAT in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) modulates an interaction of, or modulates the level of, or binds to, or interacts with a mammalian STIM1 protein or a mammalian STIM2 protein.
- In yet another embodiment is a method of decreasing cytokine expression by inhibiting the store-operated calcium entry activation of NFAT in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof wherein the cytokine is selected from IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, IL-18, IL-1α, IL-1β, IL-1 RA, granulocyte colony stimulating factor (G-CSF), granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), oncostatin M, erythropoietin, leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF), interferons, gamma-interferon (γ-IFN), B7.1 (CD80), B7.2 (B70, CD86), TNF-α, TNF-β, LT-β, CD40 ligand, Fas ligand, CD27 ligand, CD30 ligand, 4-1BBL, Trail, and migration inhibitory factor (MIF).
- The compounds described herein may in some cases exist as diastereomers, enantiomers, or other stereoisomeric forms. The compounds presented herein include all diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof. Separation of stereoisomers may be performed by chromatography or by the forming diastereomeric and separation by recrystallization, or chromatography, or any combination thereof (Jean Jacques, Andre Collet, Samuel H. Wilen, “Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions”, John Wiley And Sons, Inc., 1981, herein incorporated by reference for this disclosure). Stereoisomers may also be obtained by stereoselective synthesis.
- In some situations, compounds may exist as tautomers. All tautomers are included within the formulas described herein.
- The methods and compositions described herein include the use of amorphous forms as well as crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs). The compounds described herein may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts. As well, active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity are included in the scope of the present disclosure. In addition, the compounds described herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. The solvated forms of the compounds presented herein are also considered to be disclosed herein.
- In some embodiments, compounds described herein may be prepared as prodrugs. A “prodrug” refers to an agent that is converted into the parent drug in vivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent drug. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent is not. The prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug. An example, without limitation, of a prodrug would be a compound described herein, which is administered as an ester (the “prodrug”) to facilitate transmittal across a cell membrane where water solubility is detrimental to mobility but which then is metabolically hydrolyzed to the carboxylic acid, the active entity, once inside the cell where water-solubility is beneficial. A further example of a prodrug might be a short peptide (polyaminoacid) bonded to an acid group where the peptide is metabolized to reveal the active moiety. In certain embodiments, upon in vivo administration, a prodrug is chemically converted to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound. In certain embodiments, a prodrug is enzymatically metabolized by one or more steps or processes to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound.
- To produce a prodrug, a pharmaceutically active compound is modified such that the active compound will be regenerated upon in vivo administration. The prodrug can be designed to alter the metabolic stability or the transport characteristics of a drug, to mask side effects or toxicity, to improve the flavor of a drug or to alter other characteristics or properties of a drug. In some embodiments, by virtue of knowledge of pharmacodynamic processes and drug metabolism in vivo, once a pharmaceutically active compound is determined, prodrugs of the compound are designed. (see, for example, Nogrady (1985) Medicinal Chemistry A Biochemical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York, pages 388-392; Silverman (1992), The Organic Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, pages 352-401, Saulnier et al., (1994), Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, Vol. 4, p. 1985; Rooseboom et al., Pharmacological Reviews, 56:53-102, 2004; Miller et al., J. Med. Chem. Vol. 46, no. 24, 5097-5116, 2003; Aesop Cho, “Recent Advances in Oral Prodrug Discovery”, Annual Reports in Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 41, 395-407, 2006).
- Prodrug forms of the herein described compounds, wherein the prodrug is metabolized in vivo to produce a compound having the structure of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) as set forth herein are included within the scope of the claims. In some cases, some of the herein-described compounds may be a prodrug for another derivative or active compound.
- Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent drug. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent is not. The prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug. Prodrugs may be designed as reversible drug derivatives, for use as modifiers to enhance drug transport to site-specific tissues. In some embodiments, the design of a prodrug increases the effective water solubility. See, e.g., Fedorak et al., Am. J. Physiol., 269:G210-218 (1995); McLoed et al., Gastroenterol, 106:405-413 (1994); Hochhaus et al., Biomed. Chrom., 6:283-286 (1992); J. Larsen and H. Bundgaard, Int. J. Pharmaceutics, 37, 87 (1987); J. Larsen et al., Int. J. Pharmaceutics, 47, 103 (1988); Sinkula et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 64:181-210 (1975); T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series; and Edward B. Roche, Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, all incorporated herein for such disclosure).
- Sites on the aromatic ring portion of compounds described herein can be susceptible to various metabolic reactions, therefore incorporation of appropriate substituents on the aromatic ring structures, such as, by way of example only, halogens can reduce, minimize or eliminate this metabolic pathway.
- The compounds described herein may be labeled isotopically (e.g. with a radioisotope) or by other means, including, but not limited to, the use of chromophores or fluorescent moieties, bioluminescent labels, photoactivatable or chemiluminescent labels.
- Compounds described herein include isotopically-labeled compounds, which are identical to those recited in the various formulae and structures presented herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the present compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine and chlorine, such as, for example, 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 18O, 17O, 35S, 18F, 36Cl, respectively. Certain isotopically-labeled compounds described herein, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3H and 14C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Further, substitution with isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2H, can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, such as, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements.
- In additional or further embodiments, the compounds described herein are metabolized upon administration to an organism in need to produce a metabolite that is then used to produce a desired effect, including a desired therapeutic effect.
- Compounds described herein may be formed as, and/or used as, pharmaceutically acceptable salts. The type of pharmaceutical acceptable salts, include, but are not limited to: (1) acid addition salts, formed by reacting the free base form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable: inorganic acid, such as, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, metaphosphoric acid, and the like; or with an organic acid, such as, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-methylbicyclo-[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid, glucoheptonic acid, 4,4′-methylenebis-(3-hydroxy-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid), 3-phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic acid, butyric acid, phenylacetic acid, phenylbutyric acid, valproic acid, and the like; (2) salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion (e.g. lithium, sodium, potassium), an alkaline earth ion (e.g. magnesium, or calcium), or an aluminum ion. In some cases, compounds described herein may coordinate with an organic base, such as, but not limited to, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, N-methylglucamine, dicyclohexylamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine. In other cases, compounds described herein may form salts with amino acids such as, but not limited to, arginine, lysine, and the like. Acceptable inorganic bases used to form salts with compounds that include an acidic proton, include, but are not limited to, aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and the like.
- It should be understood that a reference to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt includes the solvent addition forms or crystal forms thereof, particularly solvates or polymorphs. Solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and may be formed during the process of crystallization with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol. Solvates of compounds described herein can be conveniently prepared or formed during the processes described herein. In addition, the compounds provided herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of the compounds and methods provided herein.
- In some embodiments, compounds described herein, such as compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), are in various forms, including but not limited to, amorphous forms, milled forms and nano-particulate forms. In addition, compounds described herein include crystalline forms, also known as polymorphs. Polymorphs include the different crystal packing arrangements of the same elemental composition of a compound. Polymorphs usually have different X-ray diffraction patterns, melting points, density, hardness, crystal shape, optical properties, stability, and solubility. Various factors such as the recrystallization solvent, rate of crystallization, and storage temperature may cause a single crystal form to dominate.
- The screening and characterization of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, polymorphs and/or solvates may be accomplished using a variety of techniques including, but not limited to, thermal analysis, x-ray diffraction, spectroscopy, vapor sorption, and microscopy. Thermal analysis methods address thermo chemical degradation or thermo physical processes including, but not limited to, polymorphic transitions, and such methods are used to analyze the relationships between polymorphic forms, determine weight loss, to find the glass transition temperature, or for excipient compatibility studies. Such methods include, but are not limited to, Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), Modulated Differential Scanning calorimetry (MDCS), Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), and Thermogravi-metric and Infrared analysis (TG/IR). X-ray diffraction methods include, but are not limited to, single crystal and powder diffractometers and synchrotron sources. The various spectroscopic techniques used include, but are not limited to, Raman, FTIR, UV-VIS, and NMR (liquid and solid state). The various microscopy techniques include, but are not limited to, polarized light microscopy, Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) with Energy Dispersive X-Ray Analysis (EDX), Environmental Scanning Electron Microscopy with EDX (in gas or water vapor atmosphere), IR microscopy, and Raman microscopy.
- Throughout the specification, groups and substituents thereof can be chosen to provide stable moieties and compounds.
- In some embodiments, the synthesis of compounds described herein are accomplished using means described in the chemical literature, using the methods described herein, or by a combination thereof. In addition, solvents, temperatures and other reaction conditions presented herein may vary.
- In other embodiments, the starting materials and reagents used for the synthesis of the compounds described herein are synthesized or are obtained from commercial sources, such as, but not limited to, Sigma-Aldrich, FischerScientific (Fischer Chemicals), and AcrosOrganics.
- In further embodiments, the compounds described herein, and other related compounds having different substituents are synthesized using techniques and materials described herein as well as those that are recognized in the field, such as described, for example, in Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-17 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991); Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5 and Supplementals (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989); Organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991), Larock's Comprehensive Organic Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989), March, A
DVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4th Ed., (Wiley 1992); Carey and Sundberg, ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4th Ed., Vols. A and B (Plenum 2000, 2001), and Green and Wuts, PROTECTIVE GROUPS IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS 3rd Ed., (Wiley 1999) (all of which are incorporated by reference for such disclosure). General methods for the preparation of compound as disclosed herein may be derived from reactions and the reactions may be modified by the use of appropriate reagents and conditions, for the introduction of the various moieties found in the formulae as provided herein. As a guide the following synthetic methods may be utilized. - Formation of Covalent Linkages by Reaction of an Electrophile with a Nucleophile
- The compounds described herein can be modified using various electrophiles and/or nucleophiles to form new functional groups or substituents. Table 1 entitled “Examples of Covalent Linkages and Precursors Thereof” lists selected non-limiting examples of covalent linkages and precursor functional groups which yield the covalent linkages. Table 1 may be used as guidance toward the variety of electrophiles and nucleophiles combinations available that provide covalent linkages. Precursor functional groups are shown as electrophilic groups and nucleophilic groups.
-
TABLE 1 Examples of Covalent Linkages and Precursors Thereof Covalent Linkage Product Electrophile Nucleophile Carboxamides Activated esters amines/anilines Carboxamides acyl azides amines/anilines Carboxamides acyl halides amines/anilines Esters acyl halides alcohols/phenols Esters acyl nitriles alcohols/phenols Carboxamides acyl nitriles amines/anilines Imines Aldehydes amines/anilines Alkyl amines alkyl halides amines/anilines Esters alkyl halides carboxylic acids Thioethers alkyl halides Thiols Ethers alkyl halides alcohols/phenols Thioethers alkyl sulfonates Thiols Esters Anhydrides alcohols/phenols Carboxamides Anhydrides amines/anilines Thiophenols aryl halides Thiols Aryl amines aryl halides Amines Thioethers Azindines Thiols Carboxamides carboxylic acids amines/anilines Esters carboxylic acids Alcohols hydrazines Hydrazides carboxylic acids N-acylureas or Anhydrides carbodiimides carboxylic acids Esters diazoalkanes carboxylic acids Thioethers Epoxides Thiols Thioethers haloacetamides Thiols Ureas Isocyanates amines/anilines Urethanes Isocyanates alcohols/phenols Thioureas isothiocyanates amines/anilines Thioethers Maleimides Thiols Alkyl amines sulfonate esters amines/anilines Thioethers sulfonate esters Thiols Sulfonamides sulfonyl halides amines/anilines Sulfonate esters sulfonyl halides phenols/alcohols - In the reactions described, it may be necessary to protect reactive functional groups, for example hydroxy, amino, imino, thio or carboxy groups, where these are desired in the final product, in order to avoid their unwanted participation in reactions. Protecting groups are used to block some or all of the reactive moieties and prevent such groups from participating in chemical reactions until the protective group is removed. It is preferred that each protective group be removable by a different means. Protective groups that are cleaved under totally disparate reaction conditions fulfill the requirement of differential removal.
- Protective groups can be removed by acid, base, reducing conditions (such as, for example, hydrogenolysis), and/or oxidative conditions. Groups such as trityl, dimethoxytrityl, acetal and t-butyldimethylsilyl are acid labile and may be used to protect carboxy and hydroxy reactive moieties in the presence of amino groups protected with Cbz groups, which are removable by hydrogenolysis, and Fmoc groups, which are base labile. Carboxylic acid and hydroxy reactive moieties may be blocked with base labile groups such as, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, and acetyl in the presence of amines blocked with acid labile groups such as t-butyl carbamate or with carbamates that are both acid and base stable but hydrolytically removable.
- Carboxylic acid and hydroxy reactive moieties may also be blocked with hydrolytically removable protective groups such as the benzyl group, while amine groups capable of hydrogen bonding with acids may be blocked with base labile groups such as Fmoc. Carboxylic acid reactive moieties may be protected by conversion to simple ester compounds as exemplified herein, which include conversion to alkyl esters, or they may be blocked with oxidatively-removable protective groups such as 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, while co-existing amino groups may be blocked with fluoride labile silyl carbamates.
- Allyl blocking groups are useful in then presence of acid- and base-protecting groups since the former are stable and can be subsequently removed by metal or pi-acid catalysts. For example, an allyl-blocked carboxylic acid can be deprotected with a Pd0-catalyzed reaction in the presence of acid labile t-butyl carbamate or base-labile acetate amine protecting groups. Yet another form of protecting group is a resin to which a compound or intermediate may be attached. As long as the residue is attached to the resin, that functional group is blocked and cannot react. Once released from the resin, the functional group is available to react.
- Typically blocking/protecting groups may be selected from:
- Other protecting groups, plus a detailed description of techniques applicable to the creation of protecting groups and their removal are described in Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y., 1999, and Kocienski, Protective Groups, Thieme Verlag, New York, N.Y., 1994, which are incorporated herein by reference for such disclosure).
- Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood to which the claimed subject matter belongs. In the event that there are a plurality of definitions for terms herein, those in this section prevail. All patents, patent applications, publications and published nucleotide and amino acid sequences (e.g., sequences available in GenBank or other databases) referred to herein are incorporated by reference. Where reference is made to a URL or other such identifier or address, it is understood that such identifiers can change and particular information on the internet can come and go, but equivalent information can be found by searching the internet. Reference thereto evidences the availability and public dissemination of such information.
- It is to be understood that the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of any subject matter claimed. In this application, the use of the singular includes the plural unless specifically stated otherwise. It must be noted that, as used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. In this application, the use of “or” means “and/or” unless stated otherwise. Furthermore, use of the term “including” as well as other forms, such as “include”, “includes,” and “included,” is not limiting.
- The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described.
- Definition of standard chemistry terms may be found in reference works, including but not limited to, Carey and Sundberg “A
DVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4TH ED.” Vols. A (2000) and B (2001), Plenum Press, New York. Unless otherwise indicated, conventional methods of mass spectroscopy, NMR, HPLC, protein chemistry, biochemistry, recombinant DNA techniques and pharmacology. - Unless specific definitions are provided, the nomenclature employed in connection with, and the laboratory procedures and techniques of, analytical chemistry, synthetic organic chemistry, and medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry described herein are those recognized in the field. Standard techniques can be used for chemical syntheses, chemical analyses, pharmaceutical preparation, formulation, and delivery, and treatment of patients. Standard techniques can be used for recombinant DNA, oligonucleotide synthesis, and tissue culture and transformation (e.g., electroporation, lipofection). Reactions and purification techniques can be performed e.g., using kits of manufacturer's specifications or as commonly accomplished in the art or as described herein. The foregoing techniques and procedures can be generally performed of conventional methods and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification.
- It is to be understood that the methods and compositions described herein are not limited to the particular methodology, protocols, cell lines, constructs, and reagents described herein and as such may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the methods, compounds, compositions described herein.
- As used herein, C1-Cx includes C1-C2, C1-C3 . . . C1-Cx. C1-Cx refers to the number of carbon atoms that make up the moiety to which it designates (excluding optional substituents).
- An “alkyl” group refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The alkyl groups may or may not include units of unsaturation. The alkyl moiety may be a “saturated alkyl” group, which means that it does not contain any units of unsaturation (i.e. a carbon-carbon double bond or a carbon-carbon triple bond). The alkyl group may also be an “unsaturated alkyl” moiety, which means that it contains at least one unit of unsaturation. The alkyl moiety, whether saturated or unsaturated, may be branched, straight chain, or cyclic.
- The “alkyl” group may have 1 to 6 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “1 to 6” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., “1 to 6 carbon atoms” means that the alkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 6 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term “alkyl” where no numerical range is designated). The alkyl group of the compounds described herein may be designated as “C1-C6 alkyl” or similar designations. By way of example only, “C1-C6 alkyl” indicates that there are one to six carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, iso-pentyl, neo-pentyl, hexyl, propen-3-yl (allyl), cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl. Alkyl groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. Depending on the structure, an alkyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an alkylene group).
- An “alkoxy” refers to a “−O-alkyl” group, where alkyl is as defined herein.
- The term “alkenyl” refers to a type of alkyl group in which the first two atoms of the alkyl group form a double bond that is not part of an aromatic group. That is, an alkenyl group begins with the atoms —C(R)═CR2, wherein R refers to the remaining portions of the alkenyl group, which may be the same or different. Non-limiting examples of an alkenyl group include —CH═CH2, —C(CH3)═CH2, —CH═CHCH3, —CH═C(CH3)2 and —C(CH3)═CHCH3. The alkenyl moiety may be branched, straight chain, or cyclic (in which case, it would also be known as a “cycloalkenyl” group). Alkenyl groups may have 2 to 6 carbons. Alkenyl groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. Depending on the structure, an alkenyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an alkenylene group).
- The term “alkynyl” refers to a type of alkyl group in which the first two atoms of the alkyl group form a triple bond. That is, an alkynyl group begins with the atoms —C≡C—R, wherein R refers to the remaining portions of the alkynyl group. Non-limiting examples of an alkynyl group include —CεCH, —C≡CCH3, —C≡CCH2CH3 and —C≡CCH2CH2CH3. The “R” portion of the alkynyl moiety may be branched, straight chain, or cyclic. An alkynyl group can have 2 to 6 carbons. Alkynyl groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. Depending on the structure, an alkynyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an alkynylene group).
- “Amino” refers to a —NH2 group.
- The term “alkylamine” or “alkylamino” refers to the —N(alkyl)xHy group, where alkyl is as defined herein and x and y are selected from the group x=1, y=1 and x=2, y=0. When x=2, the alkyl groups, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, can optionally form a cyclic ring system. “Dialkylamino” refers to a —N(alkyl)2 group, where alkyl is as defined herein.
- The term “aromatic” refers to a planar ring having a delocalized π-electron system containing 4n+2π electrons, where n is an integer. Aromatic rings can be formed from five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms. Aromatics can be optionally substituted. The term “aromatic” includes both aryl groups (e.g., phenyl, naphthalenyl) and heteroaryl groups (e.g., pyridinyl, quinolinyl).
- As used herein, the term “aryl” refers to an aromatic ring wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom. Aryl rings can be formed by five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine carbon atoms. Aryl groups can be optionally substituted. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to phenyl, and naphthalenyl. Depending on the structure, an aryl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an arylene group).
- “Carboxy” refers to —CO2H. In some embodiments, carboxy moieties may be replaced with a “carboxylic acid bioisostere”, which refers to a functional group or moiety that exhibits similar physical and/or chemical properties as a carboxylic acid moiety. A carboxylic acid bioisostere has similar biological properties to that of a carboxylic acid group. A compound with a carboxylic acid moiety can have the carboxylic acid moiety exchanged with a carboxylic acid bioisostere and have similar physical and/or biological properties when compared to the carboxylic acid-containing compound. For example, in one embodiment, a carboxylic acid bioisostere would ionize at physiological pH to roughly the same extent as a carboxylic acid group. Examples of bioisosteres of a carboxylic acid include, but are not limited to,
- and the like.
- The term “cycloalkyl” refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic non-aromatic radical, wherein each of the atoms forming the ring (i.e. skeletal atoms) is a carbon atom. Cycloalkyls may be saturated, or partially unsaturated. Cycloalkyls may be fused with an aromatic ring (in which case the cycloalkyl is bonded through a non-aromatic ring carbon atom). Cycloalkyl groups include groups having from 3 to 10 ring atoms. Illustrative examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, the following moieties:
- and the like.
- The terms “heteroaryl” or, alternatively, “heteroaromatic” refers to an aryl group that includes one or more ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. An N-containing “heteroaromatic” or “heteroaryl” moiety refers to an aromatic group in which at least one of the skeletal atoms of the ring is a nitrogen atom. Polycyclic heteroaryl groups may be fused or non-fused. Illustrative examples of heteroaryl groups include the following moieties:
- and the like.
- A “heterocycloalkyl” group or “heteroalicyclic” group refers to a cycloalkyl group, wherein at least one skeletal ring atom is a heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The radicals may be fused with an aryl or heteroaryl. Illustrative examples of heterocycloalkyl groups, also referred to as non-aromatic heterocycles, include:
- and the like. The term heteroalicyclic also includes all ring forms of the carbohydrates, including but not limited to the monosaccharides, the disaccharides and the oligosaccharides. Unless otherwise noted, heterocycloalkyls have from 2 to 10 carbons in the ring. It is understood that when referring to the number of carbon atoms in a heterocycloalkyl, the number of carbon atoms in the heterocycloalkyl is not the same as the total number of atoms (including the heteroatoms) that make up the heterocycloalkyl (i.e. skeletal atoms of the heterocycloalkyl ring).
- The term “halo” or, alternatively, “halogen” means fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
- The term “haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halogens. The halogens may the same or they may be different. Non-limiting examples of haloalkyls include —CH2Cl, —CF3, —CHF2, —CH2CF3, —CF2CF3, —CF(CH3)3, and the like.
- The terms “fluoroalkyl” and “fluoroalkoxy” include alkyl and alkoxy groups, respectively, that are substituted with one or more fluorine atoms. Non-limiting examples of fluoroalkyls include —CF3, —CHF2, —CH2F, —CH2CF3, —CF2CF3, —CF2CF2CF3, —CF(CH3)3, and the like. Non-limiting examples of fluoroalkoxy groups, include —OCF3, —OCHF2, —OCH2F, —OCH2CF3, —OCF2CF3, —OCF2CF2CF3, —OCF(CH3)2, and the like.
- The term “heteroalkyl” refers to an alkyl radical where one or more skeletal chain atoms is selected from an atom other than carbon, e.g., oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, or combinations thereof. The heteroatom(s) may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group. Examples include, but are not limited to, —CH2—O—CH3, —CH2—CH2—O—CH3, —CH2—NH—CH3, —CH2—CH2—NH—CH3, —CH2—N(CH3)—CH3, —CH2—CH2—NH—CH3, —CH2—CH2—N(CH3)—CH3, —CH2—S—CH2—CH3, —CH2—CH2, —S(O)—CH3, —CH2—CH2—S(O)2—CH3, —CH2—NH—OCH3, —CH2—O—Si(CH3)3, —CH2—CH═N—OCH3, and —CH═CH—N(CH3)—CH3. In addition, up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, by way of example, —CH2—NH—OCH3 and —CH2—O—Si(CH3)3. Excluding the number of heteroatoms, a “heteroalkyl” may have from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- The term “bond” or “single bond” refers to a chemical bond between two atoms, or two moieties when the atoms joined by the bond are considered to be part of larger substructure.
- The term “moiety” refers to a specific segment or functional group of a molecule. Chemical moieties are often recognized chemical entities embedded in or appended to a molecule.
- As used herein, the substituent “R” appearing by itself and without a number designation refers to a substituent selected from among from alkyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon), and heterocycloalkyl.
- The term “optionally substituted” or “substituted” means that the referenced group may be substituted with one or more additional group(s) individually and independently selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, —OH, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulfoxide, arylsulfoxide, alkylsulfone, arylsulfone, —CN, alkyne, C1-C6alkylalkyne, halo, acyl, acyloxy, —CO2H, —CO2-alkyl, nitro, haloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups (e.g. —NH2, —NHR, —N(R)2), and the protected derivatives thereof. By way of example, an optional substituents may be LsRs, wherein each Ls is independently selected from a bond, —O—, —C(═O)—, —S—, —S(═O)—, —S(═O)2—, —NH—, —NHC(O)—, —C(O)NH—, S(═O)2NH—, —NHS(═O)2, —OC(O)NH—, —NHC(O)O—, —(C1-C6alkyl)-, or —(C2-C6alkenyl)-; and each Rs is independently selected from among H, (C1-C6alkyl), (C3-C8cycloalkyl), aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, and C1-C6heteroalkyl. The protecting groups that may form the protective derivatives of the above substituents are found in sources such as Greene and Wuts, above.
- The methods and formulations described herein include the use of crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds having the structure of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), as well as active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity. In some situations, compounds may exist as tautomers. All tautomers are included within the scope of the compounds presented herein. In addition, the compounds described herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. The solvated forms of the compounds presented herein are also considered to be disclosed herein.
- The terms “kit” and “article of manufacture” are used as synonyms.
- The term “subject” or “patient” encompasses mammals and non-mammals. Examples of mammals include, but are not limited to, any member of the Mammalian class: humans, non-human primates such as chimpanzees, and other apes and monkey species; farm animals such as cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine; domestic animals such as rabbits, dogs, and cats; laboratory animals including rodents, such as rats, mice and guinea pigs, and the like. Examples of non-mammals include, but are not limited to, birds, fish and the like. In one embodiment of the methods and compositions provided herein, the mammal is a human.
- The terms “treat,” “treating” or “treatment,” as used herein, include alleviating, abating or ameliorating a disease or condition symptoms, preventing additional symptoms, ameliorating or preventing the underlying causes of symptoms, inhibiting the disease or condition, e.g., arresting the development of the disease or condition, relieving the disease or condition, causing regression of the disease or condition, relieving a condition caused by the disease or condition, or stopping the symptoms of the disease or condition either prophylactically and/or therapeutically.
- As used herein, the term “target protein” refers to a protein or a portion of a protein capable of being bound by, or interacting with a compound described herein, such as a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA). In certain embodiments, a target protein is a STIM protein. In certain embodiments, a target protein is an Orai protein.
- As used herein, “STIM protein” includes but is not limited to, mammalian STIM-1, such as human and rodent (e.g., mouse) STIM-1, Drosophila melanogaster D-STIM, C. elegans C-STIM, Anopheles gambiae STIM and mammalian STIM-2, such as human and rodent (e.g., mouse) STIM-2. (see paragraphs [0211] through [0270] of US 2007/0031814, as well as Table 3 of US 2007/0031814, herein incorporated by reference) As described herein, such proteins have been identified as being involved in, participating in and/or providing for store-operated calcium entry or modulation thereof, cytoplasmic calcium buffering and/or modulation of calcium levels in or movement of calcium into, within or out of intracellular calcium stores (e.g., endoplasmic reticulum).
- As used herein, an “Orai protein” includes Orai1 (SEQ ID NO: 1 as described in WO 07/081,804), Orai2 (SEQ ID NO: 2 as described in WO 07/081,804), or Orai3 (SEQ ID NO: 3 as described in WO 07/081,804). Orai1 nucleic acid sequence corresponds to GenBank accession number NM—032790, Orai2 nucleic acid sequence corresponds to GenBank accession number BC069270 and Orai3 nucleic acid sequence corresponds to GenBank accession number NM—152288. As used herein, Orai refers to any one of the Orai genes, e.g., Orai1, Orai2, Orai3 (see Table I of WO 07/081,804). As described herein, such proteins have been identified as being involved in, participating in and/or providing for store-operated calcium entry or modulation thereof, cytoplasmic calcium buffering and/or modulation of calcium levels in or movement of calcium into, within or out of intracellular calcium stores (e.g., endoplasmic reticulum).
- The term “fragment” or “derivative” when referring to a protein (e.g. STIM, Orai) means proteins or polypeptides which retain essentially the same biological function or activity in at least one assay as the native protein(s). For example, the fragments or derivatives of the referenced protein maintains at least about 50% of the activity of the native proteins, at least 75%, at least about 95% of the activity of the native proteins, as determined e.g. by a calcium influx assay.
- As used herein, amelioration of the symptoms of a particular disease, disorder or condition by administration of a particular compound or pharmaceutical composition refers to any lessening of severity, delay in onset, slowing of progression, or shortening of duration, whether permanent or temporary, lasting or transient that can be attributed to or associated with administration of the compound or composition.
- The term “modulate,” as used herein, means to interact with a target protein either directly or indirectly so as to alter the activity of the target protein, including, by way of example only, to inhibit the activity of the target, or to limit or reduce the activity of the target.
- As used herein, the term “modulator” refers to a compound that alters an activity of a target. For example, a modulator can cause an increase or decrease in the magnitude of a certain activity of a target compared to the magnitude of the activity in the absence of the modulator. In certain embodiments, a modulator is an inhibitor, which decreases the magnitude of one or more activities of a target. In certain embodiments, an inhibitor completely prevents one or more activities of a target.
- As used herein, “modulation” with reference to intracellular calcium refers to any alteration or adjustment in intracellular calcium including but not limited to alteration of calcium concentration in the cytoplasm and/or intracellular calcium storage organelles, e.g., endoplasmic reticulum, and alteration of the kinetics of calcium fluxes into, out of and within cells. In aspect, modulation refers to reduction.
- As used herein, the term “target activity” refers to a biological activity capable of being modulated by a modulator. Certain exemplary target activities include, but are not limited to, binding affinity, signal transduction, enzymatic activity, tumor growth, inflammation or inflammation-related processes, and amelioration of one or more symptoms associated with a disease or condition.
- The terms “inhibits”, “inhibiting”, or “inhibitor” of SOC channel activity or CRAC channel activity, as used herein, refer to inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity or calcium release activated calcium channel activity.
- The term “acceptable” with respect to a formulation, composition or ingredient, as used herein, means having no persistent detrimental effect on the general health of the subject being treated.
- By “pharmaceutically acceptable,” as used herein, refers a material, such as a carrier or diluent, which does not abrogate the biological activity or properties of the compound, and is relatively nontoxic, i.e., the material may be administered to an individual without causing undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the components of the composition in which it is contained.
- The term “pharmaceutical combination” as used herein, means a product that results from the mixing or combining of more than one active ingredient and includes both fixed and non-fixed combinations of the active ingredients. The term “fixed combination” means that one active ingredient, e.g. a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), and a co-agent, are both administered to a patient simultaneously in the form of a single entity or dosage. The term “non-fixed combination” means that one active ingredient, e.g. a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), and a co-agent, are administered to a patient as separate entities either simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially with no specific intervening time limits, wherein such administration provides effective levels of the two compounds in the body of the patient. The latter also applies to cocktail therapy, e.g. the administration of three or more active ingredients.
- The term “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a mixture of a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) described herein with other chemical components, such as carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, and/or excipients. The pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism. Multiple techniques of administering a compound exist in the art including, but not limited to: intravenous, oral, aerosol, parenteral, ophthalmic, pulmonary and topical administration.
- The terms “effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount,” as used herein, refer to a sufficient amount of an agent or a compound being administered which will relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms of the disease or condition being treated. The result can be reduction and/or alleviation of the signs, symptoms, or causes of a disease, or any other desired alteration of a biological system. For example, an “effective amount” for therapeutic uses is the amount of the composition that includes a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) described herein required to provide a clinically significant decrease in disease symptoms. An appropriate “effective” amount in any individual case may be determined using techniques, such as a dose escalation study.
- The terms “enhance” or “enhancing,” as used herein, means to increase or prolong either in potency or duration a desired effect. Thus, in regard to enhancing the effect of therapeutic agents, the term “enhancing” refers to the ability to increase or prolong, either in potency or duration, the effect of other therapeutic agents on a system. An “enhancing-effective amount,” as used herein, refers to an amount adequate to enhance the effect of another therapeutic agent in a desired system.
- The terms “co-administration” or the like, as used herein, are meant to encompass administration of the selected therapeutic agents to a single patient, and are intended to include treatment regimens in which the agents are administered by the same or different route of administration or at the same or different time.
- The term “carrier,” as used herein, refers to relatively nontoxic chemical compounds or agents that facilitate the incorporation of a compound into cells or tissues.
- The term “diluent” refers to chemical compounds that are used to dilute the compound of interest prior to delivery. Diluents can also be used to stabilize compounds because they can provide a more stable environment. Salts dissolved in buffered solutions (which also can provide pH control or maintenance) are utilized as diluents in the art, including, but not limited to a phosphate buffered saline solution.
- A “metabolite” of a compound disclosed herein is a derivative of that compound that is formed when the compound is metabolized. The term “active metabolite” refers to a biologically active derivative of a compound that is formed when the compound is metabolized. The term “metabolized,” as used herein, refers to the sum of the processes (including, but not limited to, hydrolysis reactions and reactions catalyzed by enzymes) by which a particular substance is changed by an organism. Thus, enzymes may produce specific structural alterations to a compound. For example, cytochrome P450 catalyzes a variety of oxidative and reductive reactions while uridine diphosphate glucuronyltransferases catalyze the transfer of an activated glucuronic-acid molecule to aromatic alcohols, aliphatic alcohols, carboxylic acids, amines and free sulphydryl groups. Further information on metabolism may be obtained from The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 9th Edition, McGraw-Hill (1996). Metabolites of the compounds disclosed herein can be identified either by administration of compounds to a host and analysis of tissue samples from the host, or by incubation of compounds with hepatic cells in vitro and analysis of the resulting compounds.
- “Bioavailability” refers to the percentage of the weight of the compound disclosed herein (e.g. compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA)), that is delivered into the general circulation of the animal or human being studied. The total exposure (AUC(0-∞)) of a drug when administered intravenously is usually defined as 100% bioavailable (F %). “Oral bioavailability” refers to the extent to which a compound disclosed herein, is absorbed into the general circulation when the pharmaceutical composition is taken orally as compared to intravenous injection.
- “Blood plasma concentration” refers to the concentration of a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) disclosed herein, in the plasma component of blood of a subject. It is understood that the plasma concentration of compounds described herein may vary significantly between subjects, due to variability with respect to metabolism and/or possible interactions with other therapeutic agents. In accordance with one embodiment disclosed herein, the blood plasma concentration of the compounds disclosed herein may vary from subject to subject. Likewise, values such as maximum plasma concentration (Cmax) or time to reach maximum plasma concentration (Tmax), or total area under the plasma concentration time curve (AUC(0-∞)) may vary from subject to subject. Due to this variability, the amount necessary to constitute “a therapeutically effective amount” of a compound may vary from subject to subject.
- As used herein, “calcium homeostasis” refers to the maintenance of an overall balance in intracellular calcium levels and movements, including calcium signaling, within a cell.
- As used herein, “intracellular calcium” refers to calcium located in a cell without specification of a particular cellular location. In contrast, “cytosolic” or “cytoplasmic” with reference to calcium refers to calcium located in the cell cytoplasm.
- As used herein, an effect on intracellular calcium is any alteration of any aspect of intracellular calcium, including but not limited to, an alteration in intracellular calcium levels and location and movement of calcium into, out of or within a cell or intracellular calcium store or organelle. For example, an effect on intracellular calcium can be an alteration of the properties, such as, for example, the kinetics, sensitivities, rate, amplitude, and electrophysiological characteristics, of calcium flux or movement that occurs in a cell or portion thereof. An effect on intracellular calcium can be an alteration in any intracellular calcium-modulating process, including, store-operated calcium entry, cytosolic calcium buffering, and calcium levels in or movement of calcium into, out of or within an intracellular calcium store. Any of these aspects can be assessed in a variety of ways including, but not limited to, evaluation of calcium or other ion (particularly cation) levels, movement of calcium or other ion (particularly cation), fluctuations in calcium or other ion (particularly cation) levels, kinetics of calcium or other ion (particularly cation) fluxes and/or transport of calcium or other ion (particularly cation) through a membrane. An alteration can be any such change that is statistically significant. Thus, for example if intracellular calcium in a test cell and a control cell is said to differ, such difference can be a statistically significant difference.
- As used herein, “involved in” with respect to the relationship between a protein and an aspect of intracellular calcium or intracellular calcium regulation means that when expression or activity of the protein in a cell is reduced, altered or eliminated, there is a concomitant or associated reduction, alteration or elimination of one or more aspects of intracellular calcium or intracellular calcium regulation. Such an alteration or reduction in expression or activity can occur by virtue of an alteration of expression of a gene encoding the protein or by altering the levels of the protein. A protein involved in an aspect of intracellular calcium, such as, for example, store-operated calcium entry, thus, can be one that provides for or participates in an aspect of intracellular calcium or intracellular calcium regulation. For example, a protein that provides for store-operated calcium entry can be a STIM protein and/or an Orai protein.
- As used herein, a protein that is a component of a calcium channel is a protein that participates in multi-protein complex that forms the channel.
- As used herein, “basal” or “resting” with reference to cytosolic calcium levels refers to the concentration of calcium in the cytoplasm of a cell, such as, for example, an unstimulated cell, that has not been subjected to a condition that results in movement of calcium into or out of the cell or within the cell. The basal or resting cytosolic calcium level can be the concentration of free calcium (i.e., calcium that is not bound to a cellular calcium-binding substance) in the cytoplasm of a cell, such as, for example, an unstimulated cell, that has not been subjected to a condition that results in movement of calcium into or out of the cell.
- As used herein, “movement” with respect to ions, including cations, e.g., calcium, refers to movement or relocation, such as for example flux, of ions into, out of, or within a cell. Thus, movement of ions can be, for example, movement of ions from the extracellular medium into a cell, from within a cell to the extracellular medium, from within an intracellular organelle or storage site to the cytosol, from the cytosol into an intracellular organelle or storage site, from one intracellular organelle or storage site to another intracellular organelle or storage site, from the extracellular medium into an intracellular organelle or storage site, from an intracellular organelle or storage site to the extracellular medium and from one location to another within the cell cytoplasm.
- As used herein, “cation entry” or “calcium entry” into a cell refers to entry of cations, such as calcium, into an intracellular location, such as the cytoplasm of a cell or into the lumen of an intracellular organelle or storage site. Thus, cation entry can be, for example, the movement of cations into the cell cytoplasm from the extracellular medium or from an intracellular organelle or storage site, or the movement of cations into an intracellular organelle or storage site from the cytoplasm or extracellular medium. Movement of calcium into the cytoplasm from an intracellular organelle or storage site is also referred to as “calcium release” from the organelle or storage site.
- As used herein, “protein that modulates intracellular calcium” refers to any cellular protein that is involved in regulating, controlling and/or altering intracellular calcium. For example, such a protein can be involved in altering or adjusting intracellular calcium in a number of ways, including, but not limited to, through the maintenance of resting or basal cytoplasmic calcium levels, or through involvement in a cellular response to a signal that is transmitted in a cell through a mechanism that includes a deviation in intracellular calcium from resting or basal states. In the context of a “protein that modulates intracellular calcium,” a “cellular” protein is one that is associated with a cell, such as, for example, a cytoplasmic protein, a plasma membrane-associated protein or an intracellular membrane protein. Proteins that modulate intracellular calcium include, but are not limited to, ion transport proteins, calcium-binding proteins and regulatory proteins that regulate ion transport proteins.
- As used herein, “amelioration” refers to an improvement in a disease or condition or at least a partial relief of symptoms associated with a disease or condition.
- As used herein, “cell response” refers to any cellular response that results from ion movement into or out of a cell or within a cell. The cell response may be associated with any cellular activity that is dependent, at least in part, on ions such as, for example, calcium. Such activities may include, for example, cellular activation, gene expression, endocytosis, exocytosis, cellular trafficking and apoptotic cell death.
- As used herein, “immune cells” include cells of the immune system and cells that perform a function or activity in an immune response, such as, but not limited to, T-cells, B-cells, lymphocytes, macrophages, dendritic cells, neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, mast cells, plasma cells, white blood cells, antigen presenting cells and natural killer cells.
- As used herein, “cytokine” refers to small soluble proteins secreted by cells that can alter the behavior or properties of the secreting cell or another cell. Cytokines bind to cytokine receptors and trigger a behavior or property within the cell, for example, cell proliferation, death or differentiation. Exemplary cytokines include, but are not limited to, interleukins (e.g., IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, IL-18, IL-1α, IL-1β, and IL-1 RA), granulocyte colony stimulating factor (G-CSF), granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), oncostatin M, erythropoietin, leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF), interferons, B7.1 (also known as CD80), B7.2 (also known as B70, CD86), TNF family members (TNF-α, TNF-β, LT-β, CD40 ligand, Fas ligand, CD27 ligand, CD30 ligand, 4-1BBL, Trail), and MIF.
- “Store operated calcium entry” or “SOCE” refers to the mechanism by which release of calcium ions from intracellular stores is coordinated with ion influx across the plasma membrane.
- “Selective inhibitor of SOC channel activity” means that the inhibitor is selective for SOC channels and does not substantially affect the activity of other types of ion channels.
- “Selective inhibitor of CRAC channel activity” means that the inhibitor is selective for CRAC channels and does not substantially affect the activity of other types of ion channels and/or other SOC channels.
- In monitoring or assessing the effect of a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) on intracellular calcium in any of the screening/identification methods described herein or recognized in the field, a direct or indirect evaluation or measurement of cellular (including cytosolic and intracellular organelle or compartment) calcium and/or movement of ions into, within or out of a cell, organelle, calcium store or portions thereof (e.g., a membrane) can be conducted. A variety of methods are described herein and/or recognized in the field for evaluating calcium levels and ion movements or flux. The particular method used and the conditions employed can depend on whether a particular aspect of intracellular calcium is being monitored or assessed. For example, as described herein in some embodiments, reagents and conditions are used, for specifically evaluating store-operated calcium entry, resting cytosolic calcium levels, calcium buffering and calcium levels and uptake by or release from intracellular organelles and calcium stores. The effect of a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) on intracellular calcium can be monitored or assessed using, for example, a cell, an intracellular organelle or calcium storage compartment, a membrane (including, e.g., a detached membrane patch or a lipid bilayer) or a cell-free assay system (e.g., outside-out membrane vesicle). Generally, some aspect of intracellular calcium is monitored or assessed in the presence of test agent and compared to a control, e.g., intracellular calcium in the absence of test agent.
- Modulation of intracellular calcium can be any alteration or adjustment in intracellular calcium including but not limited to alteration of calcium concentration or level in the cytoplasm and/or intracellular calcium storage organelles, e.g., endoplasmic reticulum, alteration in the movement of calcium into, out of and within a cell or intracellular calcium store or organelle, alteration in the location of calcium within a cell, and alteration of the kinetics, or other properties, of calcium fluxes into, out of and within cells. In particular embodiments, intracellular calcium modulation can involve alteration or adjustment, e.g. reduction or inhibition, of store-operated calcium entry, cytosolic calcium buffering, calcium levels in or movement of calcium into, out of or within an intracellular calcium store or organelle, and/or basal or resting cytosolic calcium levels. In some embodiments, modulation of intracellular calcium can involve an alteration or adjustment in receptor-mediated ion (e.g., calcium) movement, second messenger-operated ion (e.g., calcium) movement, calcium influx into or efflux out of a cell, and/or ion (e.g., calcium) uptake into or release from intracellular compartments, including, for example, endosomes and lysosomes.
- In one aspect, compounds described herein modulate intracellular calcium, such as but not limited to, modulation (e.g. reduction or inhibition) of SOC channel activity, such as inhibition of CRAC channel activity (e g inhibition of ICRAC, inhibition of SOCE) in an immune system cell (e.g., a lymphocyte, white blood cell, T cell, B cell), a fibroblast (or a cell derived from a fibroblast), or an epidermal, dermal or skin cell (e.g., a keratinocyte). The step of modulating one or more proteins involved in modulating intracellular calcium (e.g. a STIM protein and/or Orai protein) can involve, for example, reducing the level, expression of, an activity of, function of and/or molecular interactions of a protein. For instance, if a cell exhibits an increase in calcium levels or lack of regulation of an aspect of intracellular calcium modulation, e.g., store-operated calcium entry, then modulating may involve reducing the level of, expression of, an activity or function of, or a molecular interaction of a protein, e.g. a STIM protein and/or Orai protein.
- Pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated in a conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers including excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Additional details about suitable excipients for pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 1975; Liberman, H. A. and Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Marcel Decker, New York, N.Y., 1980; and Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Seventh Ed. (Lippincott Williams & Wilkins1999), herein incorporated by reference for such disclosure.
- A pharmaceutical composition, as used herein, refers to a mixture of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) described herein, with other chemical components, such as carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, and/or excipients. The pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism. In practicing the methods of treatment or use provided herein, therapeutically effective amounts of compounds described herein are administered in a pharmaceutical composition to a mammal having a disease, disorder, or condition to be treated. In some embodiments, the mammal is a human. A therapeutically effective amount can vary widely depending on the severity of the disease, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compound used and other factors. The compounds of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) can be used singly or in combination with one or more therapeutic agents as components of mixtures (as in combination therapy).
- The pharmaceutical formulations described herein can be administered to a subject by multiple administration routes, including but not limited to, oral, parenteral (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular), intranasal, buccal, topical, rectal, or transdermal administration routes. Moreover, the pharmaceutical compositions described herein, which include a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) described herein, can be formulated into any suitable dosage form, including but not limited to, aqueous oral dispersions, liquids, gels, syrups, elixirs, slurries, suspensions, aerosols, controlled release formulations, fast melt formulations, effervescent formulations, lyophilized formulations, tablets, powders, pills, dragees, capsules, delayed release formulations, extended release formulations, pulsatile release formulations, multiparticulate formulations, and mixed immediate release and controlled release formulations.
- One may administer the compounds and/or compositions in a local rather than systemic manner, for example, via injection of the compound directly into an organ or tissue, often in a depot preparation or sustained release formulation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Furthermore, one may administer the drug in a targeted drug delivery system, for example, in a liposome coated with organ-specific antibody. The liposomes will be targeted to and taken up selectively by the organ. In addition, the drug may be provided in the form of a rapid release formulation, in the form of an extended release formulation, or in the form of an intermediate release formulation.
- Pharmaceutical compositions including a compound described herein may be manufactured in a conventional manner, such as, by way of example only, by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or compression processes.
- The pharmaceutical compositions will include at least one compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) described herein, as an active ingredient in free-acid or free-base form, or in a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form. In addition, the methods and pharmaceutical compositions described herein include the use of crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), as well as active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity. In some situations, compounds may exist as tautomers. All tautomers are included within the scope of the compounds presented herein. Additionally, the compounds described herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. The solvated forms of the compounds presented herein are also considered to be disclosed herein.
- In certain embodiments, compositions provided herein may also include one or more preservatives to inhibit microbial activity. Suitable preservatives include quaternary ammonium compounds such as benzalkonium chloride, cetyltrimethylammonium bromide and cetylpyridinium chloride.
- Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained by mixing one or more solid excipient with one or more of the compounds described herein (e.g. compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA)), optionally grinding the resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets, pills, or capsules. Suitable excipients include, for example, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose; or others such as: polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP or povidone) or calcium phosphate. If desired, disintegrating agents may be added, such as the cross-linked croscarmellose sodium, polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.
- Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
- Pharmaceutical preparations that can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols. In addition, stabilizers may be added.
- In some embodiments, the solid dosage forms disclosed herein may be in the form of a tablet, (including a suspension tablet, a fast-melt tablet, a bite-disintegration tablet, a rapid-disintegration tablet, an effervescent tablet, or a caplet), a pill, a powder (including a sterile packaged powder, a dispensable powder, or an effervescent powder), a capsule (including both soft or hard capsules, e.g., capsules made from animal-derived gelatin or plant-derived HPMC, or “sprinkle capsules”), solid dispersion, solid solution, bioerodible dosage form, controlled release formulations, pulsatile release dosage forms, multiparticulate dosage forms, pellets, granules, or an aerosol. In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulation is in the form of a powder. In still other embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulation is in the form of a tablet, including but not limited to, a fast-melt tablet. Additionally, pharmaceutical formulations of the compounds described herein may be administered as a single capsule or in multiple capsule dosage form. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulation is administered in two, or three, or four, capsules or tablets.
- In some embodiments, solid dosage forms, e.g., tablets, effervescent tablets, and capsules, are prepared by mixing particles of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) described herein, with one or more pharmaceutical excipients to form a bulk blend composition. When referring to these bulk blend compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the particles of the compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) described herein, are dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms, such as tablets, pills, and capsules. The individual unit dosages may also include film coatings, which disintegrate upon oral ingestion or upon contact with diluent. These formulations can be manufactured by conventional pharmacological techniques.
- The pharmaceutical solid dosage forms described herein can include a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) described herein, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as a compatible carrier, binder, filling agent, suspending agent, flavoring agent, sweetening agent, disintegrating agent, dispersing agent, surfactant, lubricant, colorant, diluent, solubilizer, moistening agent, plasticizer, stabilizer, penetration enhancer, wetting agent, anti-foaming agent, antioxidant, preservative, or one or more combination thereof. In still other aspects, using standard coating procedures, such as those described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20th Edition (2000), a film coating is provided around the formulation of the compound described herein. In one embodiment, some or all of the particles of the compound described herein are coated. In another embodiment, some or all of the particles of the compound described herein are microencapsulated. In still another embodiment, the particles of the compound described herein are not microencapsulated and are uncoated.
- Suitable carriers for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, acacia, gelatin, colloidal silicon dioxide, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium lactate, maltodextrin, glycerine, magnesium silicate, sodium caseinate, soy lecithin, sodium chloride, tricalcium phosphate, dipotassium phosphate, sodium stearoyl lactylate, carrageenan, monoglyceride, diglyceride, pregelatinized starch, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate, sucrose, microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, mannitol and the like.
- Suitable filling agents for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, lactose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, dibasic calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, microcrystalline cellulose, cellulose powder, dextrose, dextrates, dextran, starches, pregelatinized starch, hydroxypropylmethycellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropylmethycellulose phthalate, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate (HPMCAS), sucrose, xylitol, lactitol, mannitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride, polyethylene glycol, and the like.
- In order to release the compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) from a solid dosage form matrix as efficiently as possible, disintegrants are often used in the formulation, especially when the dosage forms are compressed with binder. Disintegrants help rupturing the dosage form matrix by swelling or capillary action when moisture is absorbed into the dosage form. Suitable disintegrants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, natural starch such as corn starch or potato starch, a pregelatinized starch such as National 1551 or Amijel®, or sodium starch glycolate such as Promogel® or Explotab®, a cellulose such as a wood product, methylcrystalline cellulose, e.g., Avicel®, Avicel® PH101, Avicel® PH102, Avicel® PH105, Elcema® P100, Emcocel®, Vivacel®, Ming Tia®, and Solka-Floc®, methylcellulose, croscarmellose, or a cross-linked cellulose, such as cross-linked sodium carboxymethylcellulose (Ac-Di-Sol®), cross-linked carboxymethylcellulose, or cross-linked croscarmellose, a cross-linked starch such as sodium starch glycolate, a cross-linked polymer such as crospovidone, a cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, alginate such as alginic acid or a salt of alginic acid such as sodium alginate, a clay such as Veegum® HV (magnesium aluminum silicate), a gum such as agar, guar, locust bean, Karaya, pectin, or tragacanth, sodium starch glycolate, bentonite, a natural sponge, a surfactant, a resin such as a cation-exchange resin, citrus pulp, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate in combination starch, and the like.
- Binders impart cohesiveness to solid oral dosage form formulations: for powder filled capsule formulation, they aid in plug formation that can be filled into soft or hard shell capsules and for tablet formulation, they ensure the tablet remaining intact after compression and help assure blend uniformity prior to a compression or fill step. Materials suitable for use as binders in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose (e.g., Methocel®), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (e.g. Hypromellose USP Pharmacoat-603, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate (Aqoate HS-LF and HS), hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose (e.g., Klucel®), ethylcellulose (e.g., Ethocel®), and microcrystalline cellulose (e.g., Avicel®, microcrystalline dextrose, amylose, magnesium aluminum silicate, polysaccharide acids, bentonites, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer, crospovidone, povidone, starch, pregelatinized starch, tragacanth, dextrin, a sugar, such as sucrose (e.g., Dipac®), glucose, dextrose, molasses, mannitol, sorbitol, xylitol (e.g., Xylitab®), lactose, a natural or synthetic gum such as acacia, tragacanth, ghatti gum, mucilage of isapol husks, starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone (e.g., Povidone CL, Kollidon CL, Polyplasdone XL-10, and Povidone K-12), larch arabogalactan, Veegum®, polyethylene glycol, waxes, sodium alginate, and the like.
- In general, binder levels of 20-70% are used in powder-filled gelatin capsule formulations. Binder usage level in tablet formulations varies whether direct compression, wet granulation, roller compaction, or usage of other excipients such as fillers which itself can act as moderate binder. In some embodiments, formulators determine the binder level for the formulations, but binder usage level of up to 70% in tablet formulations is common.
- Suitable lubricants or glidants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, stearic acid, calcium hydroxide, talc, corn starch, sodium stearyl fumerate, alkali-metal and alkaline earth metal salts, such as aluminum, calcium, magnesium, zinc, stearic acid, sodium stearates, magnesium stearate, zinc stearate, waxes, Stearowet®, boric acid, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, leucine, a polyethylene glycol or a methoxypolyethylene glycol such as Carbowax™, PEG 4000, PEG 5000, PEG 6000, propylene glycol, sodium oleate, glyceryl behenate, glyceryl palmitostearate, glyceryl benzoate, magnesium or sodium lauryl sulfate, and the like.
- Suitable diluents for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, sugars (including lactose, sucrose, and dextrose), polysaccharides (including dextrates and maltodextrin), polyols (including mannitol, xylitol, and sorbitol), cyclodextrins and the like.
- Suitable wetting agents for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, for example, oleic acid, glyceryl monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, quaternary ammonium compounds (e.g.,
Polyquat 10®), sodium oleate, sodium lauryl sulfate, magnesium stearate, sodium docusate, triacetin, vitamin E TPGS and the like. - Suitable surfactants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, for example, sodium lauryl sulfate, sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polysorbates, polaxomers, bile salts, glyceryl monostearate, copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide, e.g., Pluronic® (BASF), and the like.
- Suitable suspending agents for use in the solid dosage forms described here include, but are not limited to, polyvinylpyrrolidone, e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidone K12, polyvinylpyrrolidone K17, polyvinylpyrrolidone K25, or polyvinylpyrrolidone K30, polyethylene glycol, e.g., the polyethylene glycol can have a molecular weight of about 300 to about 6000, or about 3350 to about 4000, or about 5400 to about 7000, vinyl pyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer (S630), sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxy-propylmethylcellulose, polysorbate-80, hydroxyethylcellulose, sodium alginate, gums, such as, e.g., gum tragacanth and gum acacia, guar gum, xanthans, including xanthan gum, sugars, cellulosics, such as, e.g., sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, polysorbate-80, sodium alginate, polyethoxylated sorbitan monolaurate, polyethoxylated sorbitan monolaurate, povidone and the like.
- Suitable antioxidants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, for example, e.g., butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), sodium ascorbate, and tocopherol.
- There is considerable overlap between additives used in the solid dosage forms described herein. Thus, the above-listed additives should be taken as merely exemplary, and not limiting, of the types of additives that can be included in solid dosage forms of the pharmaceutical compositions described herein.
- In other embodiments, one or more layers of the pharmaceutical formulation are plasticized. Illustratively, a plasticizer is generally a high boiling point solid or liquid. Suitable plasticizers can be added from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight (w/w) of the coating composition. Plasticizers include, but are not limited to, diethyl phthalate, citrate esters, polyethylene glycol, glycerol, acetylated glycerides, triacetin, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, triethyl citrate, dibutyl sebacate, stearic acid, stearol, stearate, and castor oil.
- Compressed tablets are solid dosage forms prepared by compacting the bulk blend of the formulations described above. In various embodiments, compressed tablets which are designed to dissolve in the mouth will include one or more flavoring agents. In other embodiments, the compressed tablets will include a film surrounding the final compressed tablet. In some embodiments, the film coating can provide a delayed release of the compounds of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) described herein from the formulation. In other embodiments, the film coating aids in patient compliance (e.g., Opadry® coatings or sugar coating). Film coatings including Opadry® typically range from about 1% to about 3% of the tablet weight. In other embodiments, the compressed tablets include one or more excipients.
- A capsule may be prepared, for example, by placing the bulk blend of the formulation of the compound described above, inside of a capsule. In some embodiments, the formulations (non-aqueous suspensions and solutions) are placed in a soft gelatin capsule. In other embodiments, the formulations are placed in standard gelatin capsules or non-gelatin capsules such as capsules comprising HPMC. In other embodiments, the formulation is placed in a sprinkle capsule, wherein the capsule may be swallowed whole or the capsule may be opened and the contents sprinkled on food prior to eating. In some embodiments, the therapeutic dose is split into multiple (e.g., two, three, or four) capsules. In some embodiments, the entire dose of the formulation is delivered in a capsule form.
- In various embodiments, the particles of the compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) described herein and one or more excipients are dry blended and compressed into a mass, such as a tablet, having a hardness sufficient to provide a pharmaceutical composition that substantially disintegrates within less than about 30 minutes, less than about 35 minutes, less than about 40 minutes, less than about 45 minutes, less than about 50 minutes, less than about 55 minutes, or less than about 60 minutes, after oral administration, thereby releasing the formulation into the gastrointestinal fluid.
- In another aspect, dosage forms may include microencapsulated formulations. In some embodiments, one or more other compatible materials are present in the microencapsulation material. Exemplary materials include, but are not limited to, pH modifiers, erosion facilitators, anti-foaming agents, antioxidants, flavoring agents, and carrier materials such as binders, suspending agents, disintegration agents, filling agents, surfactants, solubilizers, stabilizers, lubricants, wetting agents, and diluents.
- Materials useful for the microencapsulation described herein include materials compatible with compounds described herein, which sufficiently isolate the compound from other non-compatible excipients. Materials compatible with compounds described herein are those that delay the release of the compounds of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) in vivo.
- Exemplary microencapsulation materials useful for delaying the release of the formulations including compounds described herein, include, but are not limited to, hydroxypropyl cellulose ethers (HPC) such as Klucel® or Nisso HPC, low-substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose ethers (L-HPC), hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose ethers (HPMC) such as Seppifilm-LC, Pharmacoat®, Metolose SR, Methocel®-E, Opadry YS, PrimaFlo, Benecel MP824, and Benecel MP843, methylcellulose polymers such as Methocel®-A, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate Aqoat (HF-LS, HF-LG, HF-MS) and Metolose®, Ethylcelluloses (EC) and mixtures thereof such as E461, Ethocel®, Aqualon®-EC, Surelease®, Polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) such as Opadry AMB, hydroxyethylcelluloses such as Natrosol®, carboxymethylcelluloses and salts of carboxymethylcelluloses (CMC) such as Aqualon®-CMC, polyvinyl alcohol and polyethylene glycol co-polymers such as Kollicoat IR®, monoglycerides (Myverol), triglycerides (KLX), polyethylene glycols, modified food starch, acrylic polymers and mixtures of acrylic polymers with cellulose ethers such as Eudragit® EPO, Eudragit® L30D-55, Eudragit® FS 30D Eudragit® L100-55, Eudragit® L100, Eudragit® S100, Eudragit® RD100, Eudragit® E100, Eudragit® L12.5, Eudragit® 512.5, Eudragit® NE30D, and Eudragit® NE 40D, cellulose acetate phthalate, sepifilms such as mixtures of HPMC and stearic acid, cyclodextrins, and mixtures of these materials.
- In still other embodiments, plasticizers such as polyethylene glycols, e.g., PEG 300, PEG 400, PEG 600, PEG 1450, PEG 3350, and PEG 800, stearic acid, propylene glycol, oleic acid, and triacetin are incorporated into the microencapsulation material. In other embodiments, the microencapsulating material useful for delaying the release of the pharmaceutical compositions is from the USP or the National Formulary (NF). In yet other embodiments, the microencapsulation material is Klucel. In still other embodiments, the microencapsulation material is methocel.
- Microencapsulated compounds described herein may be formulated by methods that include, e.g., spray drying processes, spinning disk-solvent processes, hot melt processes, spray chilling methods, fluidized bed, electrostatic deposition, centrifugal extrusion, rotational suspension separation, polymerization at liquid-gas or solid-gas interface, pressure extrusion, or spraying solvent extraction bath. In addition to these, several chemical techniques, e.g., complex coacervation, solvent evaporation, polymer-polymer incompatibility, interfacial polymerization in liquid media, in situ polymerization, in-liquid drying, and desolvation in liquid media could also be used. Furthermore, other methods such as roller compaction, extrusion/spheronization, coacervation, or nanoparticle coating may also be used.
- In still other embodiments, effervescent powders are also prepared in accordance with the present disclosure. Effervescent salts have been used to disperse medicines in water for oral administration. Effervescent salts are granules or coarse powders containing a medicinal agent in a dry mixture, usually composed of sodium bicarbonate, citric acid and/or tartaric acid. When such salts are added to water, the acids and the base react to liberate carbon dioxide gas, thereby causing “effervescence.” Examples of effervescent salts include, e.g., the following ingredients: sodium bicarbonate or a mixture of sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate, citric acid and/or tartaric acid. Any acid-base combination that results in the liberation of carbon dioxide can be used in place of the combination of sodium bicarbonate and citric and tartaric acids, as long as the ingredients were suitable for pharmaceutical use and result in a pH of about 6.0 or higher.
- In other embodiments, the formulations described herein, which include a compound described herein, are solid dispersions. Methods of producing such solid dispersions include, but are not limited to, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,343,789, 5,340,591, 5,456,923, 5,700,485, 5,723,269, and U.S. patent publication no. 2004/0013734. In still other embodiments, the formulations described herein are solid solutions. Solid solutions incorporate a substance together with the active agent and other excipients such that heating the mixture results in dissolution of the drug and the resulting composition is then cooled to provide a solid blend which can be further formulated or directly added to a capsule or compressed into a tablet. Methods of producing such solid solutions include, but are not limited to, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,151,273, 5,281,420, and 6,083,518.
- The pharmaceutical solid oral dosage forms including formulations described herein, which include a compounds described herein, can be further formulated to provide a controlled release of the compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA). Controlled release refers to the release of the compounds described herein from a dosage form in which it is incorporated according to a desired profile over an extended period of time. Controlled release profiles include, for example, sustained release, prolonged release, pulsatile release, and delayed release profiles. In contrast to immediate release compositions, controlled release compositions allow delivery of an agent to a subject over an extended period of time according to a predetermined profile. Such release rates can provide therapeutically effective levels of agent for an extended period of time and thereby provide a longer period of pharmacologic response while minimizing side effects as compared to conventional rapid release dosage forms. Such longer periods of response provide for many inherent benefits that are not achieved with the corresponding short acting, immediate release preparations.
- In some embodiments, the solid dosage forms described herein can be formulated as enteric coated delayed release oral dosage forms, i.e., as an oral dosage form of a pharmaceutical composition as described herein which utilizes an enteric coating to affect release in the small intestine of the gastrointestinal tract. The enteric coated dosage form may be a compressed or molded or extruded tablet/mold (coated or uncoated) containing granules, powder, pellets, beads or particles of the active ingredient and/or other composition components, which are themselves coated or uncoated. The enteric coated oral dosage form may also be a capsule (coated or uncoated) containing pellets, beads or granules of the solid carrier or the composition, which are themselves coated or uncoated.
- The term “delayed release” as used herein refers to the delivery so that the release can be accomplished at some generally predictable location in the intestinal tract more distal to that which would have been accomplished if there had been no delayed release alterations. In some embodiments the method for delay of release is coating. Any coatings should be applied to a sufficient thickness such that the entire coating does not dissolve in the gastrointestinal fluids at pH below about 5, but does dissolve at pH about 5 and above. Coatings may be made from:
- Acrylic polymers. The performance of acrylic polymers (primarily their solubility in biological fluids) can vary based on the degree and type of substitution. Examples of suitable acrylic polymers include methacrylic acid copolymers and ammonium methacrylate copolymers. The Eudragit series E, L, S, RL, RS and NE (Rohm Pharma) are available as solubilized in organic solvent, aqueous dispersion, or dry powders. The Eudragit series RL, NE, and RS are insoluble in the gastrointestinal tract but are permeable and are used primarily for colonic targeting. The Eudragit series E dissolve in the stomach. The Eudragit series L, L-30D and S are insoluble in stomach and dissolve in the intestine;
- Cellulose Derivatives. Examples of suitable cellulose derivatives are: ethyl cellulose; reaction mixtures of partial acetate esters of cellulose with phthalic anhydride. The performance can vary based on the degree and type of substitution. Cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP) dissolves in pH>6. Aquateric (FMC) is an aqueous based system and is a spray dried CAP pseudolatex with particles <1 μm. Other components in Aquateric can include pluronics, Tweens, and acetylated monoglycerides. Other suitable cellulose derivatives include: cellulose acetate trimellitate (Eastman); methylcellulose (Pharmacoat, Methocel); hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose phthalate (HPMCP); hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose succinate (HPMCS); and hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate (e.g., AQOAT (Shin Etsu)). The performance can vary based on the degree and type of substitution. For example, HPMCP such as, HP-50, HP-55, HP-555, HP-55F grades are suitable. The performance can vary based on the degree and type of substitution. For example, suitable grades of hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate include, but are not limited to, AS-LG (LF), which dissolves at
pH 5, AS-MG (MF), which dissolves at pH 5.5, and AS-HG (HF), which dissolves at higher pH. These polymers are offered as granules, or as fine powders for aqueous dispersions; - Poly Vinyl Acetate Phthalate (PVAP). PVAP dissolves in pH>5, and it is much less permeable to water vapor and gastric fluids.
- In some embodiments, the coating can, and usually does, contain a plasticizer and possibly other coating excipients such as colorants, talc, and/or magnesium stearate. Suitable plasticizers include triethyl citrate (Citroflex 2), triacetin (glyceryl triacetate), acetyl triethyl citrate (Citroflec A2), Carbowax 400 (polyethylene glycol 400), diethyl phthalate, tributyl citrate, acetylated monoglycerides, glycerol, fatty acid esters, propylene glycol, and dibutyl phthalate. In particular, anionic carboxylic acrylic polymers usually will contain 10-25% by weight of a plasticizer, especially dibutyl phthalate, polyethylene glycol, triethyl citrate and triacetin. Conventional coating techniques such as spray or pan coating are employed to apply coatings. The coating thickness must be sufficient to ensure that the oral dosage form remains intact until the desired site of topical delivery in the intestinal tract is reached.
- Colorants, detackifiers, surfactants, antifoaming agents, lubricants (e.g., carnuba wax or PEG) may be added to the coatings besides plasticizers to solubilize or disperse the coating material, and to improve coating performance and the coated product.
- In other embodiments, the formulations described herein, which include a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) described herein, are delivered using a pulsatile dosage form. A pulsatile dosage form is capable of providing one or more immediate release pulses at predetermined time points after a controlled lag time or at specific sites. Pulsatile dosage forms may be administered using a variety of pulsatile formulations including, but are not limited to, those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,011,692; 5,017,381; 5,229,135; 5,840,329; 4,871,549; 5,260,068; 5,260,069; 5,508,040; 5,567,441 and 5,837,284.
- Many other types of controlled release systems are suitable for use with the formulations described herein. Examples of such delivery systems include, e.g., polymer-based systems, such as polylactic and polyglycolic acid, polyanhydrides and polycaprolactone; porous matrices, nonpolymer-based systems that are lipids, including sterols, such as cholesterol, cholesterol esters and fatty acids, or neutral fats, such as mono-, di- and triglycerides; hydrogel release systems; silastic systems; peptide-based systems; wax coatings, bioerodible dosage forms, compressed tablets using conventional binders and the like. See, e.g., Liberman et al., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, 2 Ed., Vol. 1, pp. 209-214 (1990); Singh et al., Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, 2nd Ed., pp. 751-753 (2002); U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,327,725; 4,624,848; 4,968,509; 5,461,140; 5,456,923; 5,516,527; 5,622,721; 5,686,105; 5,700,410; 5,977,175; 6,465,014; and 6,932,983.
- In some embodiments, pharmaceutical formulations are provided that include particles of the compounds described herein, e.g. compounds of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), and at least one dispersing agent or suspending agent for oral administration to a subject. The formulations may be a powder and/or granules for suspension, and upon admixture with water, a substantially uniform suspension is obtained.
- Liquid formulation dosage forms for oral administration can be aqueous suspensions selected from the group including, but not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable aqueous oral dispersions, emulsions, solutions, elixirs, gels, and syrups. See, e.g., Singh et al., Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, 2nd Ed., pp. 754-757 (2002).
- The aqueous suspensions and dispersions described herein can remain in a homogenous state, as defined in The USP Pharmacists' Pharmacopeia (2005 edition, chapter 905), for at least 4 hours. The homogeneity should be determined by a sampling method consistent with regard to determining homogeneity of the entire composition. In one embodiment, an aqueous suspension can be re-suspended into a homogenous suspension by physical agitation lasting less than 1 minute. In another embodiment, an aqueous suspension can be re-suspended into a homogenous suspension by physical agitation lasting less than 45 seconds. In yet another embodiment, an aqueous suspension can be re-suspended into a homogenous suspension by physical agitation lasting less than 30 seconds. In still another embodiment, no agitation is necessary to maintain a homogeneous aqueous dispersion.
- The pharmaceutical compositions described herein may include sweetening agents such as, but not limited to, acacia syrup, acesulfame K, alitame, anise, apple, aspartame, banana, Bavarian cream, berry, black currant, butterscotch, calcium citrate, camphor, caramel, cherry, cherry cream, chocolate, cinnamon, bubble gum, citrus, citrus punch, citrus cream, cotton candy, cocoa, cola, cool cherry, cool citrus, cyclamate, cylamate, dextrose, eucalyptus, eugenol, fructose, fruit punch, ginger, glycyrrhetinate, glycyrrhiza (licorice) syrup, grape, grapefruit, honey, isomalt, lemon, lime, lemon cream, monoammonium glyrrhizinate (MagnaSweet), maltol, mannitol, maple, marshmallow, menthol, mint cream, mixed berry, neohesperidine DC, neotame, orange, pear, peach, peppermint, peppermint cream, Prosweet® Powder, raspberry, root beer, rum, saccharin, safrole, sorbitol, spearmint, spearmint cream, strawberry, strawberry cream, stevia, sucralose, sucrose, sodium saccharin, saccharin, aspartame, acesulfame potassium, mannitol, talin, sucralose, sorbitol, swiss cream, tagatose, tangerine, thaumatin, tutti fruitti, vanilla, walnut, watermelon, wild cherry, wintergreen, xylitol, or any combination of these flavoring ingredients, e.g., anise-menthol, cherry-anise, cinnamon-orange, cherry-cinnamon, chocolate-mint, honey-lemon, lemon-lime, lemon-mint, menthol-eucalyptus, orange-cream, vanilla-mint, and mixtures thereof.
- In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulations described herein can be self-emulsifying drug delivery systems (SEDDS). Emulsions are dispersions of one immiscible phase in another, usually in the form of droplets. Generally, emulsions are created by vigorous mechanical dispersion. SEDDS, as opposed to emulsions or microemulsions, spontaneously form emulsions when added to an excess of water without any external mechanical dispersion or agitation. An advantage of SEDDS is that only gentle mixing is required to distribute the droplets throughout the solution. Additionally, water or the aqueous phase can be added just prior to administration, which ensures stability of an unstable or hydrophobic active ingredient. Thus, the SEDDS provides an effective delivery system for oral and parenteral delivery of hydrophobic active ingredients. SEDDS may provide improvements in the bioavailability of hydrophobic active ingredients. Methods of producing self-emulsifying dosage forms include, but are not limited to, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,858,401, 6,667,048, and 6,960,563.
- There is overlap between the above-listed additives used in the aqueous dispersions or suspensions described herein, since a given additive is often classified differently by different practitioners in the field, or is commonly used for any of several different functions. Thus, the above-listed additives should be taken as merely exemplary, and not limiting, of the types of additives that can be included in formulations described herein.
- Potential excipients for intranasal formulations include, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,476,116, 5,116,817 and 6,391,452. Formulations solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, fluorocarbons, and/or other solubilizing or dispersing agents. See, for example, Ansel, H. C. et al., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Sixth Ed. (1995). Preferably these compositions and formulations are prepared with suitable nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients. The choice of suitable carriers is highly dependent upon the exact nature of the nasal dosage form desired, e.g., solutions, suspensions, ointments, or gels. Nasal dosage forms generally contain large amounts of water in addition to the active ingredient. Minor amounts of other ingredients such as pH adjusters, emulsifiers or dispersing agents, preservatives, surfactants, gelling agents, or buffering and other stabilizing and solubilizing agents may also be present. Preferably, the nasal dosage form should be isotonic with nasal secretions.
- For administration by inhalation, the compounds described herein may be in a form as an aerosol, a mist or a powder. Pharmaceutical compositions described herein are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol, the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of, such as, by way of example only, gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound described herein and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
- Buccal formulations that include compounds described herein may be administered using a variety of formulations which include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,229,447, 4,596,795, 4,755,386, and 5,739,136. In addition, the buccal dosage forms described herein can further include a bioerodible (hydrolysable) polymeric carrier that also serves to adhere the dosage form to the buccal mucosa. The buccal dosage form is fabricated so as to erode gradually over a predetermined time period, wherein the delivery of the compound is provided essentially throughout. Buccal drug delivery avoids the disadvantages encountered with oral drug administration, e.g., slow absorption, degradation of the active agent by fluids present in the gastrointestinal tract and/or first-pass inactivation in the liver. With regard to the bioerodible (hydrolysable) polymeric carrier, virtually any such carrier can be used, so long as the desired drug release profile is not compromised, and the carrier is compatible with the compounds described herein, and any other components that may be present in the buccal dosage unit. Generally, the polymeric carrier comprises hydrophilic (water-soluble and water-swellable) polymers that adhere to the wet surface of the buccal mucosa. Examples of polymeric carriers useful herein include acrylic acid polymers and co, e.g., those known as “carbomers” (Carbopol®, which may be obtained from B.F. Goodrich, is one such polymer). Other components may also be incorporated into the buccal dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, disintegrants, diluents, binders, lubricants, flavoring, colorants, preservatives, and the like. For buccal or sublingual administration, the compositions may take the form of tablets, lozenges, or gels formulated in a conventional manner.
- Transdermal formulations described herein may be administered using a variety of devices including but not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,598,122, 3,598,123, 3,710,795, 3,731,683, 3,742,951, 3,814,097, 3,921,636, 3,972,995, 3,993,072, 3,993,073, 3,996,934, 4,031,894, 4,060,084, 4,069,307, 4,077,407, 4,201,211, 4,230,105, 4,292,299, 4,292,303, 5,336,168, 5,665,378, 5,837,280, 5,869,090, 6,923,983, 6,929,801 and 6,946,144.
- The transdermal dosage forms described herein may incorporate certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are conventional in the art. In one embodiment, the transdermal formulations described herein include at least three components: (1) a formulation of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA); (2) a penetration enhancer; and (3) an aqueous adjuvant. In addition, transdermal formulations can include additional components such as, but not limited to, gelling agents, creams and ointment bases, and the like. In some embodiments, the transdermal formulation can further include a woven or non-woven backing material to enhance absorption and prevent the removal of the transdermal formulation from the skin. In other embodiments, the transdermal formulations described herein can maintain a saturated or supersaturated state to promote diffusion into the skin.
- Formulations suitable for transdermal administration of compounds described herein may employ transdermal delivery devices and transdermal delivery patches and can be lipophilic emulsions or buffered, aqueous solutions, dissolved and/or dispersed in a polymer or an adhesive. Such patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents. Still further, transdermal delivery of the compounds described herein can be accomplished by means of iontophoretic patches and the like. Additionally, transdermal patches can provide controlled delivery of the compounds described herein. The rate of absorption can be slowed by using rate-controlling membranes or by trapping the compound within a polymer matrix or gel. Conversely, absorption enhancers can be used to increase absorption. An absorption enhancer or carrier can include absorbable pharmaceutically acceptable solvents to assist passage through the skin. For example, transdermal devices are in the form of a bandage comprising a backing member, a reservoir containing the compound optionally with carriers, optionally a rate controlling barrier to deliver the compound to the skin of the host at a controlled and predetermined rate over a prolonged period of time, and means to secure the device to the skin.
- Formulations suitable for intramuscular, subcutaneous, or intravenous injection may include physiologically acceptable sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, and sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. Examples of suitable aqueous and non-aqueous carriers, diluents, solvents, or vehicles including water, ethanol, polyols (propyleneglycol, polyethylene-glycol, glycerol, cremophor and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants. Formulations suitable for subcutaneous injection may also contain additives such as preserving, wetting, emulsifying, and dispensing agents. Prevention of the growth of microorganisms can be ensured by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, such as parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the use of agents delaying absorption, such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- For intravenous injections, compounds described herein may be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. For transmucosal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally recognized in the field. For other parenteral injections, appropriate formulations may include aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, preferably with physiologically compatible buffers or excipients. Such excipients are generally recognized in the field.
- Parenteral injections may involve bolus injection or continuous infusion. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The pharmaceutical composition described herein may be in a form suitable for parenteral injection as a sterile suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Optionally, the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
- In certain embodiments, delivery systems for pharmaceutical compounds may be employed, such as, for example, liposomes and emulsions. In certain embodiments, compositions provided herein also include an mucoadhesive polymer, selected from among, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, carbomer (acrylic acid polymer), poly(methylmethacrylate), polyacrylamide, polycarbophil, acrylic acid/butyl acrylate copolymer, sodium alginate and dextran.
- In some embodiments, the compounds described herein may be administered topically and are formulated into a variety of topically administrable compositions, such as solutions, suspensions, lotions, gels, pastes, medicated sticks, balms, creams or ointments. Such pharmaceutical compounds can contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
- The compounds described herein may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as enemas, rectal gels, rectal foams, rectal aerosols, suppositories, jelly suppositories, or retention enemas, containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides, as well as synthetic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, PEG, and the like. In suppository forms of the compositions, a low-melting wax such as, but not limited to, a mixture of fatty acid glycerides, optionally in combination with cocoa butter is first melted.
- Generally, an agent, such as a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) is administered in an amount effective for amelioration of, or prevention of the development of symptoms of, the disease or disorder (i.e., a therapeutically effective amount). Thus, a therapeutically effective amount can be an amount that is capable of at least partially preventing or reversing a disease or disorder. The dose required to obtain an effective amount may vary depending on the agent, formulation, disease or disorder, and individual to whom the agent is administered.
- Determination of effective amounts may also involve in vitro assays in which varying doses of agent are administered to cells in culture and the concentration of agent effective for ameliorating some or all symptoms is determined in order to calculate the concentration required in vivo. Effective amounts may also be based in in vivo animal studies.
- An agent can be administered prior to, concurrently with and subsequent to the appearance of symptoms of a disease or disorder. In some embodiments, an agent is administered to a subject with a family history of the disease or disorder, or who has a phenotype that may indicate a predisposition to a disease or disorder, or who has a genotype which predisposes the subject to the disease or disorder.
- The particular delivery system used can depend on a number of factors, including, for example, the intended target and the route of administration, e.g., local or systemic. Targets for delivery can be specific cells which are causing or contributing to a disease or disorder, including, for example, cells that have altered intracellular calcium or calcium dysregulation or dyshomeostasis, and cells that do not have altered intracellular calcium but that may have some alteration, defect or deficiency that can be, at least in part, compensated, counteracted, reversed or alleviated or eliminated by altering intracellular calcium of the cell. Particular cells include, for example, immune cells (e.g., lymphocytes, T cells, B cells, white blood cells), fibroblasts (or cells derived from a fibroblast), epidermal, dermal or skin cells (e.g., a keratinocytes), blood cells, kidney or renal cells (e.g., mesangial cells), muscle cells (e.g., a smooth muscle cell such as an airway (tracheal or bronchial) smooth muscle cell) and exocrine or secretory (e.g., salivary, including parotid acinar and submandibular gland) cells. For example, a target cell can be resident or infiltrating cells in the lungs or airways that contribute to an asthmatic illness or disease, resident or infiltrating cells in the nervous system contributing to a neurological, neurodegenerative or demyelinating disease or disorder, resident or infiltrating cells involved in rejection of a kidney graft, grafted cells that when activated lead to graft-versus-host disease, resident or infiltrating cells involved in rejection of a kidney graft, resident or infiltrating cells, activation of which contributes to inflammation, e.g., in arthritis, resident or infiltrating cells in the kidney or renal system (e.g., mesangial cells) involved in neuropathy and glomerulonephritis and resident or infiltrating cells in exocrine glands (e.g., salivary and lacrimal glands) involved in autoimmune disorders (e.g., Sjogren's disease). Administration of an agent can be directed to one or more cell types or subsets of a cell type by methods recognized in the field. For example, an agent can be coupled to an antibody, ligand to a cell surface receptor or a toxin, or can be contained in a particle that is selectively internalized into cells, e.g., liposomes or a virus in which the viral receptor binds specifically to a certain cell type, or a viral particle lacking the viral nucleic acid, or can be administered locally.
- The compounds described herein can be used in the preparation of medicaments for the modulation of intracellular calcium, or for the treatment of diseases or conditions that would benefit, at least in part, from modulation of intracellular calcium. In addition, a method for treating any of the diseases or conditions described herein in a subject in need of such treatment, involves administration of pharmaceutical compositions containing at least one compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, in therapeutically effective amounts to said subject.
- The compositions containing the compound(s) described herein can be administered for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments. In therapeutic applications, the compositions are administered to a patient already suffering from a disease or condition, in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest the symptoms of the disease or condition. Amounts effective for this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease or condition, previous therapy, the patient's health status, weight, and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician.
- In prophylactic applications, compositions containing the compounds described herein are administered to a patient susceptible to or otherwise at risk of a particular disease, disorder or condition. Such an amount is defined to be a “prophylactically effective amount or dose.” In this use, the precise amounts also depend on the patient's state of health, weight, and the like. When used in a patient, effective amounts for this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease, disorder or condition, previous therapy, the patient's health status and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician.
- In the case wherein the patient's condition does not improve, upon the doctor's discretion the administration of the compounds may be administered chronically, that is, for an extended period of time, including throughout the duration of the patient's life in order to ameliorate or otherwise control or limit the symptoms of the patient's disease or condition.
- In the case wherein the patient's status does improve, upon the doctor's discretion the administration of the compounds may be given continuously; alternatively, the dose of drug being administered may be temporarily reduced or temporarily suspended for a certain length of time (i.e., a “drug holiday”). The length of the drug holiday can vary between 2 days and 1 year, including by way of example only, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 10 days, 12 days, 15 days, 20 days, 28 days, 35 days, 50 days, 70 days, 100 days, 120 days, 150 days, 180 days, 200 days, 250 days, 280 days, 300 days, 320 days, 350 days, or 365 days. The dose reduction during a drug holiday may be from about 10% to about 100%, including, by way of example only, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, or about 100%.
- Once improvement of the patient's conditions has occurred, a maintenance dose is administered if necessary. Subsequently, the dosage or the frequency of administration, or both, can be reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved disease, disorder or condition is retained. Patients can, however, require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of symptoms.
- The amount of a given agent that will correspond to such an amount will vary depending upon factors such as the particular compound, disease or condition and its severity, the identity (e.g., weight) of the subject or host in need of treatment, but can nevertheless be determined in a manner recognized in the field according to the particular circumstances surrounding the case, including, e.g., the specific agent being administered, the route of administration, the condition being treated, and the subject or host being treated. In general, however, doses employed for adult human treatment will typically be in the range of about 0.02—about 5000 mg per day, in some embodiments, about 1—about 1500 mg per day. The desired dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or as divided doses administered simultaneously (or over a short period of time) or at appropriate intervals, for example as two, three, four or more sub-doses per day.
- The pharmaceutical composition described herein may be in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise dosages. In unit dosage form, the formulation is divided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of one or more compound. The unit dosage may be in the form of a package containing discrete quantities of the formulation. Non-limiting examples are packaged tablets or capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules. Aqueous suspension compositions can be packaged in single-dose non-reclosable containers. Alternatively, multiple-dose reclosable containers can be used, in which case it is typical to include a preservative in the composition. By way of example only, formulations for parenteral injection may be presented in unit dosage form, which include, but are not limited to ampoules, or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
- The daily dosages appropriate for the compounds described herein described herein are from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg. In one embodiment, the daily dosages are from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg. An indicated daily dosage in the larger mammal, including, but not limited to, humans, is in the range from about 0.5 mg to about 1000 mg, conveniently administered in a single dose or in divided doses, including, but not limited to, up to four times a day or in extended release form. Suitable unit dosage forms for oral administration include from about 1 to about 500 mg active ingredient. In one embodiment, the unit dosage is about 1 mg, about 5 mg, about, 10 mg, about 20 mg, about 50 mg, about 100 mg, about 200 mg, about 250 mg, about 400 mg, or about 500 mg. The foregoing ranges are merely suggestive, as the number of variables in regard to an individual treatment regime is large, and considerable excursions from these recommended values are not uncommon. Such dosages may be altered depending on a number of variables, not limited to the activity of the compound used, the disease or condition to be treated, the mode of administration, the requirements of the individual subject, the severity of the disease or condition being treated, and the judgment of the practitioner.
- Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such therapeutic regimens can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, including, but not limited to, the determination of the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between the toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio between LD50 and ED50. Compounds exhibiting high therapeutic indices are preferred. The data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in human. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with minimal toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
- The compounds of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), and compositions thereof, may also be used in combination with other therapeutic agents that are selected for their therapeutic value for the condition to be treated. In general, the compositions described herein and, in embodiments where combinational therapy is employed, other agents do not have to be administered in the same pharmaceutical composition, and may, because of different physical and chemical characteristics, have to be administered by different routes. The determination of the mode of administration and the advisability of administration, where possible, in the same pharmaceutical composition, is well within the knowledge of the clinician. The initial administration can be made according to established protocols recognized in the field, and then, based upon the observed effects, the dosage, modes of administration and times of administration can be modified by the clinician.
- In certain instances, it may be appropriate to administer at least one compound described herein in combination with another therapeutic agent. By way of example only, if one of the side effects experienced by a patient upon receiving one of the compounds herein, such as a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), is nausea, then it may be appropriate to administer an anti-nausea agent in combination with the initial therapeutic agent. Or, by way of example only, the therapeutic effectiveness of one of the compounds described herein may be enhanced by administration of an adjuvant (i.e., by itself the adjuvant may have minimal therapeutic benefit, but in combination with another therapeutic agent, the overall therapeutic benefit to the patient is enhanced). Or, by way of example only, the benefit experienced by a patient may be increased by administering one of the compounds described herein with another therapeutic agent (which also includes a therapeutic regimen) that also has therapeutic benefit. In any case, regardless of the disease, disorder or condition being treated, the overall benefit experienced by the patient may simply be additive of the two therapeutic agents or the patient may experience a synergistic benefit.
- The particular choice of compounds used will depend upon the diagnosis of the attending physicians and their judgment of the condition of the patient and the appropriate treatment protocol.
- The compounds may be administered concurrently (e.g., simultaneously, essentially simultaneously or within the same treatment protocol) or sequentially, depending upon the nature of the disease, disorder, or condition, the condition of the patient, and the actual choice of compounds used. The determination of the order of administration, and the number of repetitions of administration of each therapeutic agent during a treatment protocol, is well within the knowledge of the physician after evaluation of the disease being treated and the condition of the patient.
- Therapeutically-effective dosages can vary when the drugs are used in treatment combinations. Methods for experimentally determining therapeutically-effective dosages of drugs and other agents for use in combination treatment regimens are described in the literature. For example, the use of metronomic dosing, i.e., providing more frequent, lower doses in order to minimize toxic side effects, has been described extensively in the literature Combination treatment further includes periodic treatments that start and stop at various times to assist with the clinical management of the patient.
- For combination therapies described herein, dosages of the co-administered compounds will of course vary depending on the type of co-drug employed, on the specific drug employed, on the disease or condition being treated and so forth. In addition, when co-administered with one or more biologically active agents, the compound provided herein may be administered either simultaneously with the biologically active agent(s), or sequentially. If administered sequentially, the attending physician will decide on the appropriate sequence of administering protein in combination with the biologically active agent(s).
- In any case, the multiple therapeutic agents (one of which is a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) described herein) may be administered in any order or even simultaneously. If simultaneously, the multiple therapeutic agents may be provided in a single, unified form, or in multiple forms (by way of example only, either as a single pill or as two separate pills). One of the therapeutic agents may be given in multiple doses, or both may be given as multiple doses. If not simultaneous, the timing between the multiple doses may vary from more than zero weeks to less than four weeks. In addition, the combination methods, compositions and formulations are not to be limited to the use of only two agents; the use of multiple therapeutic combinations are also envisioned.
- It is understood that the dosage regimen to treat, prevent, or ameliorate the condition(s) for which relief is sought, can be modified in accordance with a variety of factors. These factors include the disorder or condition from which the subject suffers, as well as the age, weight, sex, diet, and medical condition of the subject. Thus, the dosage regimen actually employed can vary widely and therefore can deviate from the dosage regimens set forth herein.
- The pharmaceutical agents which make up the combination therapy disclosed herein may be a combined dosage form or in separate dosage forms intended for substantially simultaneous administration. The pharmaceutical agents that make up the combination therapy may also be administered sequentially, with either therapeutic compound being administered by a regimen calling for two-step administration. The two-step administration regimen may call for sequential administration of the active agents or spaced-apart administration of the separate active agents. The time period between the multiple administration steps may range from, a few minutes to several hours, depending upon the properties of each pharmaceutical agent, such as potency, solubility, bioavailability, plasma half-life and kinetic profile of the pharmaceutical agent. Circadian variation of the target molecule concentration may also determine the optimal dose interval.
- In addition, the compounds described herein also may be used in combination with procedures that may provide additional or synergistic benefit to the patient. By way of example only, patients are expected to find therapeutic and/or prophylactic benefit in the methods described herein, wherein pharmaceutical composition of a compound disclosed herein and/or combinations with other therapeutics are combined with genetic testing to determine whether that individual is a carrier of a mutant gene that is known to be correlated with certain diseases or conditions.
- The compounds described herein and combination therapies can be administered before, during or after the occurrence of a disease or condition, and the timing of administering the composition containing a compound can vary. Thus, for example, the compounds can be used as a prophylactic and can be administered continuously to subjects with a propensity to develop conditions or diseases in order to prevent the occurrence of the disease or condition. The compounds and compositions can be administered to a subject during or as soon as possible after the onset of the symptoms. The administration of the compounds can be initiated within the first 48 hours of the onset of the symptoms, preferably within the first 48 hours of the onset of the symptoms, more preferably within the first 6 hours of the onset of the symptoms, and most preferably within 3 hours of the onset of the symptoms. The initial administration can be via any route practical, such as, for example, an intravenous injection, a bolus injection, infusion over about 5 minutes to about 5 hours, a pill, a capsule, transdermal patch, buccal delivery, and the like, or combination thereof. A compound is preferably administered as soon as is practicable after the onset of a disease or condition is detected or suspected, and for a length of time necessary for the treatment of the disease, such as, for example, from 1 day to about 3 months. The length of treatment can vary for each subject, and the length can be determined using the known criteria. For example, the compound or a formulation containing the compound can be administered for at least 2 weeks, preferably about 1 month to about 5 years.
- In one aspect, compounds of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) are administered or used in conjunction with other inhibitors of SOCE. In one aspect, the inhibitors of SOCE are non-selective inhibitors.
- A variety of inhibitors of SOCE have been described. Inhibitors of SOCE include:
- a) Cations, which include lanthanide cations, such as for example, Gd3+, La3+;
b) P-450 inhibitors, which include econazole, miconazole, clotrimazole, ketoconazole;
c) Cyclooxygenase inhibitors, which include niflumic acid, flufenamic acid, tenidap;
d) Lipoxygenase inhibitors, which include nordihydroguaiaretic acid, eicosatetraynoic acid;
e) Compounds that are channel blockers, which include SK&F 96365, SC38249, LU52396, L-651,582, tetrandrine, 2-APB;
f) Compounds that inhibit SOCE not by an action on the SOC channels themselves, which include U73122 (phospholipase C inhibitor), wortmannin (phosphatidylinositol kinase inhibitor). - Some of these inhibitors of SOCE have non-specific actions and/or multiple modes of action that contribute to the inhibition of SOCE, which include blocking the pore of the SOC channel (Channel blockers), inhibition of mitochondrial ATP synthesis that appears to support SOCE (Gamberucci et al., J Biol. Chem., 269, 23597-23602, 1994; Marriott et al., Am. J. Physiol., 269, C766-C774, 1995), disturbances of cytoplasmic pH (Muallem et al., Am. J. Physiol., 257, G917-G924, 1989), as well as inhibiting the activation of SOC channels.
- In one embodiment, compounds described herein are administered as single agents in immunosuppressive therapy to reduce, inhibit, or prevent activity of the immune system. Immunosuppressive therapy is clinically used to: prevent the rejection of transplanted organs and tissues (e.g. bone marrow, heart, kidney, liver); treatment of autoimmune diseases or diseases that are most likely of autoimmune origin (e.g. rheumatoid arthritis, myasthenia gravis, systemic lupus erythematosus, Crohn's disease, and ulcerative colitis); and treatment of some other non-autoimmune inflammatory diseases (e.g. long term allergic asthma control).
- In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are administered with other immunosuppresants selected from among: Calcineurin inhibitors (such as, but not limited to, cyclosporin, tacrolimus); mTOR inhibitors (such as, but not limited to, sirolimus, everolimus); anti-proliferatives (such as, but not limited to, azathioprine, mycophenolic acid); corticosteroids (such as, but not limited to, prednisone, cortisone acetate, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, dexamethasone, betamethasone, triamcinolone, beclometasone, fludrocortisone acetate, deoxycorticosterone acetate, aldosterone, hydrocortisone); antibodies (such as, but not limited to, monoclonal anti-IL-2Rα receptor antibodies (basiliximab, daclizumab), polyclonal anti-T-cell antibodies (anti-thymocyte globulin (ATG), anti-lymphocyte globulin (ALG))).
- Other immunosuppresants include, but are not limited to: glucocorticoids (alclometasone, aldosterone, amcinonide, beclometasone, betamethasone, budesonide, ciclesonide, clobetasol, clobetasone, clocortolone, cloprednol, cortisone, cortivazol, deflazacort, deoxycorticosterone, desonide, desoximetasone, desoxycortone, dexamethasone, diflorasone, diflucortolone, difluprednate, fluclorolone, Fludrocortisone, fludroxycortide, flumetasone, flunisolide, fluocinolone acetonide, fluocinonide, fluocortin, fluocortolone, fluorometholone, fluperolone, fluprednidene, fluticasone, formocortal, halcinonide, halometasone, hydrocortisone/cortisol, hydrocortisone aceponate, hydrocortisone buteprate, hydrocortisone butyrate, loteprednol, medrysone, meprednisone, methylprednisolone, methylprednisolone aceponate, mometasone furoate, paramethasone, prednicarbate, prednisone, prednisolone, prednylidene, rimexolone, tixocortol, triamcinolone, ulobetasol), cyclophosphamide, nitrosoureas, cisplatin, carboplatin, oxaliplatin, methotrexate, azathioprine, mercaptopurine, pyrimidine analogues, protein synthesis inhibitors, methotrexate, azathioprine, mercaptopurine, dactinomycin, anthracyclines, mitomycin C, bleomycin, mithramycin, Atgam(R), Thymoglobuline®, OKT3®, basiliximab, daclizumab, cyclosporin, tacrolimus, sirolimus, Interferons (IFN-β, IFN-γ), opioids, TNF binding proteins (infliximab, etanercept, adalimumab, golimumab), mycophenolic acid, mycophenolate mofetil, FTY720, as well as those listed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,060,697.
- Where the subject is suffering from or at risk of suffering from an autoimmune disease, disorder or condition, or an inflammatory disease, disorder or condition, a compound described herein is administered in any combination with one or more of the following therapeutic agents: immunosuppressant's (e.g., tacrolimus, cyclosporin, rapamicin, methotrexate, cyclophosphamide, azathioprine, mercaptopurine, mycophenolate, or FTY720), glucocorticoids (e.g., prednisone, cortisone acetate, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, dexamethasone, betamethasone, triamcinolone, beclometasone, fludrocortisone acetate, deoxycorticosterone acetate, aldosterone), non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (e.g., salicylates, arylalkanoic acids, 2-arylpropionic acids, N-arylanthranilic acids, oxicams, coxibs, or sulphonanilides), Cox-2-specific inhibitors (e.g., valdecoxib, etoricoxib, lumiracoxib, celecoxib, or rofecoxib), leflunomide, gold thioglucose, gold thiomalate, aurofin, sulfasalazine, hydroxychloroquinine, minocycline, TNF-α binding proteins (e.g., infliximab, etanercept, or adalimumab), abatacept, anakinra, interferon-β, interferon-γ, interleukin-2, antileukotrienes, theophylline, or anticholinergics.
- In one embodiment, compounds described herein, are administered in combination with inhibitors of NFAT-calcineurin pathway. In one embodiment, the inhibitors of NFAT-calcineurin pathway include, but are not limited to, Cyclosporin A (CsA) and tacrolimus (FK506).
- In one embodiment, a compound described herein, or compositions and medicaments that include a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), are administered to a patient in combination with an anti-inflammatory agent including, but not limited to, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) and corticosteroids (glucocorticoids).
- NSAIDs include, but are not limited to: aspirin, salicylic acid, gentisic acid, choline magnesium salicylate, choline salicylate, choline magnesium salicylate, choline salicylate, magnesium salicylate, sodium salicylate, diflunisal, carprofen, fenoprofen, fenoprofen calcium, fluorobiprofen, ibuprofen, ketoprofen, nabutone, ketolorac, ketorolac tromethamine, naproxen, oxaprozin, diclofenac, etodolac, indomethacin, sulindac, tolmetin, meclofenamate, meclofenamate sodium, mefenamic acid, piroxicam, meloxicam, COX-2 specific inhibitors (such as, but not limited to, celecoxib, rofecoxib, valdecoxib, parecoxib, etoricoxib, lumiracoxib, CS-502, JTE-522, L-745,337 and NS398).
- Combinations with NSAIDs, which are selective COX-2 inhibitors, are contemplated herein. Such compounds include, but are not limited to those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,474,995; U.S. Pat. No. 5,861,419; U.S. Pat. No. 6,001,843; U.S. Pat. No. 6,020,343, U.S. Pat. No. 5,409,944; U.S. Pat. No. 5,436,265; U.S. Pat. No. 5,536,752; U.S. Pat. No. 5,550,142; U.S. Pat. No. 5,604,260; U.S. Pat. No. 5,698,584; U.S. Pat. No. 5,710,140; WO 94/15932; U.S. Pat. No. 5,344,991; U.S. Pat. No. 5,134,142; U.S. Pat. No. 5,380,738; U.S. Pat. No. 5,393,790; U.S. Pat. No. 5,466,823; U.S. Pat. No. 5,633,272; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,932,598 and 6,313,138; all of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
- Compounds that have been described as selective COX-2 inhibitors and are therefore useful in the methods or pharmaceutical compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, celecoxib, rofecoxib, lumiracoxib, etoricoxib, valdecoxib, and parecoxib, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- Corticosteroids, include, but are not limited to: betamethasone, prednisone, alclometasone, aldosterone, amcinonide, beclometasone, betamethasone, budesonide, ciclesonide, clobetasol, clobetasone, clocortolone, cloprednol, cortisone, cortivazol, deflazacort, deoxycorticosterone, desonide, desoximetasone, desoxycortone, dexamethasone, diflorasone, diflucortolone, difluprednate, fluclorolone, fludrocortisone, fludroxycortide, flumetasone, flunisolide, fluocinolone acetonide, fluocinonide, fluocortin, fluocortolone, fluorometholone, fluperolone, fluprednidene, fluticasone, formocortal, halcinonide, halometasone, hydrocortisone/cortisol, hydrocortisone aceponate, hydrocortisone buteprate, hydrocortisone butyrate, loteprednol, medrysone, meprednisone, methylprednisolone, methylprednisolone aceponate, mometasone furoate, paramethasone, prednicarbate, prednisone/prednisolone, rimexolone, tixocortol, triamcinolone, and ulobetasol.
- Other agents used as anti-inflammatories include those disclosed in U.S. patent publication 2005/0227929, herein incorporated by reference.
- Some commercially available anti-inflammatories include, but are not limited to: Arthrotec® (diclofenac and misoprostol), Asacol® (5-aminosalicyclic acid), Salofalk® (5-aminosalicyclic acid), Auralgan® (antipyrine and benzocaine), Azulfidine (sulfasalazine), Daypro® (oxaprozin), Lodine® (etodolac), Ponstan® (mefenamic acid), Solumedrol® (methylprednisolone), Bayer® (aspirin), Bufferin® (aspirin), Indocin® (indomethacin), Vioxx® (rofecoxib), Celebrex® (celecoxib), Bextra® (valdecoxib), Arcoxia® (etoricoxib), Prexige® (lumiracoxib), Advil®, Motrin® (ibuprofen), Voltaren® (diclofenac), Orudis® (ketoprofen), Mobic® (meloxicam), Relafen® (nabumetone), Aleve®, Naprosyn® (naproxen), Feldene® (piroxicam).
- In one embodiment, compounds described herein are administered in combination with leukotriene receptor antagonists including, but are not limited to, BAY u9773 (see EP 00791576; published 27 Aug. 1997), DUO-LT (Tsuji et al, Org. Biomol. Chem., 1, 3139-3141, 2003), zafirlukast (Accolate®), montelukast (Singulair®), prankulast (Onon®), and derivatives or analogs thereof.
- For use in the therapeutic applications described herein, kits and articles of manufacture are also described herein. Such kits can include a carrier, package, or container that is compartmentalized to receive one or more containers such as vials, tubes, and the like, each of the container(s) including one of the separate elements to be used in a method described herein. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, and test tubes. The containers can be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.
- The articles of manufacture provided herein contain packaging materials. Packaging materials for use in packaging pharmaceutical products include, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,323,907, 5,052,558 and 5,033,252. Examples of pharmaceutical packaging materials include, but are not limited to, blister packs, bottles, tubes, inhalers, pumps, bags, vials, containers, syringes, bottles, and any packaging material suitable for a selected formulation and intended mode of administration and treatment. A wide array of formulations of the compounds and compositions provided herein are contemplated as are a variety of treatments for any disease, disorder, or condition that would benefit by inhibition of CRAC channel activity.
- For example, the container(s) can include one or more compounds described herein, optionally in a composition or in combination with another agent as disclosed herein. The container(s) optionally have a sterile access port (for example the container can be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle). Such kits optionally comprising a compound with an identifying description or label or instructions relating to its use in the methods described herein.
- A kit will typically may include one or more additional containers, each with one or more of various materials (such as reagents, optionally in concentrated form, and/or devices) desirable from a commercial and user standpoint for use of a compound described herein. Non-limiting examples of such materials include, but not limited to, buffers, diluents, filters, needles, syringes; carrier, package, container, vial and/or tube labels listing contents and/or instructions for use, and package inserts with instructions for use. A set of instructions will also typically be included.
- A label can be on or associated with the container. A label can be on a container when letters, numbers or other characters forming the label are attached, molded or etched into the container itself; a label can be associated with a container when it is present within a receptacle or carrier that also holds the container, e.g., as a package insert. A label can be used to indicate that the contents are to be used for a specific therapeutic application. The label can also indicate directions for use of the contents, such as in the methods described herein.
- In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions can be presented in a pack or dispenser device which can contain one or more unit dosage forms containing a compound provided herein. The pack can for example contain metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack. The pack or dispenser device can be accompanied by instructions for administration. The pack or dispenser can also be accompanied with a notice associated with the container in form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinary administration. Such notice, for example, can be the labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription drugs, or the approved product insert. Compositions containing a compound provided herein formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier can also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition.
- Several techniques may be used to evaluate store operated calcium entry and calcium signaling in cells. Such techniques include, but are not limited to, patch clamp electrophysiology (measurement of calcium ions or other ions across cell membranes, such as plasma membranes), capacitance measurements (allows exocytosis to be followed at the level of single cells), calcium imaging using fluorescent dyes allows patterns of calcium movement within the cytoplasm to be tracked, fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) enables protein-protein interactions to be evaluated, and molecular biology methods allow for the manipulation of the levels of expression of proteins of interest.
- A wide variety of assay methods may be used to examine the modulation of intracellular calcium by compounds of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA). Such assays include in vitro cell based assays as well as in vivo animal models. Any assays that detect, monitor or measure an effect on intracellular calcium, including calcium entry-mediated events can be used. Such assays include, but are not limited to, assays monitoring, measuring and/or detecting intracellular calcium levels, modulation of calcium levels, and movement of calcium into, out of or within cells and intracellular organelles. Assays can also include monitoring, measuring and/or detecting calcium entry-mediated events and molecules involved in calcium entry-mediated events such as, but not limited to, signal transduction molecules, transcription factors, secreted molecules and other molecules that are affected by changes in calcium homeostasis. Assays include, but are not limited to, those described herein and those described in US patent publication no. 2007/0031814 and WO 07/081,804, herein incorporated by reference.
- For in vitro testing of the modulation of intracellular calcium by compounds of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA), a wide variety of cell types for such assays are available. In a particular embodiment, the cell is one in which store-operated calcium entry occurs or that can be manipulated such that store-operated calcium entry occurs in the cell. In particular embodiments, the cell contains one or more proteins involved in modulating intracellular calcium (and, in particular, is involved in, participates in and/or provides for store-operated calcium entry, movement of calcium into, out of or within an intracellular organelle or calcium store, modulation of calcium levels in an intracellular organelle or calcium store (e.g., endoplasmic reticulum) and/or calcium buffering), such as those provided herein. In particular embodiments, the protein(s) include STIM proteins (including STIM1, STIM2, DSTIM and CSTIM protein) and/or Orai proteins (Orai1, Orai2, Orai3). The cell may endogenously express the protein(s) or recombinantly express the protein(s).
- Cells for use in the methods may be of any species. In one embodiment, the cells can be eukaryotic cells. In one embodiment, the cells can be yeast, insect (e.g., Drosophila or Anopheles), or mammalian cells. Mammalian cells include, but are not limited to, rodent (e.g., mouse, rat and hamster), primate, monkey, dog, bovine, rabbit and human cells. A variety of cell types can be used in the methods, including, for example, neuronal, nervous system, brain, immune system cells, e.g., T lymphocytes and B cells, primary cells, blood and hematopoietic cells, stromal cells, myeloid cells, lymphoid cells, and a variety of tumor and cancer cells. Particular cells include Drosophila Schneider 2 or S2 cells, human embryonic kidney (HEK293) cells, rat basophilic leukemia (RBL-2H3) cells, Jurkat cells, epithelial cells, rhabdomyosarcoma cells, rhabdoid cells, retinoblastoma cells, neuroepithelioma cells, neuroblastoma cells, osteosarcoma cells, fibroblasts, bone marrow stroma cells, erythroleukemia cells and lymphoblast cells. Other cell lines include HEK 293 and 293T, CHO (including CHO-K1), LTK-, N2A, H6, and HGB. Many such cells and cell lines are available through cell depositories such as, for example, the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC, Manassas, Va.). Primary cells can be obtained by isolation from tissue sources.
- Cells from a known cell line can be used, such as neuroblastoma SH-SY5Y cells, pheochromocytoma PC12 cells, neuroblastoma SK-N-BE(2)C or SK-N-SH cells, human SK-N-MC neuroepithelioma cells, SMS-KCNR cells, human LAN-5 neuroblastoma cells, human GI-CA-N neuroblastoma cells, human GOTO neuroblastoma cells, mouse Neuro 2a (N2A) neuroblastoma cells and/or human IMR 32 neuroblastoma cells, chronic myeloid leukemia cells (e.g., human K562 cells), promyelocytic leukemia cells (e.g., HL60 cells) and histiocytic lymphoma cells (e.g., U937 cells), Burkitt's lymphoma cells (e.g., CA46 cells), B-cells (e.g., NALM6), acute lymphoblastic leukemia cells (e.g., MOLT4 cells), T cells (e.g. Jurkat cells) and early T-ALL (e.g., DU528) cells.
- In one embodiment, the choice of a cell for use in an in vitro assay to test the modulation of intracellular calcium by compounds described herein involves several considerations, including, for example, a particular protein that is being used in the method and a particular aspect or activity of intracellular calcium modulation that is being monitored or assessed in the method.
- In one embodiment, the modulation of intracellular calcium by a compound described herein, or (XIIIA) is examined by monitoring or assessing the effect on store-operated calcium entry. Cells typically used in such methods exhibit store-operated calcium entry either naturally or through manipulation of the cells. Cells that endogenously exhibit store-operated calcium entry include some excitable cells and most non-excitable cells and can be identified using methods described herein and/or recognized in the field.
- In one embodiment, it may be desirable to utilize a cell that contains components of signaling and messenger systems that can effect release of calcium from intracellular stores. For example, cells containing components of receptor-mediated phospholipase C(PLC) activation systems can be used for physiological activation (via generation of IP3) of store depletion to facilitate monitoring of store-operated calcium entry. Receptor-mediated PLC activation occurs through distinct coupling mechanisms: PLC-β activation by G protein-coupled receptors (GPCRs) and PLC-γ activation by tyrosine kinase receptors and nonreceptor tyrosine kinases. Thus, cells containing a receptor-mediated PLC-activation system can be monitored or assessed for store-operated calcium entry upon agonist activation of one or more receptors known to participate in the system. (see e.g. Bouron (2000) FEBS Lett 470:269-272; Millar et al. (1995) J. Exp. Biol. 198:1843-1850; Yagodin et al. (1998) Cell Calcium 23:219-228; Yagodin et al. (1999) Cell Calcium 25:429-438; and Patterson et al. (2002) Cell 111:1-20).
- An assessment of intracellular calcium after treatment with a compound described herein can be made under a variety of conditions. Conditions can be selected to evaluate the effect of test agent on a specific aspect of intracellular calcium. For example, reagents and conditions are used, for specifically evaluating store-operated calcium entry, resting cytosolic calcium levels, calcium buffering, and calcium levels of and calcium uptake by or release from intracellular organelles. Resting cytosolic calcium levels, intracellular organelle calcium levels and cation movement may be assessed using any of the methods described herein or recognized in the field. Such methods of assessing modulation in intracellular calcium include, but are not limited to, calcium-sensitive indicator-based measurements, such as fluo-3, mag-fura 2 and ER-targeted aequorin, labeled calcium (such as 45Ca2+)-based measurements, and electrophysiological measurements. Particular aspects of ion flux that may be assessed include, but are not limited to, a reduction (including elimination) in the amount of ion flux, altered biophysical properties of the ion current, and altered sensitivities of the flux to activators or inhibitors of calcium flux processes, such as, for example, store-operated calcium entry. Reagents and conditions for use in specifically evaluating receptor-mediated calcium movement and second messenger-operated calcium movement are also available.
- In one aspect, compounds described herein are added to cells under conditions that permit store-operated calcium entry to occur in order to assess the effects of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) on store-operated calcium entry. Such conditions are described herein and are recognized in the field.
- For example, in one method cells may be treated to reduce the calcium levels of intracellular calcium stores and then analyzed for evidence of ion (e.g., calcium) influx in response thereto in the presence of a compound described herein. Techniques for reducing calcium levels of intracellular stores and for analyzing cells for evidence of ion (e.g., calcium) influx are recognized in the field and described herein.
- In other methods, electrophysiological analysis of currents across a cell-detached plasma membrane patch or an outside-out membrane vesicle may be used to detect or monitor store-operated channel currents (e.g., I50c, ICRAC) in the presence of a compound described herein.
- A number of molecules involved in calcium-regulated pathways are known. Evaluation of molecules involved in calcium-entry mediated events can be used to monitor intracellular calcium, and can be used, for example in screening assays described herein to monitor the effects of the compounds presented herein. Examples of assays include but are not limited to assays which detect, or determine the presence, levels, alteration of levels, production, modification (such as phosphorylation and dephosphorylation), translocation, degradation and activity of molecules involved in calcium-entry mediated events (see for example, Trevillyan et al. (2001) J. Biol. Chem. 276:48118-26). The assays described herein can be used with cells that have been treated with or contacted with a compound presented herein, or that express an altered amount of a test molecule (such as a protein involved in calcium regulation, including a STIM protein, Orai protein), or with control cells. The assays can also be conducted in cells that have been stimulated with a physiological or non-physiological activator, or in unstimulated cells. The following are representative assays for molecules involved in calcium-entry mediated events and are meant to be exemplary only. Other assays for these molecules and assays for other molecules involved in calcium-entry mediated events can also be employed in any of the screening and/or modulation methods described herein.
- In mast cells, Ca2+ influx results in degranulation and release of inflammatory mediators such as heparin, histamine and enzymes such as β-hexosaminidase. Detecting and/or measuring release of such molecules can thus be used to monitor intracellular calcium. For example, media from mast cells can be collected. A suitable substrate for β-hexosaminidase (e.g. p-nitrophenyl-acetyl-glucosamide) can then be added and the absorbance of the resulting mixture assessed to measure the relative amount of β-hexosaminidase activity in the samples (Funaba et al. (2003) Cell Biol. International 27:879-85).
- The phosphatase calcineurin (CaN) dephosphorylates various proteins, affecting their activity and localization. CaN activity can be assessed by incubating purified CaN and a CaN substrate, for example a radiolabeled peptide corresponding to a sequence in the RII subunit of cAMP-dependent kinase, either with or without a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) (see, Trevillyan et al. (2001) J. Biol. Chem. 276:48118-26). The level of radiolabeled peptide and/or the amount of free inorganic phosphate released can be measured to assess CaN dephosphorylation activity.
- The NFAT (nuclear factor of activated T cells) transcription factor regulates a number of genes in response to intracellular calcium levels. For example, NFAT proteins regulate the transcription of cytokine genes involved in the immune response. Promoters from NFAT-regulated genes, and/or regulatory regions and elements from these genes, can be used to monitor NFAT regulated expression and thereby monitor intracellular calcium. Reporter gene fusions can be constructed with NFAT regulated promoters or NFAT-regulated elements operably linked to a reporter gene such as luciferase, β-galactosidase, green fluorescent protein (GFP) or any other known reporter in the art (see for example, Published U.S. Application no. 2002-0034728). The amount of reporter protein or activity is a measure of NFAT activity.
- NFAT activation is regulated primarily through its phosphorylation, which in turn regulates its subcellular localization. In unstimulated cells, NFAT is a hyperphosphorylated cytosolic protein. An elevation in intracellular Ca2+, induced by a variety of mechanisms, increases the activity of the Ca2+-calmodulin-dependent phosphatase, calcineurin. Activated calcineurin dephosphorylates multiple serine residues within the regulatory region of the NFAT molecule. NFAT is rephosphorylated in response to decreases in Ca2+ levels or CaN inhibition.
- The phosphorylation state of NFAT can be monitored for example, by expressing a detectably tagged NFAT protein in cells, such as a His6 tagged-NFAT. Tagged NFAT can be purified from cells using Ni2+ chromatography and subjected to gel electrophoresis and staining or western blotting. More highly phosphorylated forms of NFAT can be distinguished by their slower migration. The state of phosphorylated NFAT can be used as a measure of NFAT activation (see, Trevillyan et al. (2001) J. Biol. Chem. 276:48118-26).
- NFAT localization between the cytoplasm and nucleus is regulated by the phosphorylation state of NFAT. Phosphorylation of NFAT prevents nuclear localization by masking the nuclear localization sequence. NFAT nuclear localization can be monitored, for example, by expressing fluorescently tagged NFAT, for example, GFP-NFAT, in cells. Confocal microscopy can be used to monitor nuclear localization of the tagged NFAT (see, Trevillyan et al. (2001) J. Biol. Chem. 276:48118-26).
- Cytokine secretion, such as IL-2 secretion, can be monitored using protein detection assays. For example, supernatant can be collected from immune cells. An ELISA assay or other suitable format with IL-2 antibodies can be used to detect and/or measure the amount of IL-2 secreted as compared to control cells. Secretion of other cytokines, for example, TNF-α, can also be detected in similar assays.
- Expression of cytokines, such as, but not limited to IL-2, can be assessed either directly or indirectly in cells. For example, in indirect methods, an IL-2 promoter can be operably linked to a reporter gene such as luciferase or β-galactosidase, and the reporter construct introduced into cells. Reporter gene expression can be monitored and compared to gene expression in control cells (see, Trevillyan et al. (2001) J. Biol. Chem. 276:48118-26). Alternatively, expression of endogenous or recombinant IL-2 mRNA or protein can be assessed.
- Cytokines such as IL-2 are necessary for T-cell proliferation in response to mitogen or alloantigen stimulation, and thus T-cell proliferation is altered by changes in cytokine expression or secretion. T cells can be induced, such as with concanavalin A or alloreactive lymphocytes and T cell proliferation measured, for example, by subjecting cells to a pulse of 3H-thymidine and measuring 3H-thymidine incorporation (see, Trevillyan et al. (2001) J. Biol. Chem. 276:48118-26).
- In some embodiments, the modulation (e g inhibition or reduction) of SOCE by compounds presented herein are determined by evaluation of any of the following criteria:
- a. there is direct inhibition of increased [Ca2+]i as measured by a calcium indicator;
b. there is a direct inhibition of ISOC or ICRAC as measured by patch clamp;
c. there is inhibition of downstream signaling functions such as calcineurin activity, NFAT subcellular localization, NFAT phosphorylation, and/or cytokine, e.g., IL-2, production; or
d. there are modifications in activation-induced cell proliferation, differentiation and/or apoptotic signaling pathways. - Animal models that can be used in embodiments of the methods further include animals, such as, but not limited to non-human animals, which have, in at least some of their cells, an alteration or defect in, or aberrant functioning of, a cellular process which relies on or is regulated by intracellular calcium. Cellular processes that rely on or are regulated by intracellular calcium include, for example, cellular activation, gene expression, cellular trafficking, and apoptosis. Diseases/disorders that involve defects that may be at least partially compensated for by modulation of intracellular calcium include, but are not limited to: autoimmune disorders, including rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, Sjogren's syndrome (cytokines associated with lymphocyte invasion of salivary epithelial cells can reduce calcium mobilization in parotid cells; also, T-cell activation, including activation of transcription factors, cytokine gene expression and cell proliferation, depends on sustained elevation of intracellular calcium level provided by store-operated calcium influx), asthma (store-operated calcium entry may play an important role in mediating bronchial chonstriction and bronchial smooth muscle cell proliferation), glomerulonephritis and glomerular inflammation (changes in intracellular calcium, such as by store-operated calcium entry, signal monocyte adhesion in a co-culture model of glomerular inflammation).
- Types of animal models include, but are not limited to, non-human animals, such as non-human invertebrates and vertebrates and non-human mammals, rodents (e.g., mice, rat and hamster), cows, chickens, pigs, goats, dogs, sheep, insects, Drosophila, nematodes, worms, C. elegans, monkeys, gorillas, and other primates.
- Animal models include transgenic and non-transgenic animals. One example of such an animal model that can be used in particular embodiments of the methods is a rodent model of airway hyperresponsiveness (AHR), a characteristic of asthma. This model can be generated, for example, by sensitization through immunization with ovalbumin followed by exposure to aerosolized ovalbumin and challenge by cholinergic stimulation (e.g., via administration of methacholine or acetylcholine) (see, e.g., Xu et al. (2002) J. Appl. Physiol. 93:1833-1840; Humbles et al (2002) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 99:1479-1484). Airway hyperresponsiveness (which can be evaluated using methods, such as for e.g., using barometric plethysmography to record respiratory pressure curves and through measurement of pulmonary parameters such as pulmonary conductance and pulmonary compliance) can be assessed and compared in animals treated and not treated with a compound presented herein. A further example of an animal model that can be used in particular embodiments of the methods is a rodent model of mesangial proliferative glomerulonephritis, which can be generated, for example, by administration of anti-Thyl.1 antibody (see, e.g., Jefferson and Johnson (1999) J. Nephrol. 12:297-307). Any number of parameters indicative of glomerulonephritis or renal dysfunction (e.g., mesangial cell proliferation, blood pressure, urinary protein excretion, creatinine clearance, glomerulosclerosis index and other parameters) can be evaluated and compared in animals treated with and not treated with test agent. The non-obese diabetic (NOD) mouse, an inbred mouse strain that spontaneously develops autoimmune diabetes that shares many immunogenetic features with Type 1 diabetes mellitus, is another example of an animal model that can be used in a particular embodiment of the methods. These mice also manifest many characteristics of autoimmune exocrinopathy (such as Sjorgen's syndrome) including declining exocrine tissue secretory function (see, e.g., Humphreys-Beher and Peck (1999) Arch. Oral Biol. 44 Suppl 1:S21-25 and Brayer et al. (2000) J Rheumatol. 27:1896-1904). Characteristics relevant to Sjorgen's syndrome (e.g., lymphocytic infiltrates in exocrine glands (e.g., salivary and lacrimal glands), presence of dendritic cells and macrophages in submandibular glands, integrity of the lacrimal gland by measurement of basal and stimulated tear secretion, saliva flow rates and amylase activity) can be evaluated and compared in animals treated with and not treated with a compound described herein. An animal (e.g., rodent) model of autoimmune disease can also be used in particular embodiments of the methods. Such animals include rat models available through the National Institutes of Health (NIH) Autoimmune Rat Model Repository and Development Center (Bethesda, Md.; accessible at www.ors.od.nih.gov/dirs/vrp/ratcenter). One rat model of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) and related chronic/inflammatory autoimmune diseases is the collagen-induced arthritis (CIA) model (see, e.g., Griffiths and Remmers (2001) Immunol. Rev. 184:172-183). Characteristic phenotypes of autoimmune disease (e.g. altered levels of immune reactivity to self-antigens, chronic inflammation of autoantigen-expressing target organs, and activation and participation of invading mononuclear cells and tissue fibroblasts in organ damage) can be evaluated and compared in animals treated with and not treated with a compound presented herein. An animal (e.g., rodent) model of neuropathic or inflammatory pain can also be used in a particular embodiment of the methods. For example, one rat model of neuropathic pain involves development of tactile allodynia (exaggerated response to otherwise innocuous stimuli) after ligation of lumbar spinal nerves (see, e.g., Chaplan et al. (1994) J. Neurosci. Methods 53:55-63 and Luo et al. (2001) J. Neurosci. 21:1868-1875). Tactile allodynia, one characteristic feature of neuropathic pain, can be evaluated (e.g., by evaluating paw withdrawal threshold in response to application of pressure) and compared in animals treated and not treated with a compound described herein.
- These examples are provided for illustrative purposes only and not to limit the scope of the claims provided herein. The starting materials and reagents used for the synthesis of the compounds described herein may be synthesized or can be obtained from commercial sources, such as, but not limited to, Sigma-Aldrich, Acros Organics, Fluka, and Fischer Scientific.
-
- Amide 1 (50 mg, 0.1 mmol) was added to a 1M solution of borane in THF (1 mL) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was heated to 60° C. for 2 hours then cooled to room temperature. Methanol was added (2 mL) and the solution acidified with 2M HCl solution and stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was diluted with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (5 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×5 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. HPLC purification (C18, 30×250 mm column, 40-100% acetonitrile in water: 0.035% CF3COOH: 50 mL/min) provided the TFA salt of 2 (19.6 mg, 41%) as a solid: LRESIMS m/z 411.1 [M+H]+, calcd. for C19H12Cl1F4N2O2 411.1.
-
- Amide 3 (50 mg, 0.1 mmol) was added to a 1M solution of borane in THF (1 mL) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was heated to 60° C. for 2 hours then cooled to room temperature. Methanol was added (2 mL) and the solution acidified with 2M HCl solution and stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was diluted with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (5 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×5 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. HPLC purification (C18, 30×250 mm column, 40-100% acetonitrile in water: 0.035% CF3COOH: 50 mL/min) provided the TFA salt of 4 (14.4 mg, 30%) as a solid: LRESIMS m/z 391.1 [M+H]+, calcd. for C20H15F4N2O2 391.1.
-
- In a similar procedure as described in Example 2,6-(2,2-difluoro-6-methylbenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-N-(2,6-difluorobenzyl)pyridin-3-amine (6) was prepared from N-(6-(2,2-difluoro-6-methylbenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-2,6-difluorobenzamide (5). LRESIMS m/z 391.1 [M+H]+, calcd. for C20H15F4N2O2 391.1.
-
- In a similar procedure as described in Example 1,5-(6-chloro-2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-N-(2-chloro-3-fluorobenzyl)pyridin-2-amine (8) was prepared from 2-chloro-N-(5-(6-chloro-2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-3-fluorobenzamide (7). LRESIMS m/z 427.0 [M+H]+, calcd. for C19H12Cl2F3N2O2 427.0.
-
- In a similar procedure as described in Example 1,5-(6-chloro-2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-N-(2-chlorobenzyl)pyridin-2-amine (10) was prepared from 2-chloro-N-(5-(6-chloro-2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)pyridin-2-yl)benzamide (9). LRESIMS m/z 409.1 [M+H]+, calcd. for C19H13Cl2F2N2O2 409.0.
-
- In a similar procedure as described in Example 1,5-(6-chloro-2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-N-(2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)pyridin-2-amine (12) was prepared from N-(5-(6-chloro-2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide (11). LRESIMS m/z 443.0 [M+H]+, calcd. for C20H13Cl1F5N2O2 443.1.
- Examples 7-21 were prepared in a similar procedure as described in Examples 1 and 2.
-
- To a stirred suspension of 28 (38 mg, 0.094 mmol) in diethyl ether (5 mL) was added lithium aluminum deuteride (26 mg, 0.62 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 6 hours, water (3 drops) was added. After stirring for 3 minutes, 2M sodium hydroxide (3 drops) was added and after stirring 3 minutes, water (5 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with diethyl ether and the combined organic fractions were concentrated and the residue was purified by reversed-phase liquid chromatography to give the trifluoroacetate salt of [5-(2,2-difluoro-6-methylbenzo[d]1,3-dioxolen-5-yl)(2-pyridyl)][(2,6-difluorophenyl)methyl]amine 29 as a white solid. (32.2 mg, 68%). MS[M+H] 393.13.
-
- A stirred solution of 5-(2,2-difluoro-6-methyl-1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine 30 (100 mg, 0.337 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL) was treated with 2,6-difluorobenzaldehyde 31 (234 mg, 1.65 mmol), acetic acid (0.5 mL) and sodium triacetoxy borohydride (565 mg, 2.69 mmol) and heated to 40 C. After 3 days, the mixture was washed with 1 M aqueous sodium hydroxide and the organic fraction was concentrated under vacuum and the residue purified by reversed phase liquid chromatography to give the trifluoroacetate salt of 32 as a white solid. (16.1 mg, 9.4%). MS [M+H] 392.09.
-
- A mixture of 4-methylcatechol (6.2 g, 50 mmol), 1,2-dibromoethane (37.4 g, 200 mmol), K2CO3 (13.8 g, 100 mmol) in ethylene glycol (200 mL) was heated to 130° C. under argon for 48 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and poured in brine. The product was extracted with EtOAc and purified by flash column. The compound 33 (3 g, 40%) was obtained as colorless oil.
- Compound 33 (150 mg, 1 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous MeCN (2 mL) and N-bromosuccinimide (214 mg, 1.2 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 72 h at ambient temperature and then poured in saturated NaHCO3. The product was extracted with EtOAc. The crude compound 34 (200 mg, 87%) was obtained and used for the next step without further purification.
- The 2-aminopyridine-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (400 mg, 1.8 mmol) and 34 (550 mg, 2 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL 1,4-dioxane and 2 mL MeCN. The 4 ml of 2 M K3PO3 was added and the mixture was bubbled with Ar for 2 min before bis(di-tert-butyl(4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium(II) (A-Phos, 70 mg, 0.1 mmol) was added. The reaction was then heated at 85° C. for 2 h. The resulting reaction mixture was worked-up with an EtOAc extraction. The product was purified by flash column which afforded 35 (112.4 mg, 26%) as yellow oil. LC-MS: calcd. for C14H14N2O2: 243 (M+1).
- To a solution of 35 (30 mg, 0.12 mmol) in CH2Cl2 was added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, 1.2 mg, 0.01 mmol), 2,6-difluorobenzoyl chloride (53 mg, 0.3 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA, 62 mg, 0.48 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at ambient temperature. The resulting reaction was quenched with saturated NaHCO3 (20 ml) and then extracted with EtOAc. The organic solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in THF:MeOH (1:1) and 1N NaOH (2 eq) added. The mixture was stirred for 10 min at ambient temperature. The reaction solution was then concentrated in vacuo and residue was extracted with EtOAc. The crude product was purified by normal phase chromatography on a silica gel ISCO column followed by a reverse phase HPLC separation. Fractions containing pure product were combined and evaporated. The white solid 36 (18.2 mg, 40%) was obtained. LC-MS: calcd. for C21H16F2N2O3: 383 (M+1).
- To a solution of 36 (5 mg, 0.013 mmol) in 1 ml dry THF was added 0.23 ml 1M solution of borane-THF complex in THF. The reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. for 12 h. After cooling to room temperature, 1.2 ml of 1N HCl solution was added and the mixture was stirred at r.t. for a further 1 h. Ethyl acetate was then added and subsequently washed with aq. sodium bicarbonate and brine. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC. Fractions containing pure product was collected, concentrated, neutralized with sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate to give 1.6 mg of the title compound 37 as a yellow solid (yield 33%, purity >90%). LC-MS: calcd. for C21H15F2N2O2: 369 (M+1).
-
- A mixture of 4-chlorocatechol (7.5 g, 50 mmol), 1,2-dibromoethane (37.4 g, 200 mmol), K2CO3 (13.8 g, 100 mmol) in ethylene glycol (200 mL) was heatedand stirred to 130° C. under argon for 48 h. The reaction mixture was then allowed to cool to ambient temperature and poured in to brine. The product was extracted with EtOAc and purified by chromatography on a silica gel flash column. Compound 38 (6.4 g, 75%) was obtained as colorless oil.
- Compound 38 (6.1 g, 36 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous MeCN (150 mL) and N-bromosuccinimide (9.5 g, 54 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 72 h at ambient temperature and then poured in saturated NaHCO3. The product was then extracted with EtOAc. The crude compound 39 (5.6 mg, 60%) was used in the next step without further purification.
- The 2-aminopyridine-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (220 mg, 1.0 mmol) and 39 (250 mg, 1 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL 1,4-dioxane and 2 mL MeCN. Then 2 mL of 2 M K3PO3 was added and the mixture was bubbled with Ar for 2 min before bis(di-tert-butyl(4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium(II) (A-Phos, 35 mg, 0.05 mmol) was added. The resulting reaction mixture was heated at 85° C. for 2 h. The reaction was then worked-up with a EtOAc extraction. The product was purified by chromatography on a silica gel flash column and afforded 40 (118.4 mg, 45%) as yellow solid.
- To a solution of 40 (20 mg, 0.076 mmol) in CH2Cl2 was added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, 1.2 mg, 0.01 mmol), 2,6-difluorobenzoyl chloride (53 mg, 0.3 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA, 62 mg, 0.48 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at ambient temperature. The reaction was then quenched with saturated NaHCO3 (20 ml) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in THF:MeOH (1:1) and 1N NaOH (2 eq) added. The mixture was then stirred for 10 min at ambient temperature. The reaction solution was concentrated in vacuo and residue was extracted with EtOAc. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a silica gel ISCO column followed by reverse phase HPLC. Fractions containing pure product were combined and evaporated. The white solid 41 (18.3 mg, 60%) was obtained. LC-MS: calcd. for C20H13ClF2N2O3: 403 (M+1).
- To a solution of 41 (7 mg, 0.017 mmol) in 1 ml dry THF was added 0.23 ml 1M solution of borane-THF complex in THF. The reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. for 12 h. After the mixture was cooled down to r.t. 1.2 ml of 1N HCl solution was added and the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 h. Ethyl acetate was added and the resulting mixture washed with aq. sodium bicarbonate and brine. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified by prep HPLC seperation. Fractions containing pure product was collected, concentrated, neutralized with sodium bicarbonate and extracted with EtOAc to give 2 mg of the title compound 42 as yellow solid (yield 30%, purity >90%). LC-MS: calcd. for C20H15ClF2N2O2: 389 (M+1).
-
- 2-aminopyridine-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (44 mg, 0.2 mmol) and 7-chloro-6-iodo-2H,3H-1,4-dioxino[5,6-b]pyridine (60 mg, 0.2 mmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (1 mL) and MeCN (1 mL). The 0.5 ml of 2 M K3PO3 was added and the mixture was bubbled with Ar for 2 min before bis(di-tert-butyl(4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium(II) (A-Phos, 70 mg, 0.1 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated at 90° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture was worked-up with EtOAc extraction. The product was purified by flash column and afforded 43 (18 mg, 33%) as a white solid.
- To a solution of 43 (18 mg, 0.07 mmol) in CH2Cl2 was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA, 4 eq), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, 0.1 eq). The 2,6-difluorobenzoy chloride (1.5 eq) was dropped into above solution. The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with EtOAc. The bisamide was dissolved in THF-MeOH-1M NaOH (3:3:3 mL). The mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The reaction was worked-up with EtOAc-brine extraction. The product was purified by flash chromatography and afforded 44 (18.3 mg, 66%) as yellow solid. LC-MS: calcd. for C19H12ClF2N3O3: 404.1 (M+1).
- The amide 44 (9 mg, 0.02 mmol) was treated with 1M BH3-THF complex and heated for 4 h at 50° C. The reaction mixture was added with 1 M HCl and stirred for 2 h. The reaction was quenched with 1 M NaOH and extracted with EtOAc. The product was purified by flash chromatography and afforded 45 (3.1 mg, 36%) as white solid. LC-MS: calcd. for C19H14ClF2N3O2: 390.1 (M+1).
-
-
- 2-methyl-5-hydroxypyridine (4.4 g, 40.3 mmol) was suspended in pyridine (85 mL) and cooled at ice-water. The bromine (7.1 g, 44.3 mmol) was slowly dropped into above cooled suspension. The ice-water bath was removed after finished bromine addition and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The pyridine was removed in vacuo. The residue was treated with water (100 mL) and stirred for 1 h. The solid product 48 (2.8 g, 37%) was collected by filtration.
- 48 (2.8 g, 14.8 mmol) was suspended in 1M NaOH (50 mL) and the 2-bromoethanol (3.75 g, 30 mmol) added. The mixture was heated under reflux for 3 h. The reaction was worked-up with EtOAc extraction. The crude material 49 (1.76 g, 51%) was used for next step without purification.
- To a solution of 49 (1.76 g, 7.5 mmol) and 18-Cr-6 ether (0.3 eq) in PhMe (30 mL) was added KOH (powder, 1.5 eq). The mixture was heated at 135° C. for 2 h. The reaction was worked-up with EtOAc-brine extraction. The product was purified by flash column and afforded 50 (453 mg, 40%).
- To a solution of 50 (453 mg, 3 mmol) in MeCN was added N-bromosuccinimide (623 mg, 3.5 mmol), and anhydride FeCl3 (650 mg, 4 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was treated with saturated NaHCO3-EtOAc and the gel was heated at 90° C. The solid was filtered off and filtrated was separated. The aqueous was extracted with EtOAc. The product was purified by flash column and afforded 51 (394 mg, 57%).
- 2-aminopyridine-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (180 mg, 0.82 mmol) and 51 (188 mg, 0.82 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL 1,4-dioxane and 2 mL MeCN. The 1 ml of 2 M K3PO3 was added and the mixture was bubbled with Ar for 2 min before bis(di-tert-butyl(4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium(II) (A-Phos, 70 mg, 0.1 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated at 90° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture was worked-up with EtOAc extraction. The product was purified by flash column and afforded 52 (56 mg, 28%) as white solid.
- To a solution of 52 (14 mg, 0.057 mmol) in CH2Cl2 was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA, 4 eq), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, 0.1 eq). The 2,6-difluorobenzoy chloride (1.5 eq) was dropped into above solution. The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with EtOAc. The bisamide was dissolved in THF-MeOH-1M NaOH (3:3:3 mL). The mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The reaction was worked-up with EtOAc-brine extraction. The product was purified by flash chromatography and afforded 53 (21.5 mg, 98%) as yellow solid. LC-MS: calcd. for C20F15F2N3O3: 384.1 (M+1).
- 53 (17 mg, 0.044 mmol) was treated with 1M BH3-THF complex and heated for 4 h at 50° C. The reaction mixture was added with 1 M HCl and stirred for 2 h. The reaction was quenched with 1 M NaOH and extracted with EtOAc. The product was purified by flash chromatography and afforded 54 (1 mg, 6%) as a white solid. LC-MS: calcd. for C20H17ClF2N3O2: 370.1 (M+1).
- Examples 30-32 were prepared in a similar procedure as described in Example 29.
-
- To a solution of 2,6-difluorobenzyl alcohol (288 mg, 2 mmol) in 10 ml dry THF was added sodium hydride (80 mg, 60% mineral oil dispersion, 2 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at r.t. for 30 min before addition of 2,5-dibromopyrimidine (476 mg, 2 mmol). After stirred for 1 h at r.t. the reaction mixture was diluted with EA, worked up with aqueous sodium bicarbonate/brine. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated, subjected to silica gel flash column using hexane and EA as eluents to give 290 mg 60 as white solid (yield: 48%).
- Argon was bubbled through a mixture of 2-[(2,6-difluorophenyl)methoxy]-5-bromopyrimidine (20) (30 mg, 0.1 mmol), boronic ester 61 (45 mg, 0.15 mmol), bis(ditertbutyl(4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium (II) (11 mg, 10% mol) and K3PO4 (32 mg) in 1 ml ACN, 1 ml dioxane, 0.5 ml H2O. The reaction mixture was heated at 85° C. for 3 h. After cooling down to r.t., the reaction mixture was taken up in EA, washed with aq. NaHCO3 and brine. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated and then subjected to silica gel flash chromatography to give 34.9 mg 5-(2,2-difluoro-6-methylbenzo[d]1,3-dioxolen-5-yl)-2-[2,6-difluorophenyl)methoxy]pyrimidine (62) (yield: 90%, purity >95%) as white solid.
-
- Argon was bubbled through a mixture of 2-[(2,6-difluorophenyl)methoxy]-5-bromopyrimidine (60) (30 mg, 0.1 mmol), 1-methyl-3-trifluoromethylpyrazole-5-boronic acid (39 mg, 0.2 mmol), bis(ditertbutyl(4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium (II) (14 mg, 10% mol) and K3PO4 (42 mg) in 1 ml ACN, 1 mL dioxane, 0.5 ml H2O. The reaction mixture was heated at 85° C. for 3 h. After cooling to r.t., the reaction mixture was taken up in EA, washed with aq. NaHCO3 and brine. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated and then subjected to silica gel flash chromatography to give 34.1 mg 2-[2,6-difluorophenyl)methoxy]-5-[1-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl)pyrazol-5-yl]pyrimidine (63) (yield: 92%, purity >95%) as an off-white solid.
-
- To a solution of 2,6-difluorobenzyl alcohol (288 mg, 2 mmol) in 10 ml dry THF was added sodium hydride (80 mg, 60% mineral oil dispersion, 2 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at r.t. for 30 min before addition of 2,5-dibromopyridine (474 mg, 2 mmol). After stirred overnight at 60° C. the reaction mixture was cooled down to r.t. and diluted with EA, worked up with aqueous sodium bicarbonate/brine. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated, subjected to silica gel flash column using hexane and EA as eluents to give 246 mg of 65 as a colorless oil (yield: 41%).
- Argon was bubbled through a mixture of 2-[(2,6-difluorophenyl)methoxy]-5-bromopyridine (65) (30 mg, 0.1 mmol), boronic ester 61 (45 mg, 0.15 mmol), bis(ditertbutyl(4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium (II) (11 mg, 10% mol) and K3PO4 (32 mg) in 1 ml ACN, 1 ml dioxane, 0.5 ml H2O. The reaction mixture was heated overnight at 70° C. After cooling down to r.t., the reaction mixture was taken up in EA, washed with aq. NaHCO3 and brine. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated and then subjected to silica gel flash chromatography to give 29.3 mg 5-(2,2-difluoro-6-methylbenzo[d]1,3-dioxolen-5-yl)-2-[2,6-difluorophenyl)methoxy]pyridine (66) (yield: 74.9%, purity >95%) as white solid.
-
- Argon was bubbled through a mixture of 2-[(2,6-difluorophenyl)methoxy]-5-bromopyridine (65) (30 mg, 0.1 mmol), 1-methyl-3-trifluoromethylpyrazole-5-boronic acid (39 mg, 0.2 mmol), bis(ditertbutyl(4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium (II) (14 mg, 10% mol) and K3PO4 (42 mg) in 1 ml ACN, 1 ml dioxane, 0.5 ml H2O. The reaction mixture was heated overnight at 70° C. After cooling to r.t., the reaction mixture was taken up in EA, washed with aq. NaHCO3 and brine. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated and then subjected to silica gel flash chromatography to give 36 mg 2-[2,6-difluorophenyl)methoxy]-5-[1-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl)pyrazol-5-yl]pyridine (67) (yield: 98%, purity >90%).
-
- Following the procedure of Example 36, the title compound (69), 30.1 mg (yield: 77.8%, purity>95%) was prepared as a white solid from 68 (32 mg, 0.1 mmol) and 1-methyl-3-trifluoromethylpyrazole-5-boronic acid (39 mg, 0.2 mmol).
-
- Following the procedure of Example 36, the title compound (70) 26.8 mg (yield: 65.6%, purity>95%) was prepared as an off-white solid from 68 (32 mg, 0.1 mmol) and boronic ester 61 (45 mg, 0.15 mmol).
-
- To a solution of 71 (36 mg, 0.1 mmol) in 1 ml dry THF was added 0.5 ml 1M solution of borane-THF complex in THF. The reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. for 12 h. After cooled down to r.t. 1.2 ml of 1N HCl solution was added and the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 h. Ethyl acetate was added and washed with aq. sodium bicarbonate and brine subsequently. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and subjected to prep HPLC purification. Fractions containing pure product was collected, concentrated, neutralized with sodium bicarbonate and extracted with EA to give 2.9 mg title compound 72 as a white solid (yield 8%, purity >90%). LC-MS: calcd. for C17H12F4N4O: 365 (M+1).
-
- To a solution of 73 (38 mg, 0.1 mmol) in 1 ml dry THF was added 0.5 ml 1M solution of borane-THF complex in THF. The reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. for 12 h. After cooled down to r.t. 1.2 ml of 1N HCl solution was added and the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 h. Ethyl acetate was added and washed with aq. sodium bicarbonate and brine subsequently. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and subjected to prep HPLC purification. Fractions containing pure product was collected, concentrated, neutralized with sodium bicarbonate and extracted with EA to give 1.1 mg of title compound 74 as a white solid (yield 3%, purity >90%). LC-MS: calcd. for C17H11F5N4O: 383 (M+1).
-
- A solution of {4-fluoro-5-[1-methyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrazol-5-yl](2-pyridyl)}[(2-fluorophenyl)methyl]carboxamide (75) (5.6 mg, 0.0146 mmol) in 1 ml 1M solution of borane-THF complex in THF was stirred overnight at 50° C. 3 ml of 1N HCl solution was slowly added and the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 h. Ethyl acetate was added and washed with aq. sodium bicarbonate and brine subsequently. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and subjected to flash silica gel column purification to furnish N-(2,6-difluorobenzyl)-4-fluoro-5-(1-methyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-2-amine (76) (1.5 mg, yield: 27.9%, purity >95%) as colorless gel. (LC-MS: calculated: 368.30. found: 369.03).
-
- A solution of N-{5-[1-methyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrazol-5-yl](2-pyridyl)}(2,3,6-trifluorophenyl)carboxamide (77) (20.4 mg, 0.05 mmol) in 1 ml 1M solution of borane-THF complex in THF was stirred for 4 h at 50° C. 2 ml of 1N HCl solution was slowly added and the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 h. Ethyl acetate was added and washed with aq. sodium bicarbonate and brine subsequently. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and subjected to flash silica gel column purification to furnish {5-[1-methyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrazol-5-yl](2-pyridyl)}[(2,3,6-trifluorophenyl)methyl]amine (78) (5.0 mg, yield: 25.9%, purity >95%) as white solid. (LC-MS: calculated: 386.29. found: 387.09).
-
- Following the procedure of Example 42, the title compound 80 (7.1 mg, yield: 38.6%, purity >95%) as off-white solid was made from advance intermediate 79 (19.1 mg, 0.05 mmol). (LC-MS: calculated: 368.30. found: 369.05).
-
- Following the procedure of Example 42, the title compound 82 (3.2 mg, yield: 23.7%, purity >95%) as white solid was made from advance intermediate 81 (14.4 mg, 0.035 mmol). (LC-MS: calculated: 386.29. found: 387.06).
-
- Following the procedure of Example 42, the title compound 84 (4.2 mg, yield: 21.9%, purity >95%) as off-white solid was made from advance intermediate 83 (20 mg, 0.052 mmol). (LC-MS: calculated: 369.29. found: 370.09).
-
- Following the procedure of Example 42, the title compound 86 (8.2 mg, yield: 28.1%, purity >95%) as off-white solid was made from advance intermediate 85 (31 mg, 0.08 mmol). (LC-MS: calculated: 364.34. found: 365.07).
- Examples 47-51 were prepared in a similar procedure as described in Example 42.
-
- A mixture of 2,5-dibromopyrimidine 59 (140 mg, 0.6 mmol), 2,6-difluorobenzylamine (103 mg, 0.72 mmol) and DIEA (2 mL) was heated to 120° C. using microwave irradiation for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and poured in saturated NaHCO3. The product was extracted with EtOAc and purified by flash column. The compound 93 (114 mg, 63%) was obtained as a white solid.
- Compound 93 (30 mg, 0.1 mmol) and boronic acid (20 mg, 0.1 mmol) were dissolved in dimethixylethane (DME, 1 mL), EtOH (1 mL). The 0.4 mL 1 M NaHCO3 was added. The mixture was heated to 110° C. using microwave irradiation for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and poured in brine. The product was extracted with EtOAc and purified by flash column. The compound 94 (7.4 mg, 20%) was obtained as white solid. LC-MS: calcd. for C16H12F5N5: 370 (M+1).
-
- A mixture of 2,5-dibromopyrimidine 59 (238 mg, 1 mmol), 2-fluorobenzylamine (125 mg, 0.72 mmol) and DIEA (5 mL) was heated to 120° C. using microwave irradiation for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and poured in saturated NaHCO3. The product was extracted with EtOAc and purified by flash column. Compound 95 (228 mg, 81%) was obtained as white solid.
- Compound 95 (28 mg, 0.1 mmol) and boronic acid (20 mg, 0.1 mmol) were dissolved in dimethixylethane (DME, 1 mL), EtOH (1 mL). The 0.4 mL 1 M NaHCO3 was added. The mixture was heated to 110° C. using microwave irradiation for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and poured in brine. The product was extracted with EtOAc and purified by flash column. The compound 96 (8 mg, 25%) was obtained as white solid. LC-MS: calcd. for C16H13F4N5: 352 (M+1).
-
- A suspension of bis(trifluoromethyl)pyrazole (408 mg, 2 mmol) and potassium carbonate (828 mg, 3 eq) in 4 ml DMSO was heated at 120° C. for 30 min before addition of 5-bromo-2-nitropyridine (406 mg, 2 mmol). The resulting suspension was heated at 120° C. for 4 more hours. After cooling down, the reaction mixture was worked up with EA/brine. Flash silica gel column purification gave impure nitropyridine intermediate 97, which was re-purified on prep HPLC to give 57 mg (yield 8.7%, purity>95%) pure 97 as a yellow solid.
- 97 was hydrogenated with 10% Pd/C with H2 balloon in 5 ml MeOH (r.t. 2 h). After hydrogenation the reaction mixture was filtered through celite, concentrated to dryness to give 43 mg aminopyridine intermediate 98 as a white solid.
- To a solution of aminopyridine 98 (43 mg, 0.145 mmol) in 2 ml DCM was added 2,6-difluorobenzoyl chloride (54 μl, 3 eq) followed by addition of DIEA (150 μl). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at r.t. The reaction mixture was worked up with aq. NaHCO3/DCM. DCM phase was washed with brine, concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in 2 ml THF/MeOH/H2O (5:4:1) and stirred with 2N NaOH (150 μl) at r.t. for 2 h before worked up with EA/aq. NaHCO3. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated to dryness to furnish crude (2,6-difluorophenyl)-N-{5-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)pyrazolyl](2-pyridyl)}carboxamide (99) (86.9 mg, purity>90%) as yellow solid. (LC-MS: calculated: 436.26. found: 437.10).
- A solution of carboxamide 99 (0.146 mmol) in 1 mL 1M solution of borane-THF complex in THF was stirred for 3.5 h at 50° C. 3 ml of 1N HCl solution was slowly added and the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 h. Ethyl acetate was added and washed with aq. sodium bicarbonate and brine subsequently. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and subjected to flash silica gel column purification to furnish 5-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-N-(2,6-difluorobenzyl)pyridin-2-amine (100) (40.2 mg, yield: 65.7%, purity >95%) as white solid. (LC-MS: calculated: 422.28. found: 423.10).
-
- Following the procedure of Example 55, the title compound 102 (1.2 mg, yield: 28.7%, purity >95%) as white solid was made from advanced intermediate 101 (4.3 mg, 0.095 mmol). (LC-MS: calculated: 440.27. found: 441.07).
-
- A suspension of 2-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)imidazole (300 mg, 2 mmol) and potassium carbonate (828 mg, 3 eq) in 4 mL DMSO was heated at 120° C. for 30 min before addition of 5-bromo-2-nitropyridine (406 mg, 2 mmol). The resulting suspension was heated at 120° C. for 4 more hours. After cooling down, the reaction mixture was worked up with EA/brine. Flash silica gel column purification furnished nitropyridine intermediate 103 (125 mg, yield 23%, purity>90%) as a light yellow solid.
- A mixture of the nitropyridine 103 (125 mg, 0.46 mmol) and stannous chloride hydrate (518 g, 5 eq) in EA/DMF (1:1, 8 ml) was stirred overnight at 50° C. After reduction, the reaction mixture was diluted with EA, washed with aq NaOH, then with brine. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated to dryness to give 118 mg aminopyridine 104 as a brown solid (purity >90%).
- To a solution of aminopyridine 104 (29 mg, 0.12 mmol) in 2 ml DCM was added 2,6-difluorobenzoyl chloride (45 μl, 3 eq) followed by addition of DIEA (188 μl). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at r.t. The reaction mixture was worked up with aq. NaHCO3/DCM. DCM phase was washed with brine, concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in 2 ml THF/MeOH/H2O (5:4:1) and stirred with 2N NaOH (150 μl) at r.t. for 2 h before worked up with EA/aq. NaHCO3. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated to dryness to furnish. The residue was purified on silica column to yield (2,6-difluorophenyl)-N-{5-[2-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)imidazolyl](2-pyridyl)}carboxamide (105) (36 mg, yield: 78.5%, purity>95%) as white solid. (LC-MS: calculated: 382.29. found: 383.18).
- A solution of the above carboxamide 105 (21.7 mg, 0.057 mmol) in 1.5 m11M solution of borane-THF complex in THF was stirred for 5 h at 50° C. 3 ml of 1N HCl solution was slowly added and the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 h. Ethyl acetate was added and washed with aq. Sodium bicarbonate and brine subsequently. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and subjected to flash silica gel column purification to furnish N-(2,6-difluorobenzyl)-5-(2-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-imidazol-1-yl)pyridin-2-amine (106) (8.7 mg, yield: 41.4%, purity >95%) as a white solid. (LC-MS: calculated: 368.30. found: 369.18).
-
- Following the procedure of Example 57, the title compound 108 (7.9 mg, yield: 39.3%, purity >95%) as colorless gel was made from advanced intermediate 107 (20.7 mg, 0.052 mmol). (LC-MS: calculated: 386.29. found: 387.18).
-
- Following the procedure of Example 57, the title compound 110 (1.6 mg, yield: 12%, purity >90%) as pale yellow solid was made from advanced intermediate 109 (13.7 mg, 0.036 mmol). (LC-MS: calculated: 369.29. found: 370.13).
-
- Following the procedure of Example 57, the title compound 112 (10.7 mg, yield: 59.9%, purity >95%) as white solid was made from advanced intermediate 111 (18.6 mg, 0.049 mmol). (LC-MS: calculated: 364.34. found: 365.20).
-
- A suspension of 5-methyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrazole (300 mg, 2 mmol) and potassium carbonate (828 mg, 3 eq) in 4 ml DMSO was heated at 120° C. for 30 min before addition of 5-bromo-2-nitropyridine (406 mg, 2 mmol). The resulting suspension was heated at 120° C. for 4 more hours. After cooling down, the reaction mixture was worked up with EA/brine. Flash silica gel column followed by prep HPLC purification furnished nitropyridine intermediate 113 (127 mg, yield 23.3%, purity>95%) as a light yellow solid.
- A mixture of nitropyridine intermediate 113 (127 mg, 0.47 mmol) and stannous chloride dihydrate (525 g, 5 eq) in EA/DMF (1:1, 8 ml) was stirred overnight at 50° C. After reduction the reaction mixture was diluted with EA, washed with aq NaOH, then with brine. Org phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated to dryness to give 126 mg aminopyridine intermediate 114 as a brown solid (purity >90%).
- To a solution of above aminopyridine 114 (25 mg, 0.1 mmol) in 2 ml DCM was added 2,6-difluorobenzoyl chloride (38 μl, 3 eq) followed by addition of DIEA (174 μl). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at r.t. The reaction mixture was worked up with aq. NaHCO3/DCM. DCM phase was washed with brine, concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in 2 ml THF/MeOH/H2O (5:4:1) and stirred with 2N NaOH (150 μl) at r.t. for 2 h before worked up with EA/aq. NaHCO3. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated to dryness to furnish. The residue was purified on silica column to yield (2,6-difluorophenyl)-N-{5-[5-methyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrazolyl](2-pyridyl)}carboxamide (115) (32 mg, yield: 83.7%, purity>95%) as off-white solid. (LC-MS: calculated: 382.29. found: 383.15).
- A solution of the above carboxamide 115 (25.2 mg, 0.066 mmol) in 2 m11M solution of borane-THF complex in THF was stirred for 5 h at 50° C. 3 ml of 1N HCl solution was slowly added and the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 h. Ethyl acetate was added and washed with aq. sodium bicarbonate and brine subsequently. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and subjected to flash silica gel column purification to furnish N-(2,6-difluorobenzyl)-5-(5-methyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-2-amine (116) (4.0 mg, yield: 16.6%, purity >95%) as white solid. (LC-MS: calculated: 368.30. found: 369.12).
-
- Following the procedure of Example 61, the title compound 118 (3.5 mg, yield: 17.8%, purity >95%) as colorless gel was made from advanced intermediate 117 (20.4 mg, 0.051 mmol). (LC-MS: calculated: 386.29. found: 387.11).
-
- Following the procedure of Example 61, the title compound 120 (3.5 mg, yield: 16.3%, purity >95%) as colorless gel was made from advanced intermediate 119 (22.1 mg, 0.054 mmol). (LC-MS: calculated: 398.33. found: 399.10).
-
- Following the procedure of Example 61, the title compound 122 (5.4 mg, yield: 26.5%, purity >95%) as white solid was made from advanced intermediate 121 (21 mg, 0.056 mmol). (LC-MS: calculated: 364.34. found: 365.15).
-
- Following the procedure of Example 61, the title compound 122 (3.8 mg, yield: 22.9%, purity >95%) as white solid was made from advanced intermediate 123 (17.2 mg, 0.045 mmol). (LC-MS: calculated: 369.29. found: 370.11).
-
- 2-chloropyrimidin-5-ol (100 mg, 0.77 mmol), [2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]boronic acid (213 mg, 1.12 mmol), copper (II) acetate (140 mg, 0.219 mmol), triethylamine (386 mg, 3.83 mmol) and 4-angstrom molecular sieves (750 mg) were combined in methylene chloride (9 mL) and stirred vigorously at room temperature overnight. Dioxane (5 mL) and approximately 3 equivalents each of [2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]boronic acid, copper (II) acetate and triethylamine were added and the mixture was heated to 80° C. for 20 minutes then cooled to room temperature while stirring overnight. The mixture was filtered and concentrated to give 263 mg of a dark brown oil which was purified by silica gel chromatography (0-15% ethyl acetate:hexane) to afford 125 as a clear colorless oil (19 mg, 9%). MS (M+H)=275.
- 2-chloro-5-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)pyrimidine 125 (19 mg, 0.07 mmol) and 2,6-difluorobenzylamine (100 mg, 0.70 mmol) were combined and heated neat to 118° C. for 10 minutes. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography (0-15% ethyl acetate:hexanes), treated with 1 M HCl in dioxane to give the hydrochloride salt of 126 (yellow solid, 6.6 mg, 22.6%). MS (M+H)=382. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO d6) δ 8.25 (s, 2H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.71 (t, 1H), 7.60 (t, 1H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.26 (t, 1H), 7.07 (t, 2H), 6.99 (d, 1H), 4.54 (s, 1H).
-
- 5-bromo-2-chloro-pyrimidine (760 mg, 3.98 mmol), 2-(2,2-difluoro-6-methyl-1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (1130 mg, 3.79 mmol), palladium(II) acetate (44 mg, 0.20 mmol), potassium fluoride (449 mg, 7.74 mmol) and methanol (17 mL) were combined in a sealed flask, heated to 80° C. and stirred vigorously. After 1 hour, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between concentrated aqueuous sodium bicarbonate and methylene chloride. The organic fraction was washed with water then brine then dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane 2-25%) to give 2-chloro-5-(2,2-difluoro-6-methylbenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)pyrimidine (white solid, 447 mg, 42%). MS [M+H] 285.06, 287.08.
- 2-chloro-5-(2,2-difluoro-6-methylbenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)pyrimidine (20 mg, 0.07 mmol) and (2,6-difluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl)methanamine (90 mg, 0.52 mmol) were combined in a sealed vial and heated to 120 C for 10 minutes. The crude material was taken up in methylene chloride, washed with concentrated aqueous sodium bicarbonate then purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes 5-20%). The purified material was treated with a 1 M HCl as a solution in 3:1 methylene chloride:dioxane and the resulting solution was concentrated to give the hydrochloride salt of (127) (white solid, 9.1 mg, 29%). MS [M+H] 422.01.
-
- 5-bromo-N-[(2,6-difluorophenyl)methyl]pyrimidin-2-amine (50 mg, 0.17 mmol), (6-methoxy-4-methyl-3-pyridyl)boronic acid (11) (50 mg, 0.30 mmol), potassium phosphate (179 mg, 0.85 mmol), bis(ditertbutyl(4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium (II) (12 mg, 0.017 mmol), water (1 mL), dioxane (2.5 mL) and acetonitrile (2.5 mL) were combined in a sealed vial and stirred vigorously at 80° C. After 12 h the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane 0-40%) then treated with 1 M HCl in dioxane to give the hydrochloride salt of 128 (white solid,18.3 mg, 28%) MS [M+H] 343.15. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO d6) δ 8.33 (s, 2H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.67 (t, 1H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.07 (m, 2H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 4.58 (d, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H).
-
- 5-bromo-2-chloro-pyrimidine (500 mg, 2.59 mmol) and (4-chloro-2,6-difluoro-phenyl)methanamine (500 mg, 3.01 mmol) were combined in a sealed vial and heated to 130° C. for 10 minutes. The mixture solidified on cooling and was pulverized, washed with concentrated aqueous sodium bicarbonate then water and then dried overnight under a high vacuum to give 5-bromo-N-(4-chloro-2,6-difluorobenzyl)pyrimidin-2-amine (white solid, 521 mg, 60%). MS [M+H] 334.03, 335.95.
- 5-bromo-N-(4-chloro-2,6-difluorobenzyl)pyrimidin-2-amine (60 mg, 0.18 mmol), (6-chloro-4-methyl-3-pyridyl)boronic acid (80 mg, 0.46 mmol), potassium phosphate (200 mg, 0.95 mmol), bis(ditertbutyl(4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium (II) (13 mg, 0.02 mmol), water (1 mL), dioxane (2.5 mL) and acetonitrile (2.5 mL) were combined in a sealed vial and stirred vigorously at 80° C. After 12 hours the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was extracted with methylene chloride and purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes 0-35%) then treated with 1 M HCl in dioxane and concentrated to give the hydrochloride salt of 129 (white solid, 48.5 mg, 64%). MS [M+H] 381, 383.
-
- A mixture of 5-fluoro-2-trifluoromethylphenol (447 mg, 2.5 mmol), 2-nitro-5-bromopyridine (406 mg, 2 mmol) and NaH (60 mg, 2.5 mmol) in dimethylformamide (DMF, 5 mL) was heated at 90° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was worked-up with 1M NaOH and EtOAc. The rude product 130 was purified on chromatography and subsequently reduced to amine 131 by hydrogenation.
- To a solution of 131 (40 mg, 0.15 mmol) in CH2Cl2 was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA, 4 eq), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, 0.1 eq). The 2,6-difluorobenzoyl chloride (1.5 eq) was dropped into above solution. The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with EtOAc. The solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved in THF-MeOH. Aqueous 1M NaOH (2 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred until all bis-amide was transferred to mono-amide. The product was purified by chromatography and afforded 132 (23.3 mg, 38%) as yellow solid. LC-MS: calcd. for C19H10F6N2O2: 413.1 (M+1).
- The amide 132 (10 mg, 0.02 mmol) was treated with 1M BH3-THF complex and heated for 4 h at 50° C. The reaction mixture was added with 1 M HCl and stirred for 2 h. The reaction was quenched with 1 M NaOH and extracted with EtOAc. The product was purified by flash chromatography and afforded 133 (1 mg, 10%) as white solid. LC-MS: calcd. for C19H12F6N2O: 399.1 (M+1).
- Examples 71-78 were prepared in a similar procedure as described in Example 70.
-
- Compound 142 (63 mg, 0.16 mmol) and lithium aluminum hydride (125 mg, 3.29 mmol) were combined in dioxane (5 mL) and heated to 100° C. After 5 hours, the mixture was quenched with methanol and 1 M aqueous sodium hydroxide and stirred for 3 hours then treated with ethyl acetate and filtered thru Celite. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo, taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with 1 M sodium hydroxide, water and brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes 0-100%) then treated with 1 M HCl in dioxane and concentrated in vacuo to give the hydrochloride salt of 143 (pale olive solid, 11.1 mg, 15%). MS [M+H] 366.
- Fluorescence-based assays are used for screening the compounds described herein, such as compounds of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) which modulate intracellular calcium.
- Cells stably expressing recombinant human STIM1 and Orai1 are generated by transfecting a human Orai1 expression plasmid (pcDNA3.1-Orai1-cmyc) into HEK-293 cells stably overexpressing human STIM1 (Roos et al. 2005 JCB 169(3): 435-445). Colonies of cells stably expressing both STIM1 and Orai1 proteins are selected and then subcloned by limiting dilution. Cells were cultured at 37° C./6% CO2 in complete medium with 10% FBS and appropriate selection markers.
- The day prior to performing the assay Orai1/STIM1 stable cells are plated in 50 μL of complete medium at 90-95% confluence in a 384 well plate. Cells are grown at 37° C./6% CO2 overnight. On the day of the assay, 1.5 μM fluo-4-AM (Invitrogen) in complete medium is added to the cells, which are then incubated for 1 hour at RT. Cells are washed once in Ca2+-free HBSS (Hank's buffered saline solution) and 35 μl of Ca2+-free HBSS is added to each well. Test compounds are added to wells in a 10 μL Ca2+-free HBSS solution, prepared at 4.5× the desired final concentration, and incubated for 30 minutes at RT. The initial baseline fluorescence signal is then measured with a FLIPR384 (Molecular Devices) plate reader. Calcium entry is initiated by adding 5 μl of 10×CaCl2 (10 mM) in HBSS, and changes in cellular fluorescence are measured with the FLIPR384 plate reader. In each well, the magnitude of the fluorescence signal as a result of calcium entry into the cell is determined by calculating the difference between the peak fluorescence signal measured after calcium addition and the initial baseline fluorescence signal (designated Peak-Basal). IC50 values are typically calculated as the concentration that inhibited 50% of the Peak-Basal signal.
- RBL-2H3 cells are obtained from ATCC and maintained in complete medium with 10% FBS at 37° C./6% CO2.
- The day prior to performing the assay, RBL-2H3 cells are plated in 50 μL of complete medium in a 384 well plate. Cells are grown at 37° C./6% CO2 overnight and grow to 50-60% confluence by the next day. On the assay day, 1.5 μM Fluo-4-AM dye (Invitrogen) in complete medium is added and incubated for 1 hour at RT. Cells are washed twice in Ca2+-free HBSS buffer and 35 μL Ca2+-free HBSS buffer is added to each well. 10 μL of a test compound prepared in a Ca2+-free HBSS solution at 4.5× of the desired concentration is added to a well and incubated for 5 minutes at RT. 10 μL of thapsigargin prepared in a Ca2+-free HBSS solution at 5.5× of the desired concentration (5.5 uM) is added to each well and incubated for an additional 25 minutes. The initial baseline fluorescence signal is measured with a FLIPR384 (Molecular Devices) plate reader. 5 μl of 12× calcium in HBSS (12 mM) is added and changes in cellular fluorescence are measured with the FLIPR384 plate reader. In each well, the change in the fluorescent signal as a function of time due to calcium entry into the cell is determined by calculating the difference between the fluorescent signal measured 7 seconds after calcium addition and the initial baseline fluorescence signal at time zero (t=0). This parameter is designated Upslope. The IC50 value is calculated as the concentration at which 50% of the Upslope is inhibited.
- Jurkat E6-1 cells are obtained from ATCC and maintained in complete medium with 10% FBS at 37° C./6% CO2.
- The day prior to performing the assay, Jurkat E6-1 cells are seeded at a density of 2 million cells/mL in complete medium in a T-175 flask. Cells are grown at 37° C./6% CO2 overnight. On the following day, 1.5 μM Fluo-4-AM dye (Invitrogen) in complete medium is added and incubated for 1 hour at RT. Cells are harvested, washed twice in Ca2+-free HBSS buffer and plated in 35 μL Ca2+-free HBSS buffer in a 384 well plate. 10 μL of a test compound prepared in a Ca2+-free HBSS solution at 4.5× of the desired concentration is added to a well and incubated for 5 minutes at RT. 10 μL of thapsigargin prepared in a Ca2+-free HBSS solution at 5.5× of the desired concentration (5.5 uM) is added to each well and incubated for an additional 25 minutes. The initial baseline fluorescence signal is measured with a FLIPR384 (Molecular Devices) plate reader. 5 μL of 12× calcium in HBSS (12 mM) is added and changes in cellular fluorescence are measured with the FLIPR384 plate reader. In each well, the change in the fluorescent signal as a function of time due to calcium entry into the cell is determined by calculating the difference between the fluorescent signal measured 7 seconds after calcium addition and the initial baseline fluorescence signal at time zero (t=0). This parameter is designated Upslope. The IC50 value is calculated as the concentration at which 50% of the Upslope is inhibited.
-
TABLE A In Vitro Data Orai1/STIM1 RBL-2H3 Compound (IC50, μmol) (IC50, μmol) 2 B A 4 B A 6 A A 8 C A 10 C A 12 — A 13 C A 14 — A 15 C A 16 B A 17 B A 18 — A 19 A A 20 C A 21 A A 22 C A 23 B A 24 NT A 25 NT A 26 NT A 27 NT A 32 NT A 37 B A 42 C A 45 NT A 46 B A 62 NT B 63 NT C 66 NT A 67 NT B 69 — — 70 C A 72 A A 74 B A 76 C B 78 A A 80 A A 82 A A 84 A A 86 A A 87 NT A 88 NT A 89 NT A 90 NT A 91 NT A 93 — — 94 NT A 95 — — 96 A A 100 A A 102 A A 106 A A 108 B A 110 — C 112 — B 116 A A 118 A A 120 B A 122 — A 124 B A 126 A A 127 A A 128 A A 129 A A 133 NT A 134 A A 135 A A 136 NT C 137 NT C 138 NT A 139 NT A 140 NT B 141 NT A 143 A A A, IC50 < 0.6 μM; B, IC50 = 0.6-1.2 μM; C, IC50 > 1.2 μM; — no fit; NT, not tested - The objective of this assay is to examine the in vitro effects of test compounds on cloned CRAC channels (Orai1 and STIM1 genes stably expressed in HEK293 cells), responsible for ICRAC, the calcium release activated calcium channel current.
- Formulation: Test article stock solutions are prepared in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and stored frozen. Test article concentrations are prepared fresh daily by diluting stock solutions into an appropriate external recording buffer. If necessary, test article formulations are sonicated (Model 2510, Branson Ultrasonics, Danbury, Conn.), at ambient room temperature to facilitate dissolution. In certain instances, the test solutions contain up to 0.1% DMSO and the presence of 0.1% DMSO does not affect channel current.
- Typically, the effects of three (3) concentrations of each test article are evaluated (0.1, 1, and 10 μM). Test articles are weighed and prepared as 30 mM or 10 mM stock solutions in DMSO. The DMSO stock is diluted in external recording buffer to prepare a 10 μM test solution (final DMSO 0.03% or 0.1%). The 10 μM test solution is diluted in external recording buffer to prepare 1 μM and 0.1 μM test solutions. Test solutions contain up to 0.1% DMSO at the highest concentration which are diluted in test solutions at lower concentrations.
- Stock solutions of the positive control article are prepared in batches, aliquoted for individual use, stored frozen and used within six months. The positive control concentration is prepared fresh daily by diluting stock solutions into external recording buffer. The final DMSO concentration in the test positive control article is up to 0.1% of the solution.
- The negative control article is 0.1% DMSO in external recording buffer.
- Cells are maintained in tissue culture incubators per CalciMedica standard protocols. Stocks are maintained in cryogenic storage. Cells used for electrophysiology are plated in plastic tissue culture dishes.
- HEK293 cells are stably transfected with the appropriate ion channel cDNAs (Orai1/STIM1). Cells are cultured in DMEM (Gibco 11960) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (Gibco 10082), 100 U/mL penicillin G sodium, 1 mM Na pyruvate (Gibco 11360), 100 μg/mL streptomycin sulfate (Gibco 10378), 0.5 mg/ml geneticin (Gibco 10131-035) and 50 μg/ml zeocin (Invitrogen 45-0430). Cells should be maintained at <80% confluence. The day before testing, cells in culture dishes are washed once with calcium/magnesium-free D-PBS, treated with trypsin/EDTA and re-suspended in the culture media and counted. Cells are then diluted in culture medium with 1% fetal bovine serum and plated at low density (5-10K) onto poly-D-lysine coated glass coverslips in 24-well tissue culture dishes and placed in a tissue culture incubator set at 37° C. in a humidified 95% air, 6% CO2 atmosphere.
- Recording Chamber and Perfusion of Test Articles
- Glass coverslips containing cells are transferred to a recording chamber (Warner Instruments) with continuous perfusion of external recording buffer. During recordings of ICRAC, all treatments are delivered by gravity-fed bath perfusion from disposable syringe reservoirs via disposable polyethylene tubing feeding into a Teflon manifold. The flow rate is set between 1.2-1.5 ml/min assuring complete solution exchange in ˜1 min. All experiments are performed at ambient temperature.
- Test Article Treatment Groups
- For experiments where the test article is applied for 10 minutes the treatment paradigm is summarized in Table 2. Control recording buffer is perfused for five (5) minutes while ICRAC develops and a stable baseline is established; each cell is used as its own control. Each test article is applied to naïve cells (n 2, where n=the number cells/concentration; at 1 concentration/cell) for a duration of ten (10) minutes (Table 2). The test article is washed off for ten (10) minutes to look for reversibility of the effect. External recording saline with no calcium is perfused for two (2) minutes to determine the background current in the absence of ICRAC. Control saline containing calcium is reapplied for three (3) minutes.
- For experiments where the test article is applied for 30 minutes prior to recording of ICRAC, the treatment paradigm is summarized in Table 3. Prior to the start of each experiment, cells are incubated with compound for 30 minutes at room temperature, and compound remains present throughout ICRAC recordings. Control cells are exposed to vehicle only. After break-in and establishment of the whole-cell patch clamp configuration, recording buffer±compound is perfused for ten (10) minutes. At the end of the 10 min period the amplitude of ICRAC is measured. The effects of compounds are determined by comparing the ICRAC signal in cells pretreated with compound to the signal in cells pretreated with vehicle.
-
TABLE 2 Test Article Schedule for 10-minute Application Studies Epoch Solution Exposure time 1 Baseline control/ stabilization 5 minutes 2 Test article 10 minutes 3 Wash 10 minutes 4 0 calcium 2 minutes 5 control 3 minutes -
TABLE 3 Test Article Schedule for 40-minute Application Studies Epoch Solution Exposure time 1 Test article 30 minutes 2 Test article 10 minutes 3 Wash 10 minutes 4 0 calcium 2 minutes 5 control 3 minutes - As a negative control, 0.1% DMSO is applied to naïve cells (n 2, where n=the number cells. This is used to monitor the magnitude of rundown of ICRAC. As a positive control, 1 μM of 4-(4-bromophenyl)-2-(3-fluorobenzamido)thiophene-3-carboxylic acid is routinely applied to naïve cells (n 2, where n=the number cells).
- Whole Cell Patch Clamp Procedures
- Standard whole cell patch clamp procedures are used. The compositions of the extracellular and intracellular solutions are shown in Tables 4 and 5. Cells are visualized on an inverted microscope (Olympus IX71) and voltage clamped using a Multiclamp 700B amplifier and PClamp software (Axon Instruments). Briefly, borosilicate patch pipettes filled with intracellular solution (Appendix 1) are positioned onto the cell membrane. Once a GΩ seal is formed, suction is applied until the patch ruptures and the whole cell configuration is established. The quality of the configuration will be evaluated with the “membrane test” in Clampex to determine cell capacitance (Cm), input resistance (Rm), access resistance (Ra), and holding current at −50 mV (Ih). Data are stored on the CalciMedica computer network (and backed-up nightly) for off-line analysis.
-
TABLE 4 Extracellular Solution Composition (concentration in mM) NaCl 120 TEA- Cl 10 HEPES 10 CaCl2 10 (and 0) MgCl2 2 (and 12) glucose 10 - The pH is adjusted to 7.2 with NaOH and the final osmolarity is adjusted to 325 with sucrose. Solutions are prepared daily. Chemicals used in solution preparation are purchased from Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, Mo.), unless otherwise noted, and are of ACS reagent grade purity or higher.
-
TABLE 5 Intracellular Solution Composition (concentration in mM) Cs-glutamate 120 HEPES 10 BAPTA 20 MgCl2 3 - The pH is adjusted to 7.2 with CsOH. Solutions are prepared in batches, aliquoted, and refrigerated until use. A fresh aliquot is used each day and stored on ice throughout the day. Chemicals used in solution preparation are purchased from Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, Mo.), unless otherwise noted, and are of ACS reagent grade.
- ICRAC from the Orai1/STIM1 channel complex is activated by passive depletion of intracellular calcium stores using 20 mM BAPTA in the intracellular solution. Voltage clamp data is acquired using Clampex software to elicit a stimulus voltage protocol (shown in Table 6) applied every six (6) seconds. Currents are digitized at 10 kHz and filtered at 2 kHz. Whole cell capacitive compensation is employed. Representative ICRAC traces are shown in
FIG. 2 . -
TABLE 6 Voltage Clamp Protocol Voltage Description Vh +30 mV to minimize calcium entry in-between sweeps Vstep to 0 mV for 10 ms to evaluate “zero” current Vstep to −100 mV for 10 ms to measure ICRAC at high driving force Vramp to +100 mV over 50 ms to monitor inwardly rectifying profile of ICRAC Vstep to +50 mV for 10 ms to estimate leak current - Data analysis is performed using Clampfit software. ICRAC is measured at −100 mV and the current measured after 5 min is used as the baseline control. For 10-minute application studies, the current measured after 10 min application of the test article is normalized to the baseline current and expressed as % control. For 40-min application studies, the current measured at the end of 10 minutes of ICRAC recording time is used as the comparator. The current measured in “0 calcium” buffer is used to subtract background leak current. Data points for each test article concentration (n>2) are fitted to a sigmoid function (SigmaPlot) to determine the IC50 and Hill slope.
- Materials:
- Liver microsomes are purchased from XenoTech, LLC (Lenexa, Kans.). Other chemicals are obtained from Sigma-Aldrich (Milwaukee, Wis.). Solvents for LC/MS/MS mobile phases and disposable labware are obtained from various vendors.
- Study Protocol Phase I Only (Oxidative Metabolism in the Presence of NADPH-Regenerating System but without UDPGA):
- A mixture of the test compound and liver microsomes (475 μL total) are pre-incubated for 5 minutes at 37° C. The reactions are initiated by the addition of 25 μL of the co-factor NADPH regenerating system) and are allowed to proceed at 37° C. for up to 60 minutes. The final concentrations in the assay were: 5 μM test compound, 1 mg/mL microsomal protein, 1 mM NADP+, 5 mM glucose-6-phosphate and 1 U/mL glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase in 50 mM potassium phosphate (pH 7.4) containing 3.3 mM MgCl2 and 100 μM EDTA. DMSO is introduced into the reaction mixtures with test compound stock solution; its concentration did not exceed 0.4% (v/v). At pre-determined time points, the reactions are terminated by removing 50 μL-aliquots and quenching them with 200 mL of ACN mixture containing 0.5 μM of the internal standard (carbamazepine) to achieve protein precipitation. The samples are vortexed, centrifuged at 4000 rpm (3400 rcf) for 15 minutes, and clear supernatants are analyzed by LC/MS/MS.
- Phase I and II: (Oxidative Metabolism and Conjugation in the Presence of NADPH-Regenerating System and UDPGA):
- The reaction mixtures are prepared similar to what is described above, except 6.6 mM UDPGA, 6.25 μg/mL alamethicin, and 1.25 mM of D-Saccharic acid 1,4-lactone (final assay concentrations) are also added together with the NADPH-regenerating system. Midazolam and 4-methylumbelliferone are used as positive controls for Phase I and Phase II, respectively.
- Bioanalysis
- Bioanalysis is conducted using a non-GLP LC/MS/MS method. Calibration curves are not generated and the ratios of the test compound peak area to the internal standard peak area are used to determine the relative amounts of test compound remaining at each time point. Stable is defined herein as less than 10% degradation
- RBL-2H3 cells are obtained from ATCC and maintained in complete medium with 10% FBS at 37° C./6% CO2.
- a) Stimulation with 1 μM thapsigargin/20 nM TPA
- The day prior to performing the assay, RBL-2H3 cells are plated in a 96 well plate. Cells are grown at 37° C./6% CO2 overnight. On the following day, cells are washed twice in HBSS Buffer with 1.8 mM CaCl2 and 1.75% fetal bovine serum (FBS). 70 μL of a test compound prepared in HBSS Buffer with 1.8 mM CaCl2+1.75% FBS is added and incubated for 10 minutes at 37° C./6% CO2. Cells are stimulated by the addition of 7 μL of 11× thapsigargin/TPA (11 μM thapsigargin/220 nM TPA) and incubated at 37° C./6% CO2 for 120 minutes. Media is collected and cell lysates are prepared by the addition of 70 μL of 0.05% Triton X-100 in HBSS with 1.8 mM CaCl2. Levels of β-hexosaminidase are measured in both the media and the cell lysates. The β-hexosaminidase assay is performed by adding 40 μl of 1 mM p-nitrophenyl-acetyl-glucosamide substrate in 0.05M sodium citrate (pH 4.5) to 10 μl of sample (conditioned medium or cell lysate), incubating 60 minutes at 37° C., then adding 100 μl 0.05M sodium carbonate/0.05M sodium bicarbonate (pH 10.5), mixing thoroughly and reading the absorbance at 405 nm. The percentage of β-hexosaminidase released is calculated as follows: A405 (media)/[A405 (media)+A405 (lysate)]. The IC50 value is calculated as the concentration at which 50% of the β-hexosaminidase released in vehicle treated cells is inhibited.
- b) Stimulation with IgE-DNP
- The day prior to performing the assay, RBL-2H3 cells are plated in 200 μL of complete medium in a 96 well plate for 1 hour. 20 μl of 11×DNP-IgE are added and cells are grown at 37° C./6% CO2 overnight. On the following day, cells are washed twice in HBSS Buffer with 1.8 mM CaCl2 and 1.75% fetal bovine serum (FBS). 70 μl of a test compound prepared in HBSS Buffer with 1.8 mM CaCl2 and 1.75% is added and incubated for 10 minutes at 37° C./6% CO2. Cells are stimulated by the addition of 7 μL of 11×DNP-BSA and incubated at 37° C./6% CO2 for 30 minutes. Media is collected and cell lysates are prepared by the addition of 70 ul of 0.05% Triton X-100 in HBSS with 1.8 mM CaCl2. Levels of β-hexosaminidase are measured in both the media and the cell lysates. The β-hexosaminidase assay is performed by adding 40 μL of 1 mM p-nitrophenyl-acetyl-glucosamide substrate in 0.05M sodium citrate (pH 4.5) to 10 μl of sample (conditioned medium or cell lysate), incubating 60 minutes at 37° C., then adding 100 μl 0.05M sodium carbonate/0.05M sodium bicarbonate (pH 10.5), mixing thoroughly and reading the absorbance at 405 nm. The percentage of β-hexosaminidase released is calculated as follows: A405 (media)/[A405 (media)+A405 (lysate)]. The IC50 value is calculated as the concentration at which 50% of the β-hexosaminidase released in vehicle treated cells is inhibited.
- Jurkat E6-1 cells are obtained from ATCC and maintained in complete medium with 10% FBS at 37° C./6% CO2.
- The day prior to performing the assay, Jurkat T cells are plated in 90 μL of HBSS Buffer with 1.8 mM CaCl2 and 1.75% fetal bovine serum (FBS) in a 96 well plate at a density of 1.5×105 cells/well for 3 hours. 10 μl of 10× test compound prepared in HBSS is added and incubated for 10 minutes at 37° C./6% CO2. Cells are stimulated by the addition of 10 μL of 11×PHA/TPA (27.5 μg/mL PHA/880 nM TPA) and incubated at 37° C./6% CO2 for 20 hours. On the following day, the supernatants are collected and assayed for IL-2 levels by ELISA according to the manufacturer's protocols. The IC50 value is calculated as the concentration at which 50% of secreted IL-2 in vehicle treated cells is inhibited.
- Purpose: Determine dose-response effects of Test Compound on mBSA induced DTH response in foot pads when dosing is done during the sensitization as well as induction phase.
- Animals: Male Swiss Webster Mice approx. 20-25 grams at start of study.
- Materials: Methylated BSA (Sigma) Freund's complete adjuvant (Difco) plus supplemental M. tuberculosis H37 RA (Difco).
- Mice are anesthetized with Isoflurane and given intradermal antigen injections of 0.1 ml at the base of the tail (D0, D07). Antigen is prepared by making a 4 mg/ml solution in sterile water. Equal volumes of antigen and Freund's complete adjuvant to which 4 mg/ml MTB are added (sonicate for 5 minutes after adding MTB to oil), are emulsified by hand mixing until a bead of this material holds its form when placed in water. Treatment with test compound is initiated on day 0, qd (24 hr intervals) and continued through
day 10 when challenge is done. - On
day 10 animals are injected into the right hind footpad with 20 μl of 10 mg/ml mBSA. Five unsensitized males are injected with mBSA into the footpad. Twenty-four hours later (day 11) the right and left hind paws are transected at the medial and lateral malleolus and weighed and the weight difference induced by injection of antigen is determined. - Statistical Analysis. Paw weights (mean±SE) for each group are analyzed for differences using a Student's t test or ANOVA with Dunnett's post test. Statistical significance is set at p<0.05.
-
TABLE 7 Treatment Groups Males Group N Treatment 10 ml/kg qd, po 1 5 Normal controls (no sensitization) Inject mBSA into right only 2 8 DTH + Vehicle (70% PEG400/30% Water) 3 8 DTH + Test Compound (50 mg/kg, po, qd) 4 8 DTH + Test Compound (100 mg/kg, po, qd) 5 8 DTH + Test Compound (200 mg/kg, po, qd) 6 8 DTH + Test Compound (300 mg/kg, po, qd) 7 8 DTH + CSA (100 mg/kg qd, ip) 8 8 DTH + Rapamycin (5 mg/kg qd, ip) - Compounds of Formula (I)-(XIIA) are expected to be effective in this model.
- The bioavailability and plasma pharmacokinetic properties in rats of Compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) administered orally in 25% PEG400/20% ethanol/55% H2O vehicle. Two treatment groups, 1) an i.v. dose group at 2 mg/kg; and 2) an oral dose group at 10 mg/kg are administered to Male Sprague-Dawley rats (3 rats per group), weighing approximately 250-300 gm. Up to 10 time points are collected for each group. Typical time points are: predose, 15, 30 minutes, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12 and 24 hrs. Up to 300 μL of whole blood are collected via jugular vein cannula at each time point. Whole blood is collected into anticoagulant containing microcentrifuge tubes and centrifuged at 5000 rpm in a microcentrifuge for 5 minutes before plasma is transferred to a clean microcentrifuge tube. The plasma samples undergo bioanalytical analysis.
- Preparation of Sensitization and Challenge Solutions
- Sensitization Solution:
- 1% OVA solution is prepared in PBS (1 g of OVA is dissolved in 100 mL PBS. The final concentration is 10 mg/mL). 6 mL 1% OVA solution and 54 mL alum solution is added into a bottle to generate a solution with the ratio of 1:9, this is the shaken on a horizontal shaker at 37° C. for 30 min.
- Challenge Solution:
- 1% OVA solution is prepared in PBS (1 g of OVA is dissolved in 100 mL PBS. The final concentration is 10 mg/mL).
- Sensitization and Challenge of Rats:
- 50 Animals are randomized into 5 groups (n=10 per group). Rats in
groups 2, 3, 4, and 5 are sensitized by i.p injection (1 mL/rat) of sensitization solution on days 1, 2, and 3. Rats in group 1 received 1 mL PBS by i.p. injection on days 1, 2, and 3. On day 21, rats ingroups 2, 3, 4, and 5 are challenged with challenge solution for 20 min with a mass dosing system (Buxco). Rats in group 1 are challenged with PBS. - Body Weight Measurements:
- Animals are weighed on days 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, and 22. Each animal's body weight are recorded in Biobook real time and the record kept in a archive database. Body weights are entered into the Excel spreadsheet are used to determine dosing volumes for each animal.
- Drug Administration:
- Test compounds and reference drug are administrated according to the following dosage protocols: Group 1 (Sham sensitized—Vehicle 2 group), Vehicle 2 (22.5% PEG400/1.25% Tween-80/1.25% PVP40/75% CMC (1%)) are administered orally twice daily on days 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 and 21 (2 hours before PBS challenge on day 21); Group 2 (OVA sensitized—Vehicle 2 group), Vehicle 2 is administered orally twice daily on days 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 and 21 (2 hours before OVA challenge on Day 21); Group 3 (reference drug group), Dexamethasone (0.3 mg/kg) in Vehicle 1 (0.5% CMC) is administered orally twice daily on days 18, 19, 20 and 21 (2 hours before OVA challenge on day 21); Group 4, one dosage of Test Compound (57 mg/kg) in Vehicle 2 is administered orally twice daily on days 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 and 21 (2 hours before OVA challenge on day 21); Group 5, one dosage of Test Compound (57 mg/kg) in Vehicle is administered orally once daily on days 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 and 21 (2 hours before OVA challenge on day 21).
- Sample Collection:
- On day 22, animals are anesthetized by intraperitoneal injection of 1% pentobarbital sodium (60 mg/kg). Blood samples are collected into EDTA-K2 tubes from the abdominal aorta under pentobarbital anesthesia.
- Immediately after blood sampling, animals are sacrificed by cervical dislocation. Lungs are lavaged via the tracheal cannula with 3 ml of PBS (containing 1% FBS) the first time. Then the course is repeated twice more with 5 mL PBS (containing 1% FBS) for each time. The BALF is stored on ice and kept separate from the subsequent lavages. Cell pellets from the three lavages are pooled together and will be adjusted to the volume of 15 ml for cell number counting. Total numbers of cells in BALF are estimated using a haemocytometer and trypan blue exclusion assay. The BALF is then centrifuged at 4° C. at 300×g for 5 min and the cells are resuspended in PBS (containing 1% FBS) for smear preparation. Smears are made by diluting cells (to approximately 107 cells/ml) and pipetting an aliquot (100 μl) into a cytocentrifuge sample chamber, and centrifuged at 800 rpm for 5 min. The slides are dried in air, fixed in methanol for 1 minute, and then stained in Wright's stain solution (1 minute) followed by Giemsa stain solution (7 minutes) in order to differentiate eosinophils, neutrophils, macrophages, and lymphocytes. A total of 200 cells per smear are counted under light microscopy.
- All the blood samples are collected in EDTA-K2 tubes. After plasma isolation, 3 aliquots of 0.5 mL plasma and stored in −80° C.
- Purpose:
- Determine efficacy of Test Compound administered by oral dosing qd, in inhibiting the inflammation, pannus formation, cartilage destruction and bone resorption of developing type II collagen arthritis in rats.
- Animals:
- Female Lewis rats (Charles River), weighing 125-150 g at the start of the study. Rats are injected with collagen to get solid responders on
days 10 and 11. Four nonimmunized animals serve as normal controls. - Materials:
- Test Compound, Type II collagen, Freund's incomplete adjuvant, acetic acid. Test Compound is prepared at a concentration of 10 mg/ml in 22.5% PEG400/1.25% Tween80/1.25% polyvinylpyrrolidone 40/0.75% carboxymethylcellulose for 5 ml/kg, 50 mg/kg dosing. Collagen is prepared by making a 4 mg/ml solution in 0.01N Acetic acid. Equal volumes of collagen and Freund's incomplete adjuvant are emulsified by hand mixing until a bead of this material holds its form when placed in water.
- General Study Design:
- Animals (10 rats/group for arthritis, 4 rats/group for normal control).
- Animals in the arthritis groups are anesthetized with isoflurane and given collagen injections (D0); each animal gets 400 μl of the mixture spread over 3 subcutaneous sites on the back. On Day 6 (D6) the animals are anesthetized again and given a second collagen injection of 200 μl of the mixture spread over 3 subcutaneous sites on the back, as before.
- Oral dosing of Test Compound at 12 hour intervals (bid) or 24 hour intervals (qd) is initiated on Day 0 using a dose volume of 5 ml/kg for 10 mg/ml oral solutions for 50 mg/kg dosing. Rats are weighed on Days 0, 3, 6, and 9-17 of arthritis, and caliper measurements of ankles taken every day beginning on Day 9 through Day 17. Final body weights are taken on Day 17 of arthritis. On Day 17, all animals are anesthetized for terminal blood draw and then euthanized. Subsequently, hind paws and knees are removed, the hind paws are weighed and then (with knees) placed in formalin for processing for microscopy. Livers, spleen and thymus and kidneys are also removed, trimmed of extraneous tissue and weighed. Kidneys are retained in formalin for histopathology.
- Pharmacokinetic sampling is performed on Day 16.
- Procedure: Male Wistar rats weighing 200±20 g are fasted for 24 hours prior to use. Distal colitis is induced by intra-colonic instillation of DNBS (2,4-dinotrobenzene sulfonic acid, 20 mg in 0.5
ml ethanol 30%) with a catheter of 12 cm in length, followed by gentle injection of air (2 ml) through the catheter to ensure that the solution remain in the colon. The animals are divided into groups of 5 each. Test substance and vehicle are administered either daily or twice daily by appropriate route of administration 24 hour and 1 hour before DNBS instillation and then for 6 consecutive days thereafter. One normal control group is treated with 0.9% NaCl alone without DNBS challenge. The animals are sacrificed 12 hours after the final bid dose and 24 hours after the final daily dose and the colon is removed and weighed. During the experiment, body weight, fecal occult blood and stool consistency are monitored daily. Furthermore, when the abdominal cavity is opened before removal of the colon, adhesions between the colon and other organs are noted as is the presence of colonic ulceration after removal and weighing of each colon (a macroscopic damage score is recorded according to established score criteria). The colon-to-body weight ratio is calculated according to the formula: Colon (g)/BW×100. The “Net” increase in ratio of Vehicle-control+DNBS group relative to Vehicle-control group is used as a base for comparison with individual treated groups and expressed as “Dec. (%)” (percent decrease). A 30% or more (>30%) reduction in colon-to-body weight ratio, relative to the vehicle treated control group, is considered significant. - Sulfasalazine is used as the standard test agent. (Hogaboam C M, et al., An orally active non-selective endothelin receptor antagonist, bosentan, markedly reduces injury in a rat model of colitis. Eur J Pharmacol. 309: 261-269, 1996; Yue G, et al., In some embodiments, the 21-aminosteroid tirilazid mesylate ameliorates inflammatory bowel disease in rats. J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 276: 265-270, 1996.)
- Compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) are expected to reduce colitis in this model.
- Procedure. Specific pathogen free Lewis and
Brown Norway rats 10 weeks of age are purchased from Charles River and housed under clean conventional conditions. The animals are handled and allowed to acclimatize for a period of two weeks. Skin donors: female Brown Norway rats, 10 weeks of age. Skin recipients: female Lewis rats, 10 weeks of age. - The donor Brown Norway rats are killed to serve as donors of 5 to 8 skin transplants. Directly after killing the Brown Norway rats, the abdominal skin of the rats is shaved and skin transplants of 20 mm in diameter in size are taken. After removal of connective tissue, these grafts are transplanted onto Lewis rats. This is performed by shaving the upper dorsal skin of the Lewis rat under isoflurane anesthesia, removing a piece of skin of 15 mm in diameter by punching and replacement with a skin transplant derived from the Brown Norway rat.
- During the study each graft is fixated by 4-6 stitches using Safil 6/0 violet (B Braun, Aesculap) and covered by Paraffin Gauze Dressing BP (3×3 cm, Smith & Nephew), a piece of gauze and surgical tape. This adaptation minimizes the chance of loosing a transplant for reasons different from rejection.
- In all cases, transplants are protected with a bandage; these are removed after six days to enable daily inspection of the transplant.
- Rejection is monitored by evaluating first signs of inflammation (redness) and necrosis (hardening and blackening of the graft).
- The purpose of this phase II trial is to investigate the safety, tolerability, PK, PD, and efficacy of single and repeat intravenous infusions of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) in patients with active rheumatoid arthritis.
- Patients:
- Eligible subjects will be men and women between the ages of 18 and 75
- Criteria:
-
-
- All subjects must use acceptable contraception to ensure that no pregnancies occur during the course of the study and for at least 12 weeks after dosing for males and for 32 weeks after dosing for females;
- Body mass index within the range 18.5-35 kg/m2 inclusive, in addition to a weight range of 55-95 kg;
- The subject must be capable of giving informed consent and can comply with the study requirements and timetable;
- The subject must have a diagnosis of RA according to the revised 1987 criteria of the American College of Rheumatology (ACR);
- The subject must have a DAS28 disease activity score of greater than 4.2 at screening and pre-dose;
- The subject must have a CRP serum level of >/0.5 mg/d1 or an ESR level 28 mm/hour at screening and pre-dose;
- The subject has NOT received any biological therapy in the past, including biologicals for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis;
- The subject must have liver function tests including alanine transaminase (ALT) and aspartate transaminase (AST) within 1.5 times the upper limit of normal (ULN) and alkaline phosphatase (ALP) within 3 times ULN at screening. The patient must also have total bilirubin within the ULN at screening;
- The subject must have received at least 3 months of methotrexate and must be on a stable dose of methotrexate (up to 25 mg/week) for at least 8 weeks prior to screening and be willing to remain on this dose throughout the study;
- If sulfasalazine is being taken in addition to methotrexate, the subject must be on a stable dose for at least 4 weeks prior to screening and be willing to remain on this dose throughout the study;
- If hydroxychloroquine or chloroquine is being taken in addition to methotrexate, the subject must be on a stable dose for at least 3 months prior to screening and be willing to remain on this dose throughout the study;
- Those subjects on other oral anti-rheumatic therapies, which may include Non Steroidal Anti Inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDs), COX-2 inhibitors, oral glucocorticoids e.g. prednisolone (˜10 mg/day) must be on stable dosing regimens for at least 4 weeks prior to screening and be willing to remain on this regime throughout the study. Subjects receiving intramuscular glucocorticoids e.g methylprednisolone (˜120 mg/month) must be on a stable dosing regimen for at least 3 months prior to screening and be willing to remain on this regimen throughout the study;
- The subject must be on a stable dose of folate supplements (5 mg/week) for at least 4 weeks prior.
-
-
- Any clinically relevant abnormality identified on the screening medical assessment, laboratory examination (e.g. haematology parameter outside the normal limits), or ECG (12 Lead or Holter);
- The subject has a positive Hepatitis B surface antigen or Hepatitis C antibody result at screening;
- The subject has a history of elevated liver function tests on more than one occasion (ALT, AST and ALP>3× Upper Limit of Normal (ULN); total bilirubin >1.5×ULN) in the past 6 months;
- Previous exposure or past infection caused by Mycobacterium tuberculosis;
- The subject has an acute infection;
- The subject has a history of repeated, chronic or opportunistic infections that, in the opinion of the investigator and/or GSK medical monitor, places the subject at an unacceptable risk as a participant in this trial;
- The subject has a history of malignancy, except for surgically cured basal cell carcinoma or females with cured cervical carcinoma (>2 yrs prior);
- The subject has a history of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) or other immunodeficiency disease;
- The subject whose calculated creatinine clearance is less than 50 ml/min;
- The subject has significant cardiac, pulmonary, metabolic, renal, hepatic or gastrointestinal conditions that, in the opinion of the investigator and/or GSK medical monitor, places the subject at an unacceptable risk as a participant in this trial;
- The subject has taken cyclosporine, leflonomide, cyclophophamide or azathioprine within 1 month of screening. Subjects that have taken cyclosporine, leflonomide, cyclophophamide or azathioprine in the past must have recovered from all drug related adverse events;
- The subject has taken gold salts or d-penicillamine within 1 month prior to screening. Subjects that have taken gold salts or d-penicillamine in the past must have recovered from all drug related adverse events;
- The subject has received intra-articular glucocorticoids within 1 month of screening;
- Recent history of bleeding disorders, anaemia, peptic ulcer disease, haematemesis or gastrointestinal bleeding;
- Subjects with a history of haematological disease or acquired platelet disorders, including drug-induced thrombocytopaenia, acute idiopathic thrombocytopaenia or von Willebrand's disease;
- Subjects with a known risk of intra-cranial haemorrhage including Central Nervous System (CNS) surgery within the last 12 months, arterial vascular malformations, aneurysms, significant closed head trauma within 6 months or any other incident the investigator and/or medical monitor considers to be relevant;
- The subject has Hb<10 g/deciliter (dL) and platelet count <150×109/Liter (L);
- Donation of blood in excess of 500 ml within a 56 day period prior to dosing;
- An unwillingness of male subjects to abstain from sexual intercourse with pregnant or lactating women; or an unwillingness of the male subject to use a condom with spermicide in addition to having their female partner use another form of contraception such as an interuterine device (IUD), diaphragm with spermicide, oral contraceptives, injectable progesterone, subdermal implants of levonorgestrel or a tubal ligation if the woman could become pregnant for at least 12 weeks after dosing;
- An unwillingness of female subject of child bearing potential to use adequate contraception, as defined in the study restriction section. If necessary, women of non-child bearing potential (i.e. post-menopausal or surgically sterile e.g. tubal ligation or hysterectomy or bilateral oophorectomy) will be confirmed. Postmenopausal status will be confirmed by serum follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) and oestradiol concentrations at screening. Surgical sterility will be defined as females who have had a documented hysterectomy, tubal ligation or bilateral oophorectomy;
- The subject has a history of use of drugs of abuse within 12 months prior to screening;
- History of regular alcohol consumption exceeding average weekly intake of greater than 21 units or an average daily intake of greater than 3 units (males) or an average weekly intake of greater than 14 units or an average daily intake of greater than 2 units (females). Subjects who regularly consume more than 12 units of alcohol in a 24 h period will also be excluded. 1 unit is equivalent to a half-pint (220 ml) of beer/lager or 1 (25 ml) measure of spirits or 1 glass (125 ml) of wine;
- Positive pregnancy test or lactating at screening;
- Participation in a trial with any investigational drug within 3 months or 5 half-lives (whichever is longer) before.
- Study Design:
- This is a randomized, double-blinded, placebo-controlled adaptive, dose finding study to investigate the safety, tolerability, PK, PD and efficacy of single and repeat intravenous infusions of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) in patients with active rheumatoid arthritis. The study is divided into 2 parts: Part A is an adaptive, dose finding phase which will provide safety, tolerability, PK and PD on single intravenous infusions. Part B is a repeat dose phase which will provide safety, tolerability, PK, PD and efficacy following repeat intravenous infusions of a selected dose level.
- Primary Outcome Measures:
-
- Safety and Tolerability following single ascending doses of a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) at 1 month and following 3 repeat doses of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) at 3 months. Clinical Efficacy (DAS28 score) of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) at 1 month
- Secondary Outcome Measures:
-
- Weighted mean DAS28 after single and repeat intravenous doses
- Plasma PK parameters of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) after single and repeat intravenous doses including free, and bound a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) (serum) concentrations, AUC(0-∞), Cmax, clearance, volume of distribution and accumulation ratio
- DAS28 and EULAR response criteria after single and repeat intravenous doses
- ACR20/ACR50/ACR70 response after single and repeat intravenous doses
- Number of swollen joints assessed using 28-joint counts
- Number of tender/painful joints assessed using 28-joint counts
- Subject's pain assessment
- Physician's global assessment of arthritis condition
- Patients' global assessment of arthritis condition
- Functional disability index (Health Assessment Questionnaire)
- C-reactive Protein (CRP)
- ESR
- Global Fatigue Index
- HAQ disability index
- Pharmacodynamic biomarkers after single and repeat intravenous doses
- Characteristic AUC50 and EC50 for clinical endpoint changes with plasma exposure model, as assessed by sigmoid Emax and indirect response PK/PD models.
- Immunogenicity (Human anti-compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) antibodies)
- The purpose of this phase II trial is to investigate the safety, efficacy, and tolerability of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) in patients with severe, recalcitrant, plaque-type psoriasis.
- Patients:
- Eligible subjects will be men and women between the ages of 18 and 75.
- Criteria:
-
-
- The patient has severe, recalcitrant, plaque-type psoriasis and has failed at least 1 systemic therapy (for the purposes of this study psoralen with ultraviolet light A is considered to be a systemic therapy);
- The patient has psoriatic involvement of at least 10% of BSA;
- The patient has a PSGA score of 4 or greater;
- The patient, if a woman, is surgically sterile or 2 years postmenopausal, or if of childbearing potential is currently using a medically accepted method of contraception, and agrees to continue use of this method for the duration of the study (and for 30 days after participation in the study). Acceptable methods of contraception include: abstinence, steroidal contraceptive (oral, transdermal, implanted, or injected) in conjunction with a barrier method, or intrauterine device (IUD);
- The patient, if a main, is surgically sterile, or if capable of producing offspring, is currently using an approved method of birth control, and agrees to continued use of this method for the duration of the study (and for 60 days after taking the last dose of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) because of the possible effects on spermatogenesis);
- The patient must be willing and able to comply with study procedures and restrictions and willing to return to the clinic for the follow-up evaluation as specified in this protocol.
-
-
- The patient has received treatment with systemic psoriasis treatments (specifically, retinoids, methotrexate, cyclosporine A, etanercept, efalizumab, other biological agents or other immunomodulators) within 4 weeks, or UV based therapy within 2 weeks, or alefacept within 6 weeks of the planned 1st day of study treatment;
- The patient has received treatment with potent CYP3A4 inhibitors including cyclosporine, clotrimazole, fluconazole, itraconazole, ketoconazole, voriconazole, erythromycin, clarithromycin, and troleandomycin, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) protease inhibitors, or nefazodone within 1 week (7 days) of the planned 1st day of study treatment;
- The patient is currently receiving warfarin;
- The patient has hypersensitivity to a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or any component of a compound of Formula (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA);
- The patient has one or more of the following serum chemistry values as determined at the screening visit (visit 1):
- bilirubin levels greater than 2 times the upper limit of normal (ULN);
- ALT or AST levels greater than 2 times the ULN;
- serum creatinine levels or more than 2 mg/dL;
- The patient requires current treatment for HIV with protease inhibitors;
- The patient is taking medication for a clinical diagnosis of gastrointestinal ulceration or has experienced melena or hematoemesis in the previous 3 weeks;
- The patient is a woman who is pregnant or lactating;
- The patient has received treatment with an investigation drug within 4 weeks of the planned 1st day of study treatment.
- Study Design:
- This is an exploratory, open-label, nonrandomized, dose-escalation study of the efficacy, safety, and tolerability of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) in patients with severe, recalcitrant, plaque-type psoriasis.
- The standard immunosuppressive treatment after renal transplantation is a combination of tacrolimus, mycophenolate mofetil, and prednisolone. With this regimen the incidence of acute rejection within the first six months after transplantation can drop to about 20%. The main challenge at present remains to improve long-term outcome by preventing chronic allograft nephropathy (CAN). Since acute rejection is a strong predictor of CAN, a further decrease in the incidence of acute rejection can improve the long-term graft survival. The purpose of this phase II clinical trial is to investigate the effectiveness and safety of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) for prophylaxis of acute rejection after renal transplantation.
- Patients:
- Eligible subjects will be men and women ages 18 and older
- Criteria:
- Inclusion Criteria:
-
- Renal transplant recipients;
- Signed, dated, and witnessed IRB approved informed consent;
- Exclusion Criteria:
-
- Pregnancy;
- Living donor, who is HLA identical;
- Hemolytic uremic syndrome as original kidney disease;
- Focal segmental glomerulosclerosis that had recurred in a previous graft;
- More than two previously failed grafts and/or PRA>85%;
- Diabetes mellitus that is currently not treated with insulin;
- Total white blood cell count <3,000/mm3 or platelet count <75,000/mm3;
- Active infection with hepatitis B, hepatitis C, or HIV;
- History of tuberculosis.
- Study Design:
- This is a randomized, double blind, placebo controlled intervention study on the efficacy and safety of the prophylactic use of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA). One group will receive a single dose of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) intravenously at the time of transplantation, and the other group receives a placebo infusion.
- Primary Outcome:
-
- To determine the incidence and severity of biopsy-confirmed acute rejection within the first six months after transplantation
- Secondary Outcomes:
-
- Renal function as estimated by the endogenous creatinine clearance at 6 months
- Occurrence of chronic allograft nephropathy at 6 months
- Cumulative incidence of infections and malignancies at 6 months
- Medical costs during the first 6 months after transplantation
- Patient and graft survival
- The purpose of this phase II trial is to investigate the safety, tolerability of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) regimen in patients with active ulcerative colitis.
- Patients:
- Eligible subjects will be men and women aged 18 and older
- Criteria:
- Inclusion Criteria:
-
- Active UC on 5-ASA therapy and also treated with 6-MP and/or corticosteroids or who have previously been treated with AZA, 6-MP or corticosteroids and could not tolerate them;
- Mayo score of 6 to 10 points with moderate to severe disease on endoscopy (Mayo score of at least 2) performed <14 days of study drug administration;
- Subjects on the following medications may be enrolled into the study if the medications were according to the following schedules prior to study drug administration and if no changes are anticipated during the study;
- prednisolone ≦20 mg daily (or equivalent) (dose must be stable for at least 2 weeks prior to study drug administration);
- 5-ASA (dose must be stable for at least 4 weeks prior to study drug administration);
- AZA or 6-MP (dose must be stable for at least 3 months prior to study drug administration);
- Rectal steroids or 5-ASA (must have been stable for at least 4 weeks prior to study drug);
- Subjects using rectal medications must have visible disease on sigmoidoscopy at >20 cm;
- Screening laboratory values must meet certain criteria:
- Women must be postmenopausal (>12 months without menses) or surgically sterile (e.g., by hysterectomy and/or bilateral oophorectomy) or must be using effective contraception (e.g., oral contraceptives, intrauterine device (IUD), double barrier method of condom and spermicidal) for at least 4 weeks prior to study drug administration and agree to continue contraception for the duration of their participation in the study; and
- Sexually active male subjects must use a barrier method of contraception during the duration of the study
-
-
- Anti-TNF therapy within 8 weeks before study drug administration;
- Any experimental therapy more therapy <4 weeks before study drug administration;
- Prior treatment with any monoclonal antibody or immunoglobulin-based fusion proteins <8 weeks prior to study treatment;
- Presence of Cushing's syndrome;
- Toxic megacolon or fulminant disease likely to require colectomy;
- Contraindication to colonoscopy or sigmoidoscopy;
- Primary or secondary immunodeficiency;
- Autoimmune disease besides UC, with the exceptions of Sjogren's syndrome or hypothyroidism;
- History of malignancy, excluding adequately treated and cured basal or squamous cell of the skin, or cervical carcinoma in situ;
- Major psychiatric disease (subjects with stable depression receiving appropriate management will be permitted in the study);
- Evidence of acute or chronic infection as evidenced by:
- stool culture positive for pathogens and/or Clostridium difficile toxin;
- findings on Screening chest radiography such as pulmonary infiltrate(s) or adenopathy;
- current treatment for tuberculosis infection, clinical or radiological evidence of active TB, or for subjects in North America, a positive PPD without prior prophylaxis;
- Herpes zoster <3 months prior to study drug administration;
- active infectious disease requiring i.v. antibiotics within 4 weeks prior to study treatment or oral antibiotics at the time of enrollment;
- HIV or AIDS;
- positive tests for HBV, or HCV indicating active or chronic infection;
- Clinically significant cardiac disease requiring medication, unstable angina, myocardial within 6 months, or congestive heart failure;
- Arrhythmia requiring active therapy, with the exception of clinically insignificant or minor conduction abnormalities;
- History of cerebrovascular disease requiring medication/treatment;
- Anticoagulation therapy or a known bleeding disorder;
- Seizure disorder requiring active therapy;
- Known drug or alcohol abuse;
- Pregnant or nursing;
- Any underlying medical condition that in the Principal Investigator's opinion will make the study drug hazardous to the subject or would obscure the interpretation of treatment efficacy or safety; or
- Inability or unwillingness to return for Follow-up visits and comply with study protocol
- Primary Outcome Measures:
-
- Change in Mayo score at Day 57 compared with Screening
- Secondary Outcome Measures:
-
- Remission rate
- Study Design: This is a phase II, double-blind, placebo-controlled, randomized, multi-dose study of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) in subjects with active UC experiencing flare. All subjects will have active disease while on a 5-ASA containing medication and are either on stable doses of corticosteroids and/or azathioprine or 6-mercaptopurine, or who have previously been on these medications but could not tolerate them. Flare is defined as a Mayo score of 6 to 10 with moderate to severe disease activity on endoscopy (Mayo endoscopic subscore of at least 2) within 2 weeks of receiving study drug administration. Doses of permitted concomitant medications (corticosteroids, azathioprine (AZA), 6-mercaptopurine (6-MP), and 5-aminosalicylates (5-ASA) containing compounds) should remain constant during the course of the study. Subjects will be randomized to receive placebo or a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) intravenously on Days 1, 15, 29, and 43. All subjects will be seen in the clinic at regular intervals up to Day 85 for safety, efficacy, pharmacokinetic, and/or pharmacodynamic assessments. All subjects will be contacted 70 days after the last dose of study drug. Assessment of safety will be determined by vital sign measurements, clinical laboratory tests, physical examinations, immunogenicity assessments, chest x-ray, electrocardiograms, and the incidence and severity of treatment emergent adverse events. The primary clinical assessment of activity will be determined by the change in Mayo score at Day 57 compared with Screening. Secondary endpoints include determination of remission rate by the mayo score at Day 57, evaluation of mucosal healing and change from baseline in the IBDQ score.
- The purpose of this phase II trial is to investigate the safety, efficacy and tolerability of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) in patients with Relapsing-Remitting Multiple Schlerosis.
- Patients:
- Eligible subjects will be men and women between the ages of 18 and 65.
- Criteria:
- Inclusion Criteria:
-
- Have a definite diagnosis of Relapsing remitting Multiple Sclerosis
- Have a history of at least 1 of the following: a. A minimum of 2 relapses of MS within the previous 2 years but not within the 1-month period prior to screening. b. A relapse of MS within the previous 6 months but not within the 1-monthperiod prior to screening
- Exclusion Criteria:
-
- Have a CNS disease (e.g., CNS lymphoma, systemic lupus erythematous)
- Have significant bulbar involvement of MS or other neurologic deficits
- Have a decubitus ulcer
- Have received immunomodulatory therapies within 3 months of screening
- Primary Outcome Measures:
-
- The cumulative number of newly Gd-enhancing Tl-weighted lesions on cranial MRIs through week 23
- Secondary Outcome Measures:
-
- The total number of relapses of MS through week 23; change from baseline in Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS) score at week 23
- Study Design:
- This is a phase II, double-blind, placebo-controlled, randomized, dose-ranging study of multiple subcutaneous injections of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) in patients with relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis. Patients will receive subcutaneous injections of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) or placebo at
weeks 0, 1, 2, 3, 7, 11, 15, and 19 or 100. - Parenteral Composition
- To prepare a parenteral pharmaceutical composition suitable for administration by injection, 100 mg of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) is dissolved in DMSO and then mixed with 10 mL of 0.9% sterile saline. The mixture is incorporated into a dosage unit form suitable for administration by injection.
- In another embodiment, the following ingredients are mixed to form an injectable formulation:
-
Ingredient Amount Compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), 1.2 g (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) sodium acetate buffer solution (0.4M) 2.0 mL HCl (1N) or NaOH (1M) q.s. to suitable pH water (distilled, sterile) q.s.to 20 mL - All of the above ingredients, except water, are combined and stirred and if necessary, with slight heating if necessary. A sufficient quantity of water is then added.
- To prepare a pharmaceutical composition for oral delivery, 100 mg of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) is mixed with 750 mg of starch. The mixture is incorporated into an oral dosage unit, such as a hard gelatin capsule, which is suitable for oral administration.
- In another embodiment, the following ingredients are mixed intimately and pressed into single scored tablets.
-
Ingredient Quantity per tablet, mg compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), 200 (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) Cornstarch 50 croscarmellose sodium 25 Lactose 120 magnesium stearate 5 - In yet another embodiment, the following ingredients are mixed intimately and loaded into a hard-shell gelatin capsule.
-
Ingredient Quantity per tablet, mg compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), 200 (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) lactose, spray-dried 148 magnesium stearate 2 - In yet another embodiment, the following ingredients are mixed to form a solution/suspension for oral administration:
-
Ingredient Amount Compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), 1 g (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) Anhydrous Sodium Carbonate 0.1 g Ethanol (200 proof), USP 10 mL Purified Water, USP 90 mL Aspartame 0.003 g - Sublingual (Hard Lozenge) Composition
- To prepare a pharmaceutical composition for buccal delivery, such as a hard lozenge, mix 100 mg of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) with 420 mg of powdered sugar mixed with 1.6 mL of light corn syrup, 2.4 mL distilled water, and 0.42 mL mint extract. The mixture is gently blended and poured into a mold to form a lozenge suitable for buccal administration.
- Inhalation Composition
- To prepare a pharmaceutical composition for inhalation delivery, 20 mg of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) is mixed with 50 mg of anhydrous citric acid and 100 mL of 0.9% sodium chloride solution. The mixture is incorporated into an inhalation delivery unit, such as a nebulizer, which is suitable for inhalation administration.
- Rectal Gel Composition
- To prepare a pharmaceutical composition for rectal delivery, 100 mg of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) is mixed with 2.5 g of methylcelluose (1500 mPa), 100 mg of methylparapen, 5 g of glycerin and 100 mL of purified water. The resulting gel mixture is then incorporated into rectal delivery units, such as syringes, which are suitable for rectal administration.
- Suppository Formulation
- A suppository of total weight 2.5 g is prepared by mixing a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) with Witepsol™ H-15 (triglycerides of saturated vegetable fatty acid; Riches-Nelson, Inc., New York), and has the following composition:
-
Ingredient Quantity per suppository, mg compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), 500 (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) Witepsol ® H-15 balance - Topical Gel Composition
- To prepare a pharmaceutical topical gel composition, 100 mg of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) is mixed with 1.75 g of hydroxypropyl cellulose, 10 mL of propylene glycol, 10 mL of isopropyl myristate and 100 mL of purified alcohol USP. The resulting gel mixture is then incorporated into containers, such as tubes, which are suitable for topical administration.
- Ophthalmic Solution Composition
- To prepare a pharmaceutical opthalmic solution composition, 100 mg of a compound of Formulas (I), (IA), (II), (IIA), (III), (IIIA), (IV), (IVA), (V), (VA), (VI), (VIA), (VII), (VIIA), (VIII), (VIIIA), (IX), (IXA), (X), (XI), (XIA), (XII), or (XIIA) is mixed with 0.9 g of NaCl in 100 mL of purified water and filtered using a 0.2 micron filter. The resulting isotonic solution is then incorporated into ophthalmic delivery units, such as eye drop containers, which are suitable for ophthalmic administration.
- The examples and embodiments described herein are for illustrative purposes only and in some embodiments, various modifications or changes are to be included within the purview of disclosure and scope of the appended claims.
Claims (22)
1.-18. (canceled)
19. A compound having the structure of Formula (XI) having the structure:
L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
R3 is independently selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —OCF3, —OR5, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R5, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
n is an integer selected from 1-3;
each R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
R5 and R7 are each independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
R6 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C4heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R4, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
22. The compound of claim 21 wherein L2 is —CH2N(H)—.
23. The compound of claim 22 wherein R2 is phenyl.
24. The compound of claim 23 wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with at least one R3 selected from F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, —N(R5)2, and C1-C6alkyl.
25. The compound of claim 24 wherein R6 is selected from —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, and C3-C8cycloalkyl.
26. The compound of claim 25 wherein R7 is C1-C6alkyl.
27. The compound of claim 26 wherein R6 is —CF3 and R7 is —CH3.
28. The compound of claim 27 wherein R7 is C1-C6haloalkyl.
29. The compound of claim 28 wherein R6 is —CF3 and R7 is —CF3.
30. The compound of claim 24 wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with at least 2 substituents.
31. The compound of claim 24 wherein R2 is phenyl substituted with at least 3 substituents.
32. The compound of claim 22 wherein R2 is heteroaryl.
33. The compound of claim 32 wherein heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolo-pyrimidinyl, triazolo-pyrimidinyl, imidazo-pyrimidinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, oxazolyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, and phenoxazinyl.
34. The compound of claim 32 wherein R2 is heteroaryl substituted with at least one R3 selected from halogen, —OH, —CN, —NO2, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, —N(R5)2, C1-C6alkyl, and C3-C8cycloalkyl.
35. The compound of claim 34 wherein R2 is pyridyl.
36. A compound having the structure of Formula (VIII) having the structure:
L2 is Z—C(R12)2 or —C(R12)2N(R5)—;
Z is O, S, S(O), or NR5;
Y is independently selected from CR9 and N;
R2 is C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl; wherein C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, C1-C4alkyleneC2-C8heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, fused aryl or fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted with at least one R3;
R3 is independently selected from H, F, D, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R5 and R7 are each independently selected from H, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
R6 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —OR5, C1-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C1-C6heteroalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C2-C4heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted O-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2N(R5)2, —N(R5)S(═O)2N(R5)2, —C(═O)CF3, —C(═O)NHS(═O)2R4, —S(═O)2NHC(═O)R4, —N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)R4, —N(R5)C(═O)N(R5)2, —N(R5)C(═O)OR4, —CO2R5, —C(═O)R5, —OC(═O)R4, —OC(═O)N(R5)2, —CON(R5)2, —SRS, —S(═O)R4, and —S(═O)2R4;
n is an integer selected from 0-2;
R9 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3; or two R9 attached to the same carbon atom form an oxetane ring;
R10 is selected from halogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, —OR5, —OCF3, C1-C6 carbonylalkyl, and —CF3;
R4 is independently selected from C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;
R12 is independently selected from H, D, halogen, —CN, —CF2H, CF3, C1-C6alkyl, —NH—C(O)R, and C(O)NHR5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof.
37. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder, and a compound of claim 19 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof.
38. A method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from inhibition of store operated calcium channel activity comprising administering to the mammal a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof according to claim 19 .
39. The method of claim 38 , wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is selected from diseases/disorders involving inflammation, glomerulonephritis, uveitis, hepatic diseases or disorders, renal diseases or disorders, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, vasculitis, dermatitis, osteoarthritis, inflammatory muscle disease, allergic rhinitis, vaginitis, interstitial cystitis, scleroderma, osteoporosis, eczema, organ transplant rejection, allogeneic or xenogeneic transplantation, graft rejection, graft-versus-host disease, lupus erythematosus, type I diabetes, pulmonary fibrosis, dermatomyositis, thyroiditis, myasthenia gravis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, cystic fibrosis, chronic relapsing hepatitis, primary biliary cirrhosis, allergic conjunctivitis, hepatitis and atopic dermatitis, asthma, psoriasis, multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, and autoimmune diseases or disorders.
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US13/871,844 US20130245063A1 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2013-04-26 | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
US14/316,139 US20140309237A1 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2014-06-26 | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
US15/161,114 US10106529B2 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2016-05-20 | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201161495910P | 2011-06-10 | 2011-06-10 | |
US201261606261P | 2012-03-02 | 2012-03-02 | |
US13/492,574 US20120316182A1 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2012-06-08 | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
US13/871,844 US20130245063A1 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2013-04-26 | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/492,574 Continuation US20120316182A1 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2012-06-08 | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/316,139 Continuation US20140309237A1 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2014-06-26 | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20130245063A1 true US20130245063A1 (en) | 2013-09-19 |
Family
ID=47293673
Family Applications (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/492,574 Abandoned US20120316182A1 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2012-06-08 | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
US13/871,844 Abandoned US20130245063A1 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2013-04-26 | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
US14/316,139 Abandoned US20140309237A1 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2014-06-26 | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
US15/161,114 Active US10106529B2 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2016-05-20 | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/492,574 Abandoned US20120316182A1 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2012-06-08 | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
Family Applications After (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/316,139 Abandoned US20140309237A1 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2014-06-26 | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
US15/161,114 Active US10106529B2 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2016-05-20 | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (4) | US20120316182A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2012170931A2 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9856240B2 (en) | 2011-10-19 | 2018-01-02 | Calcimedica, Inc. | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
US10106529B2 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2018-10-23 | Calcimedia, Inc. | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
Families Citing this family (21)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10703722B2 (en) | 2010-04-27 | 2020-07-07 | Calcimedica, Inc. | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
CA2914132A1 (en) | 2013-06-21 | 2014-12-24 | Lupin Limited | Substituted heterocyclic compounds as crac modulators |
WO2014207648A1 (en) * | 2013-06-24 | 2014-12-31 | Lupin Limited | Chromane and chromene derivatives and their use as crac modulators |
PT3778595T (en) | 2015-02-27 | 2021-11-09 | Calcimedica Inc | Pancreatitis treatment |
DK3331525T3 (en) | 2015-08-07 | 2020-12-14 | Calcimedica Inc | Use of CRAC channel inhibitors to treat stroke and traumatic brain injury |
GB201522179D0 (en) * | 2015-12-16 | 2016-01-27 | Autifony Therapeutics Ltd | Novel compounds |
WO2017155942A2 (en) * | 2016-03-07 | 2017-09-14 | Northwestern University | Substituted heterocycles as c-myc targeting agents |
US11142504B2 (en) | 2016-03-07 | 2021-10-12 | Northwestern University | Substituted heterocycles as c-MYC targeting agents |
WO2017211303A1 (en) * | 2016-06-07 | 2017-12-14 | Jacobio Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. | Novel heterocyclic derivatives useful as shp2 inhibitors |
SG11201809559UA (en) | 2016-06-13 | 2018-12-28 | Glaxosmithkline Ip Dev Ltd | Substituted pyridines as inhibitors of dnmt1 |
JP2019533022A (en) | 2016-10-24 | 2019-11-14 | ユマニティ セラピューティクス,インコーポレーテッド | Compounds and uses thereof |
US11873298B2 (en) | 2017-10-24 | 2024-01-16 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | Compounds and uses thereof |
SG11202009280RA (en) * | 2018-03-23 | 2020-10-29 | Yumanity Therapeutics Inc | Compounds and uses thereof |
JP2022511287A (en) | 2018-08-31 | 2022-01-31 | ノースウェスタン ユニバーシティ | Substituted heterocyclic compound as a c-MYC targeting agent |
EP3846793B1 (en) | 2018-09-07 | 2024-01-24 | PIC Therapeutics, Inc. | Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof |
AU2019340601A1 (en) | 2018-09-14 | 2021-05-13 | Rhizen Pharmaceuticals A G | Compositions comprising a CRAC inhibitor and a corticosteroid and methods of use thereof |
WO2020072942A1 (en) * | 2018-10-04 | 2020-04-09 | The Trustees Of Indiana University | Methods to treat renal disorders using calcium channel inhibitors |
CA3139284A1 (en) * | 2019-05-06 | 2020-11-12 | Calcimedica, Inc. | Synthesis of crac channel inhibitors |
WO2020257261A1 (en) | 2019-06-17 | 2020-12-24 | Northwestern University | SUBSTITUTED HETEROCYCLES AS c-MYC TARGETING AGENTS |
CN111904960A (en) * | 2020-05-19 | 2020-11-10 | 合肥合源药业有限公司 | Solid dispersion and medicinal composition |
CN112142716B (en) * | 2020-10-29 | 2021-08-31 | 山东新时代药业有限公司 | 5-membered heteroaryl substituted pyrazine derivative and application thereof |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4677210A (en) * | 1985-06-19 | 1987-06-30 | Rorer Pharmaceutical Corporation | 1-arylalkoxy- and 1-arylalkylthioaryl-2-pyrazolines as anti-inflammatory or anti-allergic agents |
US20060178374A1 (en) * | 2004-08-26 | 2006-08-10 | Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Aminoheteroaryl compounds as protein kinase inhibitors |
US7582631B2 (en) * | 2004-01-14 | 2009-09-01 | Amgen Inc. | Substituted heterocyclic compounds and methods of use |
WO2012088712A1 (en) * | 2010-12-31 | 2012-07-05 | Curegenix Inc. | Compound as wnt signaling inhibitor, composition, and use thereof |
US8507533B2 (en) * | 2011-02-08 | 2013-08-13 | Pfizer Inc. | Glucagon receptor modulators |
Family Cites Families (58)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4307106A (en) | 1978-06-02 | 1981-12-22 | Pfizer Inc. | Aminothiazoles |
DK150068C (en) | 1978-06-02 | 1987-06-29 | Pfizer | METHOD OF ANALOGUE FOR THE PREPARATION OF AMINOTHIAZOLES |
DE69722220T2 (en) | 1996-08-09 | 2004-02-19 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Ridgefield | 4-SUBSTITUTED BETA-CARBOLINE AS IMMUNOMODULATORS |
AU751139B2 (en) | 1997-10-13 | 2002-08-08 | Astellas Pharma Inc. | Amide derivative |
WO1999051580A1 (en) | 1998-04-08 | 1999-10-14 | Abbott Laboratories | Pyrazole inhibitors of cytokine production |
WO1999058523A1 (en) * | 1998-05-14 | 1999-11-18 | G.D. Searle & Co. | 1,5-DIARYL SUBSTITUTED PYRAZOLES AS p38 KINASE INHIBITORS |
CA2332957A1 (en) | 1998-06-05 | 1999-12-09 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Substituted 1-(4-aminophenyl)pyrazoles and their use as anti-inflammatory agents |
US20010044445A1 (en) | 1999-04-08 | 2001-11-22 | Bamaung Nwe Y. | Azole inhibitors of cytokine production |
DE10115922A1 (en) * | 2001-03-30 | 2002-10-10 | Bayer Ag | Cyclically substituted 2-thio-3,5-dicyano-4-aryl-6-aminopyridines and their use |
EP1519723A1 (en) | 2002-06-27 | 2005-04-06 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Novel glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists |
GB0225554D0 (en) | 2002-11-01 | 2002-12-11 | Syngenta Participations Ag | Chemical compounds |
CA2510471A1 (en) | 2002-12-19 | 2004-07-08 | Neurogen Corporation | Substituted biphenyl-4-carboxylic acid arylamide analogues as capsaicin receptor modulators |
CA2530389A1 (en) * | 2003-07-02 | 2005-01-13 | Biofocus Discovery Limited | Pyrazine and pyridine derivatives as rho kinase inhibitors |
WO2005009539A2 (en) | 2003-07-23 | 2005-02-03 | Synta Pharmaceuticals, Corp. | Compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses |
DE102004005785A1 (en) | 2004-02-06 | 2005-08-25 | Bayer Cropscience Ag | 2-Halogenfuryl / thienyl-3-carboxamide |
JP4879165B2 (en) | 2004-04-20 | 2012-02-22 | トランス テック ファーマ,インコーポレイテッド | Substituted thiazole and pyrimidine derivatives as modulators of melanocortin receptors |
CA2580852A1 (en) | 2004-09-21 | 2006-03-30 | Synta Pharmaceutical Corp. | Compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses |
WO2006074262A1 (en) | 2005-01-05 | 2006-07-13 | Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Ubiquitin ligase inhibitors |
MX2007008290A (en) | 2005-01-07 | 2008-02-15 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp | Compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses. |
AU2006208045B2 (en) | 2005-01-25 | 2012-08-30 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses |
TWI444187B (en) | 2005-01-25 | 2014-07-11 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp | Thiophene compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses |
AU2006214164B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2010-12-09 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Isoxazole combretastin derivatives for the treatment of disorders |
WO2006124874A2 (en) * | 2005-05-12 | 2006-11-23 | Kalypsys, Inc. | Inhibitors of b-raf kinase |
EP1937270A1 (en) | 2005-09-21 | 2008-07-02 | Brystol-Myers Squibb Company | Oral administration of n-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)-2-[[6-4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazinyl]-2-methyl-4-pyrimidinyl]amino]-1,3-thiazole-5-carboxamide and salts thereof |
EP2404919B1 (en) | 2005-11-08 | 2013-08-21 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Heterocyclic compound useful as a modulator of ATP-binding cassette transporters. |
JP2009515997A (en) * | 2005-11-18 | 2009-04-16 | タケダ サン ディエゴ インコーポレイテッド | Glucokinase activator |
US20070275960A1 (en) | 2006-01-25 | 2007-11-29 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Phenyl and pyridyl compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses |
AU2007208239B2 (en) | 2006-01-25 | 2013-04-18 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Substituted aromatic compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses |
EP1983980A4 (en) | 2006-01-25 | 2010-05-05 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp | Thiazole and thiadiazole compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses |
US8623871B2 (en) | 2006-01-25 | 2014-01-07 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Substituted biaryl compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses |
EP1984337B1 (en) | 2006-01-25 | 2014-04-30 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Vinyl-phenyl derivatives for inflammation and immune-related uses |
WO2007089904A2 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2007-08-09 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Pyridylphenyl compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses |
US7951824B2 (en) | 2006-02-17 | 2011-05-31 | Hoffman-La Roche Inc. | 4-aryl-pyridine-2-carboxyamide derivatives |
US8119643B2 (en) | 2006-03-20 | 2012-02-21 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Benzoimidazolyl-pyrazine compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses |
US8163777B2 (en) | 2006-03-23 | 2012-04-24 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Benzimidazolyl-pyridine compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses |
WO2007120600A2 (en) | 2006-04-10 | 2007-10-25 | Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 3-pyridinyl-pyrazole derivatives as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto |
US20080207641A1 (en) | 2006-11-13 | 2008-08-28 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Cyclohexenyl-aryl compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses |
CA2678615A1 (en) | 2007-02-16 | 2008-08-28 | Synta Pharmaceutical Corp. | Substituted fused-ring compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses |
CA2688417C (en) | 2007-05-24 | 2017-04-25 | Calcimedica, Inc. | Calcium channel proteins and uses thereof |
TW200914440A (en) | 2007-08-01 | 2009-04-01 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp | Vinyl-aryl derivatives for inflammation and immune-related uses |
JP5511664B2 (en) | 2007-08-01 | 2014-06-04 | シンタ ファーマシューティカルズ コーポレーション | Heterocycle-aryl compounds for inflammation and immune related applications |
US8003797B2 (en) | 2007-08-09 | 2011-08-23 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Pyridine carboxamide orexin receptor antagonists |
AU2009204147A1 (en) | 2008-01-07 | 2009-07-16 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses |
US20110269743A1 (en) | 2008-09-22 | 2011-11-03 | CalciMedica, Inc | Phenylthiophenyldihydrobenzothiazepine inhibitors of store operated calcium release |
US8524763B2 (en) | 2008-09-22 | 2013-09-03 | Calcimedica, Inc. | Inhibitors of store operated calcium release |
WO2010039238A1 (en) | 2008-10-01 | 2010-04-08 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses |
CA2739322A1 (en) | 2008-10-01 | 2010-04-08 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses |
GB0821307D0 (en) * | 2008-11-21 | 2008-12-31 | Summit Corp Plc | Compounds for treatment of duchenne muscular dystrophy |
JP2012524754A (en) | 2009-04-24 | 2012-10-18 | グラクソ グループ リミテッド | Pyrazole and triazolcarboxamides as CRAC channel inhibitors |
AR076373A1 (en) | 2009-04-24 | 2011-06-08 | Glaxo Group Ltd | N-PIRAZOLIL CARBOXAMIDS AS CALCIUM CHANNEL INHIBITORS |
US8377970B2 (en) | 2009-10-08 | 2013-02-19 | Rhizen Pharmaceuticals Sa | Modulators of calcium release-activated calcium channel |
US8993612B2 (en) | 2009-10-08 | 2015-03-31 | Rhizen Pharmaceuticals Sa | Modulators of calcium release-activated calcium channel and methods for treatment of non-small cell lung cancer |
AU2010321832B2 (en) | 2009-11-20 | 2014-08-14 | Amgen Inc. | Anti-Orai1 antigen binding proteins and uses thereof |
EP2525794A1 (en) | 2010-01-22 | 2012-11-28 | Lexicon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 5-(1h-pyrazol-5-yl)thiazole-based compounds for the treatment of diseases and disorders of the eye |
DK2563776T3 (en) | 2010-04-27 | 2016-09-19 | Calcimedica Inc | Relations that modulate intracellular calcium |
US20130143927A1 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2013-06-06 | Calcimedica, Inc. | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
US20120316182A1 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2012-12-13 | Calcimedica, Inc. | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
WO2013059677A1 (en) | 2011-10-19 | 2013-04-25 | Calcimedica, Inc. | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
-
2012
- 2012-06-08 US US13/492,574 patent/US20120316182A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2012-06-08 WO PCT/US2012/041725 patent/WO2012170931A2/en active Application Filing
-
2013
- 2013-04-26 US US13/871,844 patent/US20130245063A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2014
- 2014-06-26 US US14/316,139 patent/US20140309237A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2016
- 2016-05-20 US US15/161,114 patent/US10106529B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4677210A (en) * | 1985-06-19 | 1987-06-30 | Rorer Pharmaceutical Corporation | 1-arylalkoxy- and 1-arylalkylthioaryl-2-pyrazolines as anti-inflammatory or anti-allergic agents |
US7582631B2 (en) * | 2004-01-14 | 2009-09-01 | Amgen Inc. | Substituted heterocyclic compounds and methods of use |
US20060178374A1 (en) * | 2004-08-26 | 2006-08-10 | Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Aminoheteroaryl compounds as protein kinase inhibitors |
WO2012088712A1 (en) * | 2010-12-31 | 2012-07-05 | Curegenix Inc. | Compound as wnt signaling inhibitor, composition, and use thereof |
US8507533B2 (en) * | 2011-02-08 | 2013-08-13 | Pfizer Inc. | Glucagon receptor modulators |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10106529B2 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2018-10-23 | Calcimedia, Inc. | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
US9856240B2 (en) | 2011-10-19 | 2018-01-02 | Calcimedica, Inc. | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20140309237A1 (en) | 2014-10-16 |
US20120316182A1 (en) | 2012-12-13 |
WO2012170931A3 (en) | 2013-02-21 |
US20160304502A1 (en) | 2016-10-20 |
WO2012170931A2 (en) | 2012-12-13 |
US10106529B2 (en) | 2018-10-23 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10106529B2 (en) | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium | |
US9120751B2 (en) | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium | |
US8372991B2 (en) | Trisubstituted thiophenes that modulate intracellular calcium | |
US10336738B2 (en) | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium | |
US11905248B2 (en) | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium | |
US9856240B2 (en) | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium | |
US9353099B2 (en) | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium | |
US9512116B2 (en) | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium | |
US20140256771A1 (en) | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium | |
US20130143927A1 (en) | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium | |
US20130079348A1 (en) | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium | |
US9611263B2 (en) | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium | |
US20120071516A1 (en) | Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: CALCIMEDICA, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WHITTEN, JEFFREY P.;GREY, JONATHAN;CAO, JIANGUO;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20120613 TO 20120618;REEL/FRAME:033252/0855 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |